Sunteți pe pagina 1din 170

IBC Membership Handbook - Section I (Part A)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Section , Part A Page 1 of 2 Table of Contents/Dedication
Copyright 2005-2009
IBC Handbook Section I

Part A
Table of Contents
Dedication

Part B - IBC HISTORY
History & Background
Annual Awards (1966 thru 2009)

Breeder's Cup Description (pg 26)
Gene Lucas Congressional Award of Merit Description (pg 24)
JoAnne Lucas Memorial Award Description (pg 22)
Walt Maurus Artist Award Description (pg 30)

Past BC Presidents
Fellows of the Congress

Part C - IBC ADMINISTRATION
Organization

BC Constitution
Names & Objectives
Membership
Executive Board
V Judging Board
V Committees
V Chapters
V Amendments to the Constitution
V nspection of Records
X Dissolution of the Congress
X Rules of Order

BC By-Laws
Memberships
Annual Membership Meeting - "Convention"
Annual Membership Business Meeting
V Executive Board
V Duties of Officers & Executive Board Members
V Judging Board
V Committees
V Official Publications of The Congress
X Amendments to the By-Laws
X Financial Matters Relating to The Congress
X Parliamentary & Parliamentarian Authority

History of Changes to the Constitution & By-Laws (available online at BetterBettas Forum)

Part D - How to Form an IBC Chapter
Chapter Charter Application Form


IBC Handbook Section II - Exhibition Standards
Refer to separate Standards Table of Contents







IBC Membership Handbook - Section I (Part A)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Section , Part A Page 2 of 2 Table of Contents/Dedication
Copyright 2005-2009

DEDICATION

This update of the BC Handbook is dedicated to the many members and other contributors who
have made this work possible by the BC Publications Committee:

Bill Hoerner - Parris Jones - Sue Liebetrau - Connie Clark - Steve Saunders
Faith Sizemore - Christine Porter - Liz Day - Joseph Jones - John & Jan Benn


COMMERCIAL CONTRIBUTORS

Sustaining
All Glass Aquarium - Mardel Laboratories
Aquarium Pharmaceuticals

Supporting
Penn Plax Plastics, nc. - Freshwater & Marine Aquarium
O'Dell Tanks

Patron
Willinger Brothers, nc.



MEMBER CONTRIBUTORS

Sustaining
Daniel Beimer - Phil Byrum - Peter & Patti McGraw - Joseph Scordino
Patrick Miller - Philip Post - Ray Preucil - Bob Richardson - Henry Tusinski

Supporting
Brian & Jane Gravelle - Parris & Daisy Jones - Justin Tucker

Patron
Norman & Florence Fickeisen - John Fisher - Ted Fisher - Henry Oswald
Peter Goettner - Frank Lisle - Donald McCooey - Ken & Judy Muller
- Gerald Sevonius - Stephen Simkins - Joseph Scelfo - John Webber


to each of you ..... Thanks


Original Editors: John Benn - Phil Byrum
1987-88 Editor - Phil Byrum
1988-89 Editor - John Benn

2000 and 2005 Retypes - Sally Van Camp





IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 1
IN THE BEGINNING .....

Following a few years after a false start attempt by the
Cleveland Betta Associates to field a national Betta
organization in 1964, BC was born on September 1,
1966, at the home of Gene (the father of BC) and
JoAnne Lucas. That day had come about because a lot
of people were in love with Bettas splendens, and had on
their own been 'getting' it all together. n 1963 Bunny
Lorbiecki (yes, BC had a mother too) organized an all
Betta exhibit for her local aquarium society's annual
show. The exhibit was so tremendous that it spawned
the first local group to become later affiliated with the BC
-- the Splendid Betta Fanciers of Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
Walt Maurus was also busy, as was the famous Dr. Gene
Lucas, in promoting and studying the Betta. All their work
seemed to gel on that Labor Day weekend when BC was
proclaimed and the date (September 1967) was set for
the first convention.


THE FIRST YEAR ENDS ....

Waukesha, Wisconsin was the site at which Dolores Bialk
became the first Convention Show Chairman and the
Splendid Betta Fanciers, the first Show Host to agonize
over all the many arrangements that still today yield us
such a great event. And what a great event it was. The
60 members of BC which had gathered over that first
year, and nearly 150 more guests attended. Two and a
half gallon tanks housed the 200 fish exhibited. This
convention was also the first official BC nternational
Point Show. Time had not yet allowed the point and
championship system that we know today to develop, so
there was no fury about the year's Grand Champion.
George Torres won the coveted President's Trophy. As
would seem natural, much of the business at that
convention was devoted to administrative necessities that
surround the formation of any new club. Hours were
consumed debating the pros and cons of a draft
constitution, suggested show/judging standards, and of
course, endless by-laws. Up until the convention, BC
had been led by an Acting Chairman, Jim Herubin, the
first official administrator. The first BC President, Stan
Smith, as well as the new Vice President, George Torres;
the Secretary, Sharen Chappell; and the Treasurer, Bob
Lorbiecki, were elected and formed the leadership of the
Congress. Three District Directors comprised the Board
of Directors. Walt Maurus was chosen to be the first
Editor of the Newsletter, which still had no official name.
Gene Lucas, who had been producing the forerunner of
FLARE!, a pamphlet knows as the Betta Breeder's News
Letter (BBNL), agreed to join forces with Walt. For a
while, both BBNL and FLARE! were produced under the
same cover.

As an amusing historical note, FLARE! was chosen as
the newsletter name by the membership (mail-in voting)
from the following list of candidate titles:




BC Courier The BC nformer
Siamese Warrior The BC Almanac
The Fighter Betta Fancier
Pla Kat Journal The Bettascope
The BC Journal Best of Bettas
Bettas nternational Fighting Fish Review
nternational Betta Data FLARE!


AND THEN ANOTHER .....

By the time the second BC Convention came around in
1968 (still the only nternational Show held during the
year), BC had four chapters.

The Betta Bets, Detroit M
Better Betta Breeders, Columbus OH
Hoosier Betta Society, ndianapolis N
Splendid Betta Fanciers, Milwaukee W

The Board of Directors swelled from 3 people established
early in the year to a group totaling 12, mot counting the
officers. BC had grown to 120 members, 80 of which
attended the convention, along with 180 Betta entries ...
the best of which sold for $17 at the first BC Convention
Auction. The show entry fee of $1 was to be that
standard for nearly the next 20 years of BC history.


Here are the classes then available for entry:

Class A: Non-Cambodian

subclass 1: Red
subclass 2: Blue
subclass 3: Green
subclass 4: Black
subclass 5: AOC Solid Color
subclass 6: Bi-color
subclass 7: Multi-color
subclass 8: Open

Class B: Cambodian

subclass 1: Red Finned
subclass 2: AOC Solid Color Fins
subclass 3: Yellow
subclass 4: Open

Class C: Females

At this convention in Columbus Ohio, members were
totally focused on the problems of the judging and show
standards. Even throughout the next year, chaos
continued: clubs chose their own classes, set up their
own point systems, and demanded their own favored
techniques from the few judges that existed. Bettas were
also "typed" as Fairy Fin, Firefin, Bronze, Ghost, and
Cellophane, among others. To the rescue came George
Torres and George Landis with the first set of official BC
Standards, later adopted by the Board of Directors. The
species-like names such as Betta rubra, Betta cyana,
Betta viridens, and Betta cambodia var. longicauda were
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 2
also making the rounds and complicating the Wild Type
classifications system. Here also began the famous Dr.
Lucas statement: " .... they're all Betta splendens...". The
first Judging Committee, under George Landis as
Chairman was informally formed to help resolve the many
issues that had consumed the energy of the members at
the convention. As amazing as it may seem today, BC
judges then were paid a stipend of $20 each from the BC
treasury, which itself had a balance of $413. Would you
believe that the convention packages, including the
banquet, was a whole $10!


AND ON AND ON .....

For the next several years BC continued to grow, adding
all the administrative trappings that we have come to
enjoy today; the Constitution Committee, Technical
Assistance Committee, Judging Board, and the rest. By
convention 1969, Detroit M, the show classes had
swollen to 21, including a unique one not seen for some
time; 5 matched females. t's treasury had also soared to
$1196. The local clubs were doubled to include: the
Badger Betta Breeders, Milwaukee W; the Western Betta
Association, Mt. Clair CA; and the Pittsburgh Bettas
Limited PA.


LOOKING BACK .....

t seemed a bit odd for me, a fairly new member of BC to
be asked to pick up the task of this section - a History of
BC. Yet, after reading Dr. Gene Lucas' collection of the
earliest FLARE! and Betta Breeder's News Letters, felt
right at home. BC is very much the same today as it was
then. Page after page turned through the years 1967 to
1970 mildly amused at the "hot" topics of the times:


- proposed revisions to faulty constitutions,
- revisions to imperfect standards,
- complaints about late FLARE! issues,
- rave reviews of fun conventions,
- appeals for greater membership participation,
- and of course, endless argument over the
designation of the species of the genus Betta.

t made me almost wonder if were writing an account for
the BC Today section instead! A few things were
obviously changed, like the judges stipend, and the 10
cents a mile they got for traveling to a show to judge.
The fact that FLARE! subsisted on paid advertising, and
the use of LSD on Betta research. Yet when had
finished, it as clear to me that BC had in fact lived up to
its stated objectives, and is alive and well because of its
past dedicated members to whom this section of the
handbook is specially dedicated. Thanks to you in the
BC then, from us of BC today.

/:t 8,-x


We would like to make this history as complete as
possible over the next few years, so if you can help fill in
the gaps, please do so. We will include your notes in a
later update. This update of the BC handbook is
possible because of those who gave us considerable
support in identifying errors and suggesting appropriate
corrections:

Cole Victorson
Jan Benn
Doc Daugherty

?ee:

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)




Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 3

1966
IBC Founded - September 1
Acting Chairman: Jim Herubin



1966-67 1967-68 1968-69 1969-70


President Stan Smith Stan Smith George Torres George Torres

Vice President Josephine White

Judging Board Chair George Torres Josephine White Josephine White


Convention Waukesha, W Columbus, OH Detroit, M Cincinnati, OH
Chairperson Dolores Bialk George Landis Robert Pavlik


President's Trophy George Torres Andy Fazio Dave Ford

Breeder's Trophy Stan Smith Rolly Hansen Dorothy Tresenrider

Best of Show Dorothy Tresenrider

Fellow of the Congress Warren Young

Betta Person of the Year Gene Lucas Walt Maurus





1970-71 1971-72 1972-73 1973-74


President Walt Maurus Walt Maurus Tom Borrell Bob Lamb

Judging Board Chair Warren Young Warren Young George Torres/ Stan Smith/
Warren Young John Stanton


Convention Kansas City, MO Pittsburgh, PA Miami Beach, FL Nashville, TN
Chairperson Peggy Miller Dan Toths Barbara Lamb


President's Trophy Dave Ford Mary & Ernie Scalfuri Art & Alexis Saey

Breeder's Trophy Rolly Hansen

Fellow of the Congress George Torres Gene Lucas

Betta Person of the Year Josephine White Dave Ford Tom Borelli/ Riley Barnett/
Sharon Chappell Jim Sonnier





IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 4

1974-75 1975-76

President John Stanton John Stanton
Judging Board Chair Barbara Lamb Sue Liebetrau
FLARE! Editor Jim Sonnier Larry Baum

Convention Des Moines, A San Francisco, CA
Chairperson Gene Lucas Monte Bickel
HOST Central owa Betta Assn. Buckeye Betta Breeders

Betta Person of the Year Riley Barnett Monty & Lloyd Bickel
Fellow of the Congress Rose Hanson/Rolly Hanson Sue Liebetrau
Barbara Lamb/Bob Lamb


Champions
Grand Champion Riley & Edna Barnett (3450)
Reserve Grand Champion Dennis Sommers (3000) (no info on Grand Champions for this year)
3
rd
Art & Alexis Saey
4
th
Larry & Linda Baum
5
th
Lloyd & Monte Bickel
6
th
Bob & Barbara Lamb
7
th
Gary & Paulette Dowdy
8
th
Lou Gottlieb
9
th
Ray Belcher
10
th
David Theobald

Red STM Lloyd & Monte Bickel
Blue STM Dennis Sommers
Green STM Gary & Paulette Dowdy
Black STM Riley & Edna Barnett (no info on Class Champions for this year)
Cambodian STM (tie) Larry & Linda Baum/James Bell
Yellow STM Ray Belcher
Bicolor STM Art & Alexis Saey
Experimental Types Bruce Duffey
Dark Body DTM Dianna Cunningham
Light Body DTM Dennis Sommers
Red STF Lloyd & Monte Bickel
Blue STF Riley & Edna Barnett
Green STF Ron Millcarek
AOC STF Lou Gottlieb
Dark Body DTF Larry & Linda Baum
Light Body DTF Dennis Sommers
3 Matched Males Bob & Barb Lamb
3 Matched Females Dennis Sommers

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 5

1976-77 1977-78

President Vern Owen Vern Owen
Judging Board Chair Sue Liebetrau Sue Liebetrau
FLARE! Editor Larry Baum Don Wyatt

Convention Toronto, Canada Bloomington, N
Chairperson Paul & Aurelia Ogles
HOST Alpha Betta Chapter, Central ndiana Betta Fanciers
ndiana/Kentucky Betta Club

Betta Person of the Year Stan Rosendorf Charles Hale
Fellow of the Congress Larry Baum


Champions
Grand Champion Chuck Hale Chuck Hale (8130)
Reserve Grand Champion Larry & Triza Reinig (3350)
3
rd
Ronn Walters
4
th
(NO NFO ON OTHER Stan & Carol Rosendorf
5
th
CHAMPONS FOR Sue & Al Liebetrau
6
th
THS YEAR) Paul Ogles, Sr.
7
th
Lawrence Colston
8
th
Cole Victorson
9
th
Carol Peake
10
th
Larry & Linda Baum

A1 Red STM Virginia Sensibaugh A1 Red STM Stan & Carole Rosendorf
A2 Blue STM Stan & Carol Rosendorf A2 Blue STM Charles Hale
A3 Steel STM Chuck Hale A3 Steel STM Charles Hale
A4 Green STM Chuck Hale A4 Green STM Charles Hale
A5 Black STM Chuck Hale A5 Black STM Sue & Al Liebetrau
B1 Yellow STM Ronn Walters B1 Yellow STM Ronn Walters
B2 Pastel STM Chuck Hale B2 Pastel STM Carol Peake
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Chuck Hale C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Charles Hale
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Lloyd & Monte Bickel C2 Trad Cambodian STM Ronn Walters
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Chuck Hale C3 Cambodian AOC STM Adelbert Boxley
D1 Butterfly STM Al & Sue Liebetrau D1 Butterfly STM Sue & Al Liebetrau
D2 Marble STM Charles Hale D2 Marble STM Bob & Barbara Weston
D3 Multicolor STM Chuck Hale D3 Multicolor STM Ronn Walters
E1 Dk Solid DTM Charles Hale E1 Dk Solid DTM Charles Hale
E2 Lt Solid DTM Chuck Hale E2 Lt Solid DTM Paul Ogles, Sr.
E3 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Chuck Hale E3 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Charles Hale
F1 Red STF Stan & Carol Rosendorf E4 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Larry & Triza Reinig
F2 Blue STF Stan & Carol Rosendorf E5 Pattern DTM Bill Bozanna Hart
F3 Green STF Charles Hale F1 Red STF Stan & Carole Rosendorf
F4 Solid AOC STF Charles Hale F2 Blue STF Charles Hale
G1 Yellow STF Charles Hale F3 Green STF Charles Hale
G2 Pastel STF Lloyd & Monte Bickel F4 Solid AOC STF Charles Hale
H1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Charles Hale G1 Yellow STF Ronn Walters
H2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Lloyd & Monte Bickel G2 Pastel STF Adelbert Boxley
H3 Pattern STF Charles Hale H1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Larry & Triza Reinig
1 Dk Solid DTF Charles Hale H2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Charles Hale
2 Lt Solid DTF Charles Hale H3 Pattern STF Charles Hale
3 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Charles Hale 1 Dk Solid DTF Charles Hale
4 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Bill Hart 2 Lt Solid DTF Paul Ogles, Sr.
5 Pattern DTF D. Bottorff 3 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Charles Hale
J1 3-Matched STM Charles Hale 4 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Bill & Bozanna Hart
J2 3-Matched DTM Charles Hale 5 Pattern DTF Larry & Triza Reinig
J3 3-Matched STF Lloyd & Monte Bickel J1 3-Matched STM Charles Hale
J4 3-Matched DTF E&M Bryant J2 3-Matched DTM Charles Hale
K1 Form Variations Charles Hale J3 3-Matched STF Ronn Walters
K2 Color Variations Sue & Al Liebetrau J4 3-Matched DTF Lloyd & Monte Bickel
K3 Wild Types Adelbert Boxley K1 Form Variations Larry & Triza Reinig
K2 Color Variations Ronn Walters
K3 Wild Types Sue & Al Liebetrau


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 6

1978-79 1979-80

President Cliff Green Cliff Green
Judging Board Chair Paul Ogles Paul Ogles
FLARE! Editor Don Wyatt N/A

Convention Kansas City, MO Toledo, OH
Chairperson Ronn & Denise Walters Gary & Claudia Mayberry
HOST Bettas Royal Buckeye Bettas

Betta Person of the Year Bill Hart Al Liebetrau
Fellow of the Congress Charles Hale
Outstanding Service Chuck Chapman

Champions
President's Trophy Charles Hale Cole Victorson (825)
Grand Champion Larry & Triza Reinig (5005) Chuck Chapman (6670)
Reserve Grand Champion Charles Hale (3475) Cole Victorson (3835)
3
rd
Albert Jones Al Jones & Phil Byrum
4
th
Bill Britt Charles Hale
5
th
Cole Victorson John Cirelly
6
th
Ronn Walters Howard & Carol Pickle
7
th
Bob & Barbara Weston J.R. & Berinda Hollingsworth
8
th
Stan & Carole Rosendorf Ginger Petrosky
9
th
Lawrence & Linda Colston Larry & Triza Reinig
10
th
J.R. Hollingsworth (unknown)

A1 Red STM Bob & Barb Weston Bob & Barb Weston
A2 Blue STM Charles Hale Ginger Petrosky
A3 Steel STM Larry & Triza Reinig Howard & Carol Pickle
A4 Green STM Stan & Carole Rosendorf Charles Hale
A5 Black STM Bill Britt Howard & Carol Pickle
B1 Yellow STM Ronn Walters Chuck Chapman
B2 Pastel STM Rosendorf & Liebetrau Adelbert Boxley
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Al Jones Chuck Chapman
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Al Jones Chuck Chapman
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Stan & Carole Rosendorf Chuck Chapman
D1 Butterfly STM Paul & Aurelia Ogles Adelbert Boxley
D2 Marble STM Charles Hale Howard & Carol Pickle
D3 Multicolor STM Al Jones Sue & Al Liebetrau
E1 Dk Solid DTM Charles Hale Chuck Chapman
E2 Lt Solid DTM Cole Victorson Chuck Chapman
E3 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Al Jones Chuck Chapman
E4 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Al Jones Chuck Chapman
E5 Pattern DTM Larry & Triza Reinig Cole Victorson
F1 Red STF Bob & Barb Weston Paul & Sue MacFarland
F2 Blue STF Charles Hale Charles Hale
F3 Green STF Charles Hale J.R. & B. Hollingsworth
F4 Solid AOC STF Charles Hale Charles Hale
G1 Yellow STF Al Jones Chuck Chapman
G2 Pastel STF Rosendorf & Liebetrau Adelbert Boxley
H1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Larry & Triza Reinig Al Jones & Phil Byrum
H2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Ronn Walters Chuck Chapman
H3 Pattern STF Hale & Hollingsworth & Reinig Al Jones & Phil Byrum
1 Dk Solid DTF Charles Hale Ray Frederick
2 Lt Solid DTF Paul Ogles Sr. Chuck Chapman
3 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Larry & Triza Reinig Chuck Chapman
4 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Bill Britt Al Jones & Phil Byrum
5 Pattern DTF Larry & Triza Reinig John Cirelly
J1 3-Matched STM Bob & Barb Weston Ginger Petrosky
J2 3-Matched DTM Ginger Petrosky Ginger Petrosky
J3 3-Matched STF Lawrence & Linda Colston Al Jones & Phil Byrum
J4 3-Matched DTF Al Jones Chuck Chapman
K1 Form Variations Larry & Triza Reinig Chuck Chapman
K2 Color Variations Larry & Triza Reinig Howard & Carol Pickle
K3 Wild Types Liebetrau & Schmidt-Focke Bob & Barbara Beck

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 7

1980-81 1981-82

President Gene Lucas Gene Lucas
Judging Board Chair Adelbert Boxley Adelbert Boxley
FLARE! Editor Ronn Walters Ronn Walters

Convention Rock sland, L Leesburg, FL
Chairperson Paul & Aurelia Ogles
HOST River Bend Betta Assn. (RBBA) Central Florida Betta Breeders (CFBB)

Betta Person of the Year Al Jones & Phil Byrum John Cirelly
Fellow of the Congress Barbara Weston
Outstanding Service Ronn Walters Sandy Tesar & Teeny Guynes

Champions
President's Trophy Cole Victorson (1050) Don Connelly (780)
Most Best of Shows John & Jan Benn
Grand Champion Cole Victorson Don Connelly
Reserve Grand Champion Charles Sitter Chuck Hale
3
rd
Charles Hale John Cirelly
4
th
John Cirelly Parris Jones
5
th
Howard & Carol Pickle John & Jan Benn
6
th
Parris Jones Paul & Aurelia Ogles
7
th
Joseph Stumpf Cole Victorson
8
th
Al Jones & Phil Byrum David Smith
9
th
Sandy Tesar & Teeny Guynes Bob & Barbara Beck
10
th
Ray Preucil Phil Lafferty

A1 Red STM Cole Victorson Bob & Barbara Weston
A2 Blue STM John Cirelly David Smith
A3 Steel STM Parris Jones Parris Jones
A4 Green STM Parris Jones David Smith
A5 Black STM Sue Liebetrau Phil Lafferty
B1 Yellow STM Joe Stumpf John & Jan Benn
B2 Pastel STM John Cirelly Bob & Barbara Beck
B3 Opaque STM Cole Victorson Ray Preucil
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Cole Victorson Don Connelly
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Joe Stumpf Don Connelly
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Tesar & Guynes Paul & Aurelia Ogles
D1 Butterfly STM Charles Hale Chuck Hale
D2 Marble STM Howard & Carol Pickle Rick Hesson & Mike Smith
D3 Multicolor STM Al Jones & Phil Byrum Connelly & Victorson
E1 Dk Solid DTM Charles Sitter Chuck Hale
E2 Lt Solid DTM Charles Sitter Don Connelly
E3 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Cole Victorson Don Connelly
E4 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Al Jones & Phil Byrum Don Connelly
E5 Pattern DTM Cole Victorson Chuck Hale
F1 Red STF Ray Preucil Parris Jones
F2 Blue STF John Cirelly David Smith
F3 Green STF Charles Sitter David Smith
F4 Solid AOC STF Charles Hale Parris Jones
G1 Yellow STF Charles Sitter John & Jan Benn
G2 Pastel STF Tesar & Guynes John Cirelly
G3 Opaque STF Charles Sitter John & Jan Benn
H1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Charles Sitter Don Connelly
H2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Don Connelly Don Connelly
H3 Pattern STF Charles Hale Howard & Carol Pickle
1 Dk Solid DTF Charles Sitter Chuck Hale
2 Lt Solid DTF Charles Sitter John & Jan Benn
3 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Cole Victorson David Roddy
4 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Al Jones & Phil Byrum Don Connelly
5 Pattern DTF Charles Hale Howard & Carol Pickle
J1 3-Matched STM Cole Victorson Don Connelly
J2 3-Matched DTM Charles Hale Don Connelly
J3 3-Matched STF Al Jones & Phil Byrum John Cirelly
J4 3-Matched DTF Al Jones & Phil Byrum Don Connelly
K1 Form & Color Var. Charles Sitter Howard & Carol Pickle
K2 Wild Types Jerry Lindquist Al & Sue Liebetrau

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 8

1982-83

President Denise Walters & John Cirelly
Judging Board Chair Aurelia Ogles
FLARE! Editor Sandy Tesar & Teeny Guynes

Convention Joe Wheeler State Park, Rogersville, AL
Chairperson John & Jan Benn
HOST Bama Betta Club

Betta Person of the Year Parris Jones
Fellows of the Congress Barbara Beck; Doc Daugherty; Parris Jones; Aurelia & Paul Ogles
Outstanding Service John & Jan Benn


Champions
President's Trophy Parris Jones
Most Best of Shows John & Jan Benn
Grand Champion Parris Jones (6460)
Reserve Grand Champion John & Jan Benn (6420)
3
rd
Paul & Aurelia Ogles
4
th
Don Connelly
5
th
Albert Hevis
6
th
Marcene Carre
7
th
Ray Preucil
8
th
Floyd Decker
9
th
Connie Warren
10
th
John Fisher

A1 Red STM Ken Renkens J1 3-Matched STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A2 Blue STM John & Jan Benn J2 3-Matched DTM Marcene Carre
A3 Steel STM Parris Jones J3 3-Matched STF Floyd Decker
A4 Green STM Parris Jones J4 3-Matched DTF Albert Hevia
A5 Black STM John & Jan Benn K1 Form & Color Var. Paul & Aurelia Ogles
B1 Yellow STM John & Jan Benn K2 Wild Types John & Jan Benn
B2 Pastel STM John & Jan Benn
B3 Opaque STM Ray Preucil
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Parris Jones
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Parris Jones
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Paul & Aurelia Ogles
D1 Butterfly STM Floyd Decker
D2 Marble STM Ray Preucil
D3 Multicolor STM Parris Jones
E1 Dk Solid DTM Ken Renkens
E2 Lt Solid DTM Marcene Carre
E3 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Marcene Carre
E4 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Parris Jones
E5 Pattern DTM Marcene Carre
F1 Red STF Albert Hevia
F2 Blue STF David Smith
F3 Green STF David Smith
F4 Solid AOC STF Parris Jones
G1 Yellow STF John & Jan Benn
G2 Pastel STF John & Jan Benn
G3 Opaque STF Ray Preucil
H1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Paul & Aurelia Ogles
H2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Connie Warren
H3 Pattern STF Art & Alexis Saey
1 Dk Solid DTF John Williams
2 Lt Solid DTF Don Connelly
3 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Paul & Aurelia Ogles
4 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Parris Jones
5 Pattern DTF John Williams

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 9

1983-84


President John Cirelly & John Benn
Judging Board Chair Aurelia Ogles
FLARE! Editor Sandy Tesar & Teeny Guynes

Convention Tulsa, OK
Chairperson Jerry Dodge
HOST Oklahoma Betta Breeders Assn. (OBBA)

Betta Person of the Year Paul Kirtley
Fellow of the Congress Bill Hart
Outstanding Service Jerry Dodge


Champions
President's Trophy Parris Jones (1050)
Most Best of Shows Peter Goettner
Grand Champion Parris Jones (6080)
Reserve Grand Champion Paul & Vicky Kirtley (5045)
3
rd
Peter Goettner
4
th
Don Connelly
5
th
Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
6
th
John Fisher
7
th
Paul & Aurelia Ogles
8
th
Richard & Camilia Belanger
9
th
Lee Branscome
10
th
Raul Fernandez

A1 Red STM Cliff Harris L1 3-Matched STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A2 Blue STM Ted Fisher L2 3-Matched DTM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A3 Steel STM Don Connelly L3 3-Matched STF Peter Goettner
A4 Green STM Parris Jones L4 3-Matched DTF Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A5 Black STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley M1 Form & Color Var. R&C Belanger
B1 Yellow STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley M2 Wild Types Saunders & Richardson
B2 Pastel STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley N1 Trial Form & Finnage Raul Fernandez
B3 Opaque STM Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson N2 Matched Pair R&C Belanger
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Raul Fernandez
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Parris Jones
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Paul & Aurelia Ogles
D1 Butterfly STM Parris Jones
D2 Marble STM Phil Dorr
D3 Multicolor STM Peter Goettner
E1 Dk Solid DTM Peter Goettner
E2 Lt Solid DTM John Fisher
F1 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Jeff Meyer
F2 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
F3 Pattern DTM Parris Jones
G1 Red STF Peter Goettner
G2 Blue STF Peter Goettner
G3 Green STF Parris Jones
G4 Solid AOC STF Don Connelly
H1 Yellow STF Lee Branscome
H2 Pastel STF Paul & Vicky Kirtley
H3 Opaque STF Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
1 Dk Body Bicolor STF David Roddy
2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Lee Branscome
3 Marble STF Howard & Carol Pickle
4 Pattern STF Parris Jones
J1 Dk Solid DTF Paul & Vicky Kirtley
J2 Lt Solid DTF Parris Jones
K1 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Paul & Aurelia Ogles
K2 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Parris Jones
K3 Pattern DTF Paul & Aurelia Ogles

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 10

1984-85

President John Benn
Judging Board Chair Phil Byrum
FLARE! Editor Phil Byrum

Convention Santa Ana, CA
Chairperson Joe & Kathy Cooper
HOST Bettas of the Sunshine State (BOSS)

Betta Persons of the Year Steve Saunders; Bev Richardson
Fellows of the Congress Riley Barnett; Cliff Green; Walt Maurus; Phil Byrum; John Stanton; John Cirelly
Outstanding Service Linda Olson; Ron Neal; Raul Fernandez; Bill Hoerner; Howard Pickle; Walt Jastzrab
Chapter of the Year Toronto Betta Buffs


Champions
President's Trophy Peter Goettner
Most Best of Shows Peter Goettner
Grand Champion Peter Goettner (13880)
Reserve Grand Champion Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson (6260)
3
rd
Cole Victorson
4
th
Ed Grzeda
5
th
Steve Glassburn
6
th
Ray Preucil
7
th
Raul Fernandez
8
th
Marcene Carre
9
th
Paul & Aurelia Ogles
10
th
Emi & sabel de la Fuente

A1 Red STM Peter Goettner L1 3-Matched STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A2 Blue STM Peter Goettne L2 3-Matched DTM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A3 Steel STM Peter Goettner L3 3-Matched STF Peter Goettner
A4 Green STM Peter Goettner L4 3-Matched DTF Paul & Vicky Kirtley
A5 Black STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley M1 Form & Color Var. R&C Belanger
B1 Yellow STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley M2 Wild Types Saunders & Richardson
B2 Pastel STM Paul & Vicky Kirtley N1 Trial Form & Finnage Raul Fernandez
B3 Opaque STM S. Saunders & B. Richardson N2 Matched Pair R&C Belanger
N2 Matched Pair R&C Belanger
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Raul Fernandez
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Parris Jones
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Paul & Aurelia Ogles
D1 Butterfly STM Parris Jones
D2 Marble STM Phil Dorr
D3 Multicolor STM Peter Goettner
E1 Dk Solid DTM Peter Goettner
E2 Lt Solid DTM John Fisher
F1 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Jeff Meyer
F2 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Paul & Vicky Kirtley
F3 Pattern DTM Parris Jones
G1 Red STF Peter Goettner
G2 Blue STF Peter Goettner
G3 Green STF Parris Jones
G4 Solid AOC STF Don Connelly
H1 Yellow STF Lee Branscome
H2 Pastel STF Paul & Vicky Kirtley
H3 Opaque STF Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
1 Dk Body Bicolor STF David Roddy
2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Lee Branscome
3 Marble STF Howard & Carol Pickle
4 Pattern STF Parris Jones
J1 Dk Solid DTF Paul & Vicky Kirtley
J2 Lt Solid DTF Parris Jones
K1 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Paul & Aurelia Ogles
K2 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Parris Jones
K3 Pattern DTF Paul & Aurelia Ogles

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 11

1985-86

President Steve Saunders
Judging Board Chair Phil Byrum
FLARE! Editor Phil Byrum

Convention Moline, L
Chairperson Ron & Celia Neal
HOST River Bend Betta Assn. (RBBA)

Betta Person of the Year Phil Byrum
Fellows of the Congress Linda Olson; John & Jan Benn
Chapter of the Year Central Florida Betta Breeders


Champions
President's Trophy Steve Glassburn
Most Best of Shows Steve Glassburn
Grand Champion Steve Glassburn (11340)
Reserve Grand Champion Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson (8120)
3
rd
Emi & sabel de la Fuente
4
th
Tom Nunez
5
th
Randy Barney
6
th
Ray Preucil
7
th
Norm Fickeisen
8
th
John Lynch
9
th
Lon & Carol Carroll
10
th
Phil Dorr

A1 Red STM Steve Glassburn L1 3-Matched STM Steve Glassburn
A2 Blue STM Steve Glassburn L2 3-Matched DTM Steve Glassburn
A3 Steel STM Steve Glassburn L3 3-Matched STF Steve Glassburn
A4 Green STM Keeley & Bonjour L4 3-Matched DTF Steve Glassburn
A5 Black STM Tom Nunez M1 Form & Color Var. Emi & sa de la Fuente
B1 Yellow STM Lon & Carol Carroll M2 Wild Types Emi & sa de la Fuente
B2 Pastel STM Saunders & Richardson N1 Trial Form & Finnage Saunders & Richardson
B3 Opaque STM Steve Glassburn N2 Matched Pair Steve Glassburn
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Lon & Carol Carroll
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Steve Glassburn
D1 Butterfly STM Steve Glassburn
D2 Marble STM Ray Preucil
D3 Multicolor STM Steve Glassburn
E1 Dk Solid DTM Steve Glassburn
E2 Lt Solid DTM Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
F1 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Randy Barney
F2 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
F3 Pattern DTM Steve Glassburn
G1 Red STF Steve Glassburn
G2 Blue STF Steve Glassburn
G3 Green STF Steve Glassburn
G4 Solid AOC STF Emi & sabel de la Fuente
H1 Yellow STF Emi & sabel de la Fuente
H2 Pastel STF Steve Glassburn
H3 Opaque STF Steve Glassburn
1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Tom Nunez
3 Marble STF Emi & sabel de la Fuente
4 Pattern STF Emi & sabel de la Fuente
J1 Dk Solid DTF Steve Glassburn
J2 Lt Solid DTF Steve Glassburn
K1 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Steve Saunders & Bev Richardson
K2 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Tom Nunez
K3 Pattern DTF Phil Dorr


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 12

1986-87

President Steve Saunders
Judging Board Chair Phil Byrum
FLARE! Editor Linda Olson

Convention Miami, FL
Chairperson Emi & sa de la Fuente
HOST Betta Assn. of the South East (BASE)

Betta Person of the Year Bob Hale
Fellow of the Congress Ron Neal
Outstanding Service Bill Hoerner; Gary McKee
Chapter of the Year Buckeye Betta Club of Ohio


Champions
President's Trophy Randy Barney
Warren Young Memorial Awd Randy Barney
Grand Champion Randy Barney (18020)
Reserve Grand Champion Bob Hale & Joe Caliri (3890)
3
rd
Norm Fickeisen (3555)
4
th
Ray Preucil (2315)
5
th
Jose Ruiz (2265)
6
th
Phil Dorr (2245)
7
th
Tom Nunez (2180)
8
th
Ken Muller (1905)
9
th
Bobby Bakanic (1880)
10
th
Steve Glassburn (1730)

A1 Red STM Randy Barney L1 3-Matched STM Randy Barney
A2 Blue STM Randy Barney L2 3-Matched DTM Randy Barney
A3 Steel STM Jose Ruiz L3 3-Matched STF Randy Barney
A4 Green STM Ken Muller L4 3-Matched DTF Norm Fickeisen
A5 Black STM Randy Barney M1 Form & Color Var. Bob Hale & Joe Caliri
B1 Yellow STM Randy Barney M2 Wild Types Ken Muller
B2 Pastel STM Randy Barney N1 Trial Form & Finnage Bob Hale & Jon Caliri
B3 Opaque STM Randy Barney N2 Matched Pair Randy Barney
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Randy Barney
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Randy Barney
C3 Cambodian AOC STM Randy Barney
D1 Butterfly STM Randy Barney
D2 Marble STM Ray Preucil
D3 Multicolor STM Randy Barney
E1 Dk Solid DTM Tom Nunez
E2 Lt Solid DTM Randy Barney
F1 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Randy Barney
F2 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Randy Barney
F3 Pattern DTM Randy Barney
G1 Red STF Tom Nunez
G2 Blue STF Randy Barney
G3 Green STF Phil Dorr
G4 Solid AOC STF Tom Nunez
H1 Yellow STF Norm Fickeisen
H2 Pastel STF Randy Barney
H3 Opaque STF Randy Barney
1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Randy Barney
2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Randy Barney
3 Marble STF John Williams
4 Pattern STF Randy Barney
J1 Dk Solid DTF Randy Barney
J2 Lt Solid DTF Randy Barney
K1 Dk Body Bicolor DTF Randy Barney
K2 Lt Body Bicolor DTF Randy Barney
K3 Pattern DTF Randy Barney


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 13

1987-88

President Parris Jones
Judging Board Chair Bev Richardson & Steve Saunders
FLARE! Editor Linda Olson

Convention Columbus, OH
Chairperson Steve Glassburn
HOST Buckeye Bettas Assn.

Betta Persons of the Year Tom & Linda Myers
Fellows of the Congress Howard & Carol Pickle
Outstanding Service Phil Byrum; Ken Muller; Robert Plenge
Chapter of the Year Bettas of New England (BONE)


Champions
President's Trophy Randy Barney
Grand Champion Ken & Judy Muller (7470)
Reserve Grand Champion Dave Snyder (6385)
3
rd
Tom Nunez (4900)
4
th
Raul Fernandez (3515)
5
th
Fadi Halwani (3005)
6
th
Randy Barney (2775)
7
th
Rosenberg/Broderson (2605)
8
th
Jose Ruiz (2530)
9
th
Steve Glassburn (2360)
10
th
Jo Meade (1665)

A1 Red STM Tom Nunez 1 Dk Body Bicolor STF Ken Muller
A2 Blue STM Dave Snyder 2 Lt Body Bicolor STF Trevor Edwards
A3 Steel STM Ken Muller 3 Marble STF Don Myers
A4 Green STM Fadi Halwani 4 Butterfly/Multicolor STF Raul Fernandez
A5 Black STM Tom Nunez J1 Red & Black DTF Tom Nunez
A6 Green STM Tom Nunez; Rosenberg-Broderson J2 Dk ridescent DTF Rosenberg-Broderson
B1 Yellow STM Dave Snyder J3 Lt Single Color DTF K. Muller/Dave Snyder
B2 Pastel STM Ken Muller K1 Dk Bicolor DTF Ken Muller
B3 Opaque STM Fadi Halwani K2 Lt Bicolor DTF Ken Muller
C1 Dk Body Bicolor STM Steve Glassburn K3 Pattern DTF Rosenberg-Broderson
C2 Trad Cambodian STM Dave Snyder L1 Wild Type-Bubblenesters Ken Muller
D1 Butterfly STM Jo Meade L2 Wild Type-Mouthbrooders Ken Muller
D2 Marble STM Michael Sachs M1 Male Trios Dave Snyder
D3 Multicolor STM Raul Fernandez M2 Female Trios Ken Muller
E1 Red & Blk DTM Tom Nunez M3 Variations Jo Meade
E2 Dk ridescent DTM Chris DeBon M4 Form & Finnage Raul Fernandez
E3 Lt Single Color DTM Bobby Bakanic
F1 Dk Body Bicolor DTM Randy Barney
F2 Lt Body Bicolor DTM Dave Snyder
F3 Pattern DTM Don Myers
G1 Red STF Tom Nunez
G2 Black STF Tom Nunez
G3 Blue STF Ken Muller
G4 Steel STF Jose Ruiz
G5 Turquoise STF Tom Nunez
G6 Green STF Tom Nunez
H1 Yellow STF Dave Snyder
H2 Pastel STF Jose Ruiz
H3 Opaque STF Dave Snyder

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 14

1988-89

President Parris Jones
Judging Board Chair Paul Ogles
FLARE! Editor Bill Rogers

Convention Washington, DC
Show Chair Ken Muller

Betta Person of the Year John Benn
Fellows of the Congress Phil Dorr; Ken Muller; Peter Goettner
Outstanding Service Dave Hendrickson; Don McCooey; Bill Rogers
Chapter of the Year Mid-Atlantic Organized Betta Breeders


Champions
President's Trophy John & Jan Benn
Warren Young Memorial Awd Barney/Nunez
Grand Champion Barney/Nunez
Reserve Grand Champion John & Jan Benn
3
rd
Don Myers
4
th
Don McCooey
5
th
Evan Ruff
6
th
Kallman/Hernandez
7
th
Ed McGehee
8
th
Ranieri/Edwards
9
th
Norm & Flo Fickeisen
10
th
Parris Jones

A1 Red STM Barney/Nunez K1 Dk Bicolor DTF Barney/Nunez
A2 Black STM Evan Ruff K2 Lt Bicolor DTF Ken Muller
A3 Blue STM Kallman/Hernandez K3 Pattern DTF Don Myers
A4 Steel STM J&J Benn L1 Wild Type-Bubblenesters J&J Benn
A5 Turquoise STM Barney/Nunez L2 Wild Type-Mouthbrooders Joseph Yee
A6 Green STM Kallman/Hernandez M1 Male Trios J&J Benn
B1 Yellow/Clear STM Don McCooey M2 Female Trios Don McCooey
B2 Pastel STM Barney/Nunez M3 Variations Don Myers
B3 Opaque STM Ed MeGehee M4 Form & Finnage J&J Benn
C1 Dk Bicolor STM Barney/Nunez
C2 Lt Bicolor STM Kallman/Hernandez
D1 Butterfly STM J&J Benn
D2 Marble STM Don Myers
D3 Multicolor STM J&J Benn
E1 Red & Blk DTM Barney/Nunez
E2 Dk ridescent DTM Evan Ruff
E3 Lt Solid Color DTM J&J Benn
F1 Dk Bicolor DTM Barney/Nunez
F2 Lt Bicolor DTM Barney/Nunez
F3 Pattern DTM J&J Benn
G1 Red STF Barney/Nunez
G2 Black STF Barney/Nunez
G3 Blue STF Kallman/Hernandez
G4 Steel STF J&J Benn
G5 Turquoise/Green STF Don Myers
H1 Yellow/Clear STF Don McCooey
H2 Pastel STF J&J Benn
H3 Opaque STF J&J Benn
1 Dk Bicolor STF Barney/Nunez
2 Lt Bicolor STF Barney/Nunez
3 Marble STF Don Myers
4 Patterned STF J&J Benn
J1 Red & Black DTF Barney/Nunez
J2 Dk ridescent DTF J&J Benn
J3 Lt Solid Color DTF J&J Benn

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 15
1989-90

President Ken Muller
Judging Board Chair Peter McGraw
FLARE! Editor Ken Muller

Convention Nashville, TN
Show Chair David Roddy

Betta Persons of the Year Ken Muller
Fellows of the Congress Judy Muller; John Williams
Outstanding Service Steve & Sally Van Camp; Judy Muller; David Roddy
Chapter of the Year Los Angeles Betta Society
Author of the Year Ken Muller
Article of the Year John Williams - "The Old Windbag Cannot Put Out the Fire of Youth"


Champions
President's Trophy Don & Sean McCooey
Warren Young Memorial Awd John & Jan Benn
Grand Champion John & Jan Benn
Reserve Grand Champion Don & Sean McCooey
3
rd
Ed McGehee
4
th
Paul & Margaret Hardy
5
th
Paul Kirtley
6
th
Bob Dozier
7
th
John Williams
8
th
Rosenburg/Broderson
9
th
Tom Nunez
10
th
Ken & Judy Muller

A1 Red STM P&M Hardy J1 Red & Black DTF Bob Dozier
A2 Black STM Paul Kirtley J2 Dk ridescent DTF J&J Benn
A3 Blue STM Mike O'Hern J3 Lt Solid Color DTF J&J Benn
A4 Steel STM J&J Benn K1 Dk Bicolor DTF D&S McCooey
A5 Turquoise STM Tom Nunez K2 Lt Bicolor DTF D&S McCooey
A6 Green P&M Hardy K3 Pattern DTF Ed McGehee
B1 Yellow/Clear STM D&C McCooey L1 Wild Type-Bubblenesters J&J Benn
B2 Pastel STM J&J Benn L2 Wild Type-Mouthbrooders Jennifer Weaver
B3 Opaque STM J&J Benn M1 Male Trios Paul Kirtley
C1 Dk Bicolor STM D&S McCooey M2 Female Trios Paul Kirtley
C2 Lt Bicolor STM D&S McCooey M3 Variations J&J Benn
D1 Butterfly STM John Williams M4 Form & Finnage J&J Benn
D2 Marble STM Rosenberg/Broderson
D3 Multicolor STM J&J Benn
E1 Red & Blk DTM Ed McGehee
E2 Dk ridescent DTM J&J Benn
E3 Lt Solid Color DTM Rosenberg/Broderson
F1 Dk Bicolor DTM D&S McCooey
F2 Lt Bicolor DTM K&J Muller
F3 Pattern DTM Ed McGehee
G1 Red STF Ed McGehee
G2 Black STF Paul Kirtley
G3 Blue STF J&J Benn
G4 Steel STF J&J Benn
G5 Turquoise STF P&M Hardy
H1 Yellow STF D&S McCooey
H2 Pastel STF Bob Dozier
H3 Opaque STF J&J Benn
1 Dk Bicolor STF Ed McGehee
2 Lt Bicolor STF P&M Hardy
3 Marble STF John Williams
4 Butterfly/Multicolor STF Ed McGehee

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 16

1990-91

President Ken Muller
Judging Board Chair Phil Dorr
FLARE! Editor Ken Muller

Convention Milwaukee, W
Chairperson Bunny Lorbiecki

Betta Person of the Year Ed McGehee
Fellows of the Congress Jo Meade & Dan Reiste
Outstanding Service Steve & Sally Van Camp
Chapter of the Year Los Angeles Betta Society
Author of the Year Ken Muller
Article of the Year "Have We Lost Our Traditional Values", Ken Muller


Champions
President's Trophy John & Jan Benn
Warren Young Memorial Awd John Williams
Grand Champion Paul & Margaret Hardy
Reserve Grand Champion Bob Dozier
3
rd
Ed McGehee
4
th
John Williams
5
th
John & Jan Benn
6
th
Don McCooey
7
th
Paul Kirtley
8
th
Roberto DeSantos
9
th
Phil Lafferty
10
th
W&K Bond

A1 Red STM Ed McGehee J1 Red & Black DTF Ed McGehee
A2 Black STM Paul Kirtley J2 Dk ridescent DTF P&M Hardy
A3 Blue STM P&M Hardy J3 Lt Solid Color DTF Bob Dozier
A4 Steel STM P&M Hardy K1 Dk Bicolor DTF Don McCooey
A5 Turquoise/Green STM P&M Hardy K2 Lt Bicolor DTF P&M Hardy
B1 Yellow/Clear STM P&M Hardy K3 Pattern DTF John Williams
B2 Pastel STM Bob Dozier L1 Wild Type-Bubblenesters Jennifer Weaver
B3 Opaque STM J&J Benn L2 Wild Type-Mouthbrooders Jennifer Weaver
C1 Dk Bicolor STM Roberto DeSantos M1 Male Trios Phil Lafferty
C2 Lt Bicolor STM Norm & Flo Fickeisen M2 Female Trios Paul Kirtley
D1 Butterfly STM Phil Lafferty M3 Variations S&M Migota
D2 Marble STM Robert Huels M4 Form & Finnage P&M Hardy
D3 Multicolor STM S&M Migota
E1 Red DTM P&M Hardy
E2 Black DTM P&M Hardy
E3 Dk ridescent DTM P&M Hardy
F1 Dk Bicolor DTM Ed McGehee
F2 Lt Bicolor DTM P&M Hardy
F3 Pattern DTM John Williams
G1 Red STF P&M Hardy
G2 Black STF Bob Dozier
G3 Blue STF P&M Hardy
G4 Steel STF Bob Dozier
G5 Turquoise/Green STF P&M Hardy
H1 Yellow/Clear STF P&M Hardy
H2 Pastel STF Bob Dozier
H3 Opaque STF Bob Dozier
1 Dk Bicolor STF Phil Dorr
2 Lt Bicolor STF P&M Hardy
3 Marble STF John Williams
4 Patterned STF John Williams


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 17

1991-92

President Ed McGehee
Judging Board Chair John Benn & Judy Muller
FLARE! Editor Tim Brady

Convention Huntsville, AL
Show Chair Jan Benn & Margaret Hardy

Betta Person of the Year John Williams
Fellow of the Congress Gary McKee
Outstanding Service Aurelia Ogles, Dan Reiste, John Williams
Chapter of the Year Los Angeles Betta Society
FAAS Award Rajiv Masillamoni
Author of the Year John Williams
Articles of the Year "Seeing the World Through Little Green Eyes", Nancy Carr
"Experiences of a Show Fish", S.T. Red <Ed McGehee>


Champions
President's Trophy Ed McGehee
Warren Young Memorial Awd Ed McGehee
Grand Champion Ed McGehee
Reserve Grand Champion Paul & Margaret Hardy
3
rd
David Hughes
4
th
Roberto DeSantos
5
th
Norm & Flo Fickeisen
6
th
John Williams
7
th
Annette Lurton
8
th
Steve & Melissa Migota
9
th
Don McCooey
10
th
Andy & Norm Knepper

A1 Red STM David Hughes 1 Dk Bicolor STF Ed McGehee
A2 Black STM Darlene Neisses 2 Lt Bicolor STF Annette Lurton
A3 Blue STM P&M Hardy 3 Marble STF John Williams
A4 Steel STM Ed McGehee 4 Patterned STF John Williams
A5 Turquoise/Green STM S&M Migota J1 Red & Black DTF Ed McGehee
B1 Yellow/Clear STM Ed McGehee J2 Dk ridescent DTF P&M Hardy
B2 Pastel STM Ed McGehee J3 Lt Solid Color DTF P&M Hardy
B3 Opaque STM David Hughes K1 Dk Bicolor DTF Ed McGehee
C1 Dk Bicolor STM Ed McGehee K2 Lt Bicolor DTF Ed McGehee
C2 Lt Bicolor STM Roberto Santos K3 Pattern DTF Ed McGehee
D1 Butterfly STM P&M Hardy L1 Wild Type-Bubblenesters Darlene Neisses
D2 Marble STM A&M Knepper L2 Wild Type-Mouthbrooders David Hughes
D3 Multicolor STM S&M Migota M1 Male Trios Ed McGehee
E1 Red DTM David Hughes M2 Female Trios Ed McGehee
E2 Black DTM D&D Donsbach M3 Variations P&M Hardy
E3 Dk ridescent DTM Ed McGehee M4 Form & Finnage John Williams
E4 Lt Solid Color DTM Jim Williams
F1 Dk Bicolor DTM Roberto DeSantos
F2 Lt Bicolor DTM Ed McGehee
F3 Pattern DTM David Hughes
G1 Red STF Ed McGehee
G2 Black STF Ed McGehee
G3 Blue STF P&M Hardy
G4 Steel STF Ed McGehee
G5 Turquoise/Green STF Ed McGehee
H1 Yellow Ed McGehee
H2 Pastel STF Ed McGehee
H3 Opaque STF Norm & Flo Fickeisen

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 18

1992-93

President Ed McGehee
Judging Board Chair John Benn & Aurelia Ogles
FLARE! Editor Tim Brady

Convention Tampa, FL
Chairperson Aurelia Ogles
Show Chair Raul Fernandez & Kevin Kennedy
HOST S.E. Area Betta Breeders (SEABB's)

Betta Persons of the Year Norm & Andy Knepper
Fellows of the Congress Steve & Sally Van Camp; Ed McGehee
Outstanding Service Tim Brady; Don Donsbach, Andy & Norm Knepper
Chapter of the Year SEABB's
Author of the Year Don McCooey
Article of the Year "Another Drip System", Andrew Hogg
FAAS Award Aurelia Ogles


Champions
President's Trophy Ed McGhee & Don Donsbach
Warren Young Memorial Awd Ed McGhee & Don Donsbach
Grand Champion Yoshia Kojima
Reserve Grand Champion Ed McGhee & Don Donsbach
3
rd
Annette Lurton
4
th
Jim Williams
5
th
Norm & Andy Knepper
6
th
Rich Christman
7
th
Norm Fickeisen
8
th
Wilson; Chenot; Masillamoni
9
th
Don McCooey
10
th
S&M Migota

A1 Red STM Lurton 2 Lt Bicolor STF Lurton
A2 Black STM Kojima 3 Marble STF McGehee/Donsbach
A3 Blue STM McGehee/Donsbach 4 Patterned STF Kojima
A4 Steel STM Kojima J1 Red & Black DTF Jim Williams
A5 Turquoise/Green STM McGehee/Donsbach J2 Dk ridescent DTF Lurton
B1 Yellow/Clear STM Lurton J3 Lt Solid Color DTF McGehee/Donsbach
B2 Pastel STM McGehee/Donsbach K1 Dk Bicolor DTF McGehee/Donsbach
B3 Opaque STM Kojima K2 Lt Bicolor DTF Lurton
C1 Dk Bicolor STM Kojima K3 Pattern DTF McGehee/Donsbach
C2 Lt Bicolor STM Lurton L1 Wild Type-Bubblenesters Kneppers
D1 Butterfly STM McGehee/Donsbach L2 Wild Type-Mouthbrooders Kojima
D2 Marble STM Kojima M1 Male Trios Kojima
D3 Multicolor STM Kojima M2 Female Trios McGehee/Donsbach
E1 Red DTM McGehee/Donsbach M3 Variations Lurton
E2 Black DTM Lurton M4 Form & Finnage Goettner; Wilson;
E3 Dk ridescent DTM McGehee/Donsbach/Lurton Chenot, Masillamoni
E4 Lt Solid Color DTM Jim Williams
F1 Dk Bicolor DTM Kojima
F2 Lt Bicolor DTM Lurton
F3 Pattern DTM McGehee/Donsbach
G1 Red STF Kojima
G2 Black STF Kojima
G3 Blue STF Manske
G4 Steel STF McGehee/Donsbach
G5 Turquoise/Green STF Jim Williams
H1 Yellow/Clear STF Jim Williams
H2 Pastel STF McGehee/Donsbach
H3 Opaque STF Kojima
1 Dk Bicolor STF Kojima

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 19

1993-94

President Ed McGehee
Judging Board Chair Lynn Jacks
FLARE! Editor Tim Brady

Convention New Orleans, LA
Chairperson Ed McGehee
Show Chair Annette Lurton, Melissa Migota, Kevin Kennedy

Betta Person of the Year Ed McGehee
Fellows of the Congress Don McCooey, Bunny Lorbiecki
Outstanding Service Steve & Melissa Migota, Ken Muller
Chapter of the Year Betta Buffs of Pittsburgh
FAAS Award Ed McGehee
Articles of the Year "Water, Water, Everywhere", Doc Daugherty
"Have Fish, Will Travel:, Stephen Briles


Champions
President's Trophy McGehee/Donsbach
Warren Young Memorial Awd Annette Lurton
Grand Champion Annette Lurton
Reserve Grand Champion Mark Manske
3
rd
Don McCooey
4
th
McGehee/Donsbach
5
th
Norm & Flo Fickeisen
6
th
Jim Williams
7
th
John Williams
8
th
Ed Grezda
9
th
Andy Knepper
10
th
Joe Jaworski

A1 Red STM Mark Manske E1 Butterfly STM Don McCooey
A2 Red DTM Annette Lurton E2 Multicolor STM Ed Grzeda
A3 Black STM Don McCooey E3 Patterned DTM Annette Lurton
A4 Black DTM Norm & Flo Fickeisen E4 Marble STM Don McCooey
A5 Red STF Mark Manske E5 Marble DTM Andy Knepper
A6 Black STF John Burdick E6 Patterned STF Ed Grzeda
A7 Red/Black DTF Annette Lurton E7 Patterned DTF Ed Grzeda
B1 Blue STM Andy Knepper E8 Marble STF Annette Lurton
B2 Steel Blue STM Norm & Flo Fickeisen E9 Marble DTF John Williams
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Mark Manske F1 Plakats Sergio Marrero
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Mark Manske F2 Bubblenesters Don McCooey
B5 Blue STF Annette Lurton F3 Mouthbrooders Don McCooey
B6 Steel Blue STF Annette Lurton G1 Male Trios Mark Manske
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Annette Lurton G2 Female Trios Annette Lurton
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Annette Lurton G3 Pairs Mark Manske
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Annette Lurton G4 Color & Form Var. Don McCooey
C2 Pastel STM Joe Jaworski G5 Form & Finnage Don McCooey
C3 Opaque STM Andy Knepper
C4 Lt Solid STM Annette Lurton
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Mark Manske
C6 Pastel STF Annette Lurton
C7 Opaque STF Annette Lurton
C8 Lt Solid DTF Annette Lurton
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Don McCooey
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Don McCooey
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Annette Lurton
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Annett Lurton
D5 Dark Bicolor STF John Williams
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Ed Grzeda
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Annette Lurton
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Annette Lurton

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 20

1994-95

President Joe Jaworski
Judging Board Chair Ken Muller
FLARE! Editors Chuck & Melissa Green

Convention Pittsburgh, PA
Chairperson Steve & Melissa Migota
HOST Betta Buffs of Pittsburgh (BeBOP)

Betta Persons of the Year Melissa & Steve Migota
Fellows of the Congress Paul Hardy; Norm Fickeisen
Outstanding Service Melissa & Steve Migota; John Williams; Janet & Rich Christman
Chapter of the Year Betta Buffs of Pittsburgh BeBOP
Author of the Year Walter (Doc) Daugherty
Technical Article of the Year Philip Kukulski "Reds: What Needs to be Known"
Non-Tech. Article of the Year Rajiv Masillimoni "Europe, The Forgotten Continent"


Champions
President's Trophy Bill Bavier
Warren Young Memorial Awd Bill Bavier
Grand Champion Mark Manske (5855 pts)
Reserve Grand Champion William Bavier (5345 pts)
3
rd
Gilbert Limhengco
4
th
Annette Lurton
5
th
Robert Dozier
6
th
Joe & Marie Jaworski
7
th
Mike Arsuaga
8
th
Don McCooey
9
th
John Williams
10
th
Jude Als

A1 Red STM Mark Manske E1 Butterfly STM Mike Arsuaga
A2 Red DTM Mark Manske E2 Multicolor STM Don McCooey
A3 Black STM John Burdick E3 Patterned DTM Don McCooey
A4 Black DTM Gilbert Limhengco E4 Marble STM William Bavier
A5 Red STF Mark Manske E5 Marble DTM John Williams
A6 Black STF William Bavier E6 Patterned STF Annette Lurton
A7 Red/Black DTF Mark Manske E7 Patterned DTF Gilbert Limhengco
B1 Blue STM Annette Lurton E8 Marble STF William Bavier
B2 Steel Blue STM Mark Manske E9 Marble DTF Gilbert Limhengco
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Annette Lurton F1 Plakats Sergio Marrero
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Annette Lurton F2 Wilds-Bubblenesters Joe & Mark Jaworski
B5 Blue STM Annette Lurton F3 Wilds-Mouthbrooders Ken Muller
B6 Steel Blue STF Robert Dozier G1 Male Trios Mike Arsuaga
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Annette Lurton G2 Female Trios William Bavier
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Robert Dozier G3 Pairs Mike Arsuaga
C1 Yellow/Clear STM William Bavier G4 Color & Form Var. Gilbert Limhengco
C2 Pastel STM Joe & Marie Jaworski G5 Form & Finnage Mark Manske
C3 Opaque STM Joe & Marie Jaworski
C4 Lt Solid STM Mark Manske
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Robert Dozier
C6 Pastel STF Joe & Marie Jaworski
C7 Opaque STF Joe & Marie Jaworski
C8 Lt Solid DTF Mark Manske
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Mark Manske
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM William Bavier; Gilbert Limhengso (tie)
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Annette Lurton
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Mark Manske
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Gilbert Limhengco
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF William Bavier
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Annette Lurton
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Mark Manske


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 21
1995-96

President Joe Jaworski
Judging Board Chair Bob Dozier
FLARE! Editor Chuck & Melissa Green

Convention Orlando, FL
Chairperson Joe & Marie Jaworski

Betta Person of the Year Annette Lurton
Fellow of the Congress Annette Lurton
Outstanding Service Joe Jaworski; Annette Lurton; Chuck & Melissa Green


Champions
President's Trophy William Bavier
Warren Young Memorial Awd Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
Grand Champion Willaim Bavier (5340 pts)
Reserve Grand Champion Jaworski-Lurton-Williams (4410 pts)
3
rd
Mark Manske
4
th
Jamie McLean
5
th
Gilbert Limhengco
6
th
Patrick Cyconne
7
th
Raul Fernandez
8
th
Thomas Martin
9
th
Robert Dozier
10
th
Siegbert llig

A1 Red STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams E1 Butterfly STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
A2 Red DTM Bavier E2 Multicolor STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
A3 Black STM Bavier E3 Patterned DTM McLean
A4 Black DTM Manske E4 Marble STM McLean
A5 Red STF Jaworski/Lurton/Williams E5 Marble DTM Manske
A6 Black STF Hughes E6 Patterned STF Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
A7 Red/Black DTF Jaworski/Lurton/Williams E7 Patterned DTF McLean
B1 Blue STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams E8 Marble STF McLean
B2 Steel Blue STM Manske E9 Marble DTF Bavier
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Cyconne; Jaw/Lurt/Williams (tie) F1 Plakats Dozier
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Bavier F2 Wilds-Bubblenesters Dozier
B5 Blue STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams F3 Wilds-Mouthbrooders Fernandez
B6 Steel Blue STF Jaworski/Lurton/Williams G1 Male Trios Bavier
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Cyconne G2 Female Trios Bavier
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Bavier G3 Pairs Bavier
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams G4 Color & Form Var. llig
C2 Pastel STM Bavier G5 Form & Finnage Bavier
C3 Opaque STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
C4 Lt Solid STM Martin
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Bavier
C6 Pastel STF Bavier
C7 Opaque STF Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
C8 Lt Solid DTF Martin
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Bavier
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Bavier
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Jaworski/Lurton/Williams
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Manske
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Bavier
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Bavier
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Bavier
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Bavier


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 22
1996-97

President Joe Jaworski
Judging Board Chair Bob Dozier
FLARE! Editor Chuck & Melissa Green

Convention Richmond, VA
Chairperson Ken & Judy Muller
HOST Mid-Atlantic Organized Betta Breeders (MOBB)


Betta Persons of the Year Bob Dozier
Fellows of the Congress Steve & Melissa Migota; Bob Dozier
Outstanding Service Raul Fernandez; Chuck & Melissa Green
Chapter of the Year Betta Association of the Southeast
Author of the Year Raul Fernandez
Article of the Year Yohan Fernando for his series of articles on wild Bettas
1997 Joanne Lucas Memorial Award Regina Fernandez

Champions
President's Trophy Gilbert Limhengco
Warren Young Memorial Awd Gilbert Limhengco
Grand Champion Gilbert Limhengco
Reserve Grand Champion Mark Manske
3
rd
Raul Fernandez
4
th
Jim Williams
5
th
Mike Arsuaga
6
th
Tom Stagner
7
th
Yohan Fernando
8
th
Thomas Martin
9
th
Siegbert llig
10
th
John Hughes

A1 Red STM Mark Manske E1 Butterfly STM Gilbert Limhengco
A2 Red DTM Gilbert Limhengco E2 Multicolor STM Peter Goettner
A3 Black STM Mark Manske E3 Patterned DTM Gilbert Limhengco
A4 Black DTM Don McCooey E4 Marble STM Gilbert Limhengco
A5 Red STF Mark Manske E5 Marble DTM Raul Fernandez
A6 Black STF Raul Fernandez E6 Patterned STF Raul Fernandez
A7 Red/Black DTF Mark Manske E7 Patterned DTF Joel Lomsky
B1 Blue STM Mark Manske E8 Marble STF Raul Fernandez
B2 Steel Blue STM Mike Arsuaga E9 Marble DTF Gilbert Limhengco
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Gilbert Limhengco F1 Plakats Yohan Fernando
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Jim Williams F2 Wilds-Bubblenesters Ray Torres
B5 Blue STM Jim Williams F3 Wilds-Mouthbrooders Yohan Fernando
B6 Steel Blue STF John Hughes G1 Male Trios Mike Arsuaga
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Siegbert llig G2 Female Trios Siegbert llig
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Tom Stagner G3 Pairs Tom Stagner
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Jim Williams G4 Color & Form Var. Raul Fernandez
C2 Pastel STM Gilbert Limhengco G5 Form & Finnage G. Limhengco;
C3 Opaque STM Jim Williams R. Fernandez
C4 Lt Solid STM Thomas Martin
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Gilbert Limhengco
C6 Pastel STF Raul Fernandez
C7 Opaque STF Jim Williams
C8 Lt Solid DTF Thomas Martin
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Mike Arsuaga
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Mark Manske
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Mark Manske
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Tom Stagner
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Raul Fernandez
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Jim Williams
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Jim Williams

The Joanne Lucas Memorial Award was established
in 1997 and was retired in 2007. t was designed to
recognize the partners or spouses of BC members,
who, though maybe not as committed to the hobby,
nonetheless through their selflessness and support of
their partner or spouse, form an undeniably solid
foundation of BC in their own right. <FLARE,
May/June 1998, pg 13>

This award was replaced in 2008 with the FCB
Chapter sponsored "Most Supportive Spouse
award.

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 23
1997-98

President Bob Dozier
Judging Board Chair Joe Cooper
FLARE! Editor Tom Stagner

Convention Sacramento, CA
Chairperson Gilbert Limhengco

Betta Persons of the Year Joe Cooper
Fellows of the Congress Rajiv Masillamoni & Joe Cooper
Outstanding Service Bunny Lorbiecki, Ray Torres, Tom Stagner
Author of the Year Eddie Northcutt
Article of the Year Allan Hobron - "Color Vision Deficiencies and BC Judges"
Betta Club of the Year 2nd BASE
1998 Joanne Lucas Memorial Award Cathy Cooper

Champions
President's Trophy Bonnie McKinley & Bob Dozier
Warren Young Memorial Awd Bonnie McKinley & Bob Dozier
Grand Champion Bonnie McKinley & Bob Dozier
Reserve Grand Champion Mike Arsuaga
3
rd
Tony Chin & Renee Fenoff
4
th
Siegbert llig
5
th
The Nail Family
6
th
Yohan Fernando
7
th
and 8
th
(Tie) Tom Stagner - McFlaw
9
th
Peter Goettner
10
th
Jim Williams

A1 Red STM Don McCooey E4 Marble STM A&D Park
A2 Red DTM McKinley/Dozier E5 Marble DTM Mike Arsuaga
A3 Black STM McKinley/Dozier E6 Patterned STF Mike Arsuaga
A4 Black DTM McKinley/Dozier E7 Patterned DTF Mike Arsuaga
A5 Red STF McKinley/Dozier E8 Marble STF McKinley/Dozer;A&D Park
A6 Black STF Nail Family E9 Marble DTF McKinley/Dozier
A7 Red/Black DTF Chin/Fenoff F1 Plakats Yohan Fernando
B1 Blue STM McKinley/Dozier F2 Bubblenesters Yohan Fernando
B2 Steel Blue STM McKinley/Dozier F3 Mouthbrooders Yohan Fernando
B3 Green/Turquoise STM McKinley/Dozier G1 Male Trios Fernando, McKinely/Dozier
B4 Dark ridescent DTM McKinley/Dozier G2 Female Trios Siegbert llig
B5 Blue STM Siegbert llig G3 Pairs McKinley/Dozier
B6 Steel Blue STF McKinley/Dozier G4 Color & Form Var. Yohan Fernando
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Peter Goettner G5 Form & Finnage Chin/Fenoff
B8 Dark ridescent DTF McKinley/Dozier
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Mike Arsuaga
C2 Pastel STM Mike Arsuaga
C3 Opaque STM McKinley/Dozier
C4 Lt Solid STM Mike Arsuaga
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Chin/Fenoff
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig
C7 Opaque STF McKinley/Dozier
C8 Lt Solid DTF Nail Family
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Mike Arsuaga
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Mike Arsuaga
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Mike Arsuaga
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Mike Arsuaga
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Mike Arsuaga
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Mike Arsuaga
E1 Butterfly STM Mike Arsuaga
E2 Multicolor STM Peter Goettner
E3 Patterned DTM Mike Arsuaga


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 24
1998-99

President Bob Dozier
Judging Board Chair Joe Cooper
FLARE! Editor Tom Stagner

Convention Richmond, VA
Chairperson Judy Muller
HOST Mid-Atlantic Organized Betta Breeders (MOBB)

Betta Persons of the Year Bonnie McKinley
Fellow of the Congress Raul Fernandez
Outstanding Service Bunnie Lorbiecki; Jack Tobin; Tom Stagner
Chapter of the Year Mid Atlantic Organized Betta Breeders
Author of the Year Eddie Northcutt
Article of the Year "A Fish Drink for Your Bettas" - Doc Daugherty
FLARE! Cover Contest Doc Daugherty
1999 Gene Lucas Cong. Award of Merit Paul & Aurelia Ogles
1999 Joanne Lucas Memorial Award Dianne Torres

Champions
President's Trophy Bonnie McKinley (1280)
Warren Young Memorial Awd Bonnie McKinley (390)
Grand Champion Mike Arsuaga (9250)
Reserve Grand Champion Bonnie McKinley (7400)
3
rd
Three Judges (5245)
4
th
Ernie Perez (2900)
5
th
L&M Wall (2530)
6
th
Siegbert llig (2485)
7
th
Jim Williams (1650)
8
th
S&A Hagewood (1100)
9
th
Tom Stagner (1060)
10
th
(tie) Peter Goettner and the Nail Family (785)

A1 Red STM Bonnie McKinley E1 Butterfly STM Mike Arsuaga
A2 Red DTM Bonnie McKinley E2 Multicolor STM Ernie Perez
A3 Black STM Bonnie McKinley E3 Patterned DTM Mike Arsuaga
A4 Black DTM Ernie Perez E4 Marble STM L&M Wall
A5 Red STF Jim Williams E5 Marble DTM M. Arsuaga; B. McKinley
A6 Black STF Bonnie McKinley E6 Patterned STF Mike Arsuaga
A7 Red/Black DTF Bonnie McKinley E7 Patterned DTF Mike Arsuaga
B1 Blue STM Bonnie McKinley E8 Marble STF Bonnie McKinley
B2 Steel Blue STM Bonnie McKinley E9 Marble DTF Bonnie McKinley
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Ernie Perez F1 Wilds-Bubblenesters Three Judges
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Bonnie McKinley F2 Wilds-Mouthbrooders Three Judges
B5 Blue STM L&M Wall G1 Male Trios Mike Arsuaga
B6 Steel Blue STF T&S Ferris G2 Female Trios Siegbert llig
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Bonnie McKinley G3 Pairs Three Judges
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Siegbert llig G4 Color & Form Var. Mike Arsuaga
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Mike Arsuaga G5 Form & Finnage Ernie Perez
C2 Pastel STM Mike Arsuaga H1 Plakats: Wild Type Color Three Judges
C3 Opaque STM Bonnie McKinley H2 Plakats: AOC/Pattern Three Judges
C4 Lt Solid STM Mike Arsuaga
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Three Judges
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig
C7 Opaque STF Three Judges
C8 Lt Solid DTF Mike Arsuaga
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Three Judges
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Mike Arsuaga
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Three Judges
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Mike Arsuaga
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Mike Arsuaga
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Mike Arsuaga

The Gene Lucas CongressionaI
Award of Merit was established in
1999. The purpose of this award is
to recognize those individuals for
their efforts and outstanding
contributions, who have remained
committed, not only to the BC, but
also to the Betta hobby in general
over a great period of time. People
who best exemplified the same
unselfish drive and tireless perfor-
mance that has characterized Mr.
Betta, Dr. Gene Lucas himself for
so many years. <FLARE!July/Aug
1999, pg 8>

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 25
1999-2000

President Yohan Fernando
Judging Board Chair Bill Hoerner
FLARE! Editor Tom Stagner

Convention San Antonio, TX
Chairpersons Gary Kilgore & Laura Chisum
HOST Texas Area Betta Society

Betta Person of the Year Gary Kilgore
Fellow of the Congress Jim Williams
Outstanding Service John Gaughan; Tom Stagner; Steve Van Camp
Chapter of the Year Texas Area Betta Society (TBS)
Author of the Year Peter Goettner
Article of the Year "Effects of First Foods on the Survival Rate of Betta Spawns Ken Muller
FLARE! Cover Contest Tom Stagner
2000 Gene Lucas Cong. Award of Merit Bunny Lorbiecki
2000 Joanne Lucas Memorial Award Kathy Tobin

Champions
President's Trophy Peter Goettner (985)
Warren Young Memorial Awd Siegbert llig (395)
Grand Champion Mike Arsuaga (9515)
Reserve Grand Champion Siegbert llig (5610)
3
rd
Tyler Ferris (2830)
4
th
Jeff Hiller (2635)
5
th
Becerra/Meltzer (2195)
6
th
Jim Williams (1770)
7
th
Paul Harter (1490)
8
th
Three Judges (1355)
9
th
Yohan Fernando (1200)
10
th
Mark Milliken (1035)

A1 Red STM Mark Milliken E1 Butterfly STM Mike Arsuaga
A2 Red DTM Mike Arsuaga E2 Multicolor STM Mike Arsuaga
A3 Black STM Daniel Young E3 Patterned DTM Mike Arsuaga
A4 Black DTM Mark Milliken E4 Marble STM Mike Arsuaga
A5 Red STF Jim Williams E5 Marble DTM Mike Arsuaga
A6 Black STF Jeff Hiller E6 Patterned STF Becerra/Meltzer
A7 Red/Black DTF Jim Williams E7 Patterned DTF Mike Arsuaga
B1 Blue STM Tyler Ferris E8 Marble STF Paul Harter
B2 Steel Blue STM Richard Yu E9 Marble DTF Mike Arsuaga
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Siegbert llig F1 Sm Wild Bubblenesters Yohan Fernando
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Siegbert llig F2 Lg Wild Bubblenesters Robert Fejdasz
B5 Blue STF Tyler Ferris F3 Sm Wild Mouthbrooders Three Judges
B6 Steel Blue STF Tyler Ferris F4 Lg Wild Mouthbrooders Robert Dozier
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Siegbert llig G1 Male Trios Mike Arsuaga
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Siegbert llig G2 Female Trios Siegbert llig
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Mike Arsuaga G3 Pairs Becerra/Meltzer
C2 Pastel STM Siegbert llig G4 Color & Form Variations Siegbert llig
C3 Opaque STM Tyler Ferris G5 Form & Finnage Paul Harter
C4 Lt Solid STM Mike Arsuaga H1 Plakats: Wild Colors Yohan Fernando
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Jim Williams H2 Plakats: AOC/Pattern Yohan Fernando
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig 1 Photography
C7 Opaque STF Jeff Hilller 2 llustration
C8 Lt Solid DTF Jim Willims 3 Crafts
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Mike Arsuaga N-A1 Dk Solid Non-ridescent M Liddelow/West
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga N-A2 Dk Solid Non-ridescent F Glenda Akin
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Mike Arsuaga N-B1 Dk Solid ridescent M Cindy West
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Mike Arsuaga N-B2 Dk Solid ridescent F Katie Graham
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Mike Arsuaga N-C1 Light Solid M Cindy West
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Mike Arsuaga N-C2 Light Solid F Brooke Muller
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Mike Arsuaga N-D1 Bicolor M Cindy West
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Mike Arsuaga N-D2 Bicolor F Brooke Muller
N-E1 Patterned M Cindy West
N-E2 Patterned F Katie Graham
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 26
2000-2001

President Yohan Fernando
Judging Board Chair Bill Hoerner
FLARE! Editor Tom Stagner
Convention New Orleans, LA
Chairperson Bill Pastor and Kelly White
HOST Southern Betta Society

Betta Persons of the Year Jeff Hiller
Fellows of the Congress Gary Kilgore; Bill Hoerner
Outstanding Service Steve & Melissa Migota; Tom Stagner; Jeff Hiller
Chapter of the Year Southern Betta Society
Author of the Year Beverly Bates
Article of the Year "Continuous Drip System AKA The Betta Wall Ken & Wanda Newby
2001 Gene Lucas Cong. Award of Merit Steve & Sally Van Camp
2001 Joanne Lucas Memorial Award ndia Dozier
Bob D'Orio Memorial Award
1
Jim Williams
Breeder's Cup Peter Goettner

Champions
President's Trophy Limhengco Family (1800)
Warren Young Memorial Awd Page Family (695)
Grand Champion Limhengco Family (10575)
Reserve Grand Champion Page Family (9415)
3
rd
Siegbert llig (6155)
4
th
Becerra/Meltzer (4530)
5
th
Ann & Darren Park (2730)
6
th
Mark Milliken (2395)
7
th
Mike Arsuaga (2365)
8
th
Daniel Young (1950)
9
th
Richard Yu (1905)
10
th
Robert Dozier (1795)

A1 Red STM Limhengco Family E1 Butterfly STM Page Family
A2 Red DTM Page Family E2 Multicolor STM Page Family
A3 Black STM Daniel Young E3 Patterned DTM Page Family
A4 Black DTM Daniel Young E4 Marble STM Page Family
A5 Red STF Jim Williams E5 Marble DTM Limhengco Family
A6 Black STF Becerra/Meltzer E6 Patterned STF Becerra/Meltzer
A7 Red/Black DTF Page Family E7 Patterned DTF Becerra/Meltzer
B1 Blue STM Siegbert llig (tie) E8 Marble STF Paul Harter
Page Family (tie) E9 Marble DTF Limhengco Family
B2 Steel Blue STM A&D Park F1 Small Wild Bubblenesters Limhengco Family
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Page Family F2 Large Wild Bubblenesters Limhengco Family
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Page Family F3 Small Wild Mouthbrooders Limhengco Family
B5 Blue STF Page Family F4 Large Wild Mouthbrooders Limhengco Family
B6 Steel Blue STF Page Family G1 Male Trios Becerra/Melzter
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Siegbert llig G2 Female Trios Becerra/Meltzer
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Siegbert llig G3 Pairs Siegbert llig
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Page Family G4 Color & Form Variations Siegbert llig
C2 Pastel STM Siegbert llig G5 Form & Finnage Page Family
C3 Opaque STM Robert Dozier H1 Plakats: Wild Color Only Limhengco Family
C4 Lt Solid STM Jim Williams H2 Plakats: AOC/Pattern Siegbert llig
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Becerra/Melzter N-A1 Dk Solid Non-ridescent M Michelle Kusuda
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig N-A2 Dk Solid Non-ridescent F Michelle Kusuda
C7 Opaque STF Page Family N-B1 Dk Solid ridescent M Michelle Kusuda
C8 Lt Solid DTF Siegbert llig N-B2 Dk Solid ridescent F Michelle Kusuda
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Limhengco Family N-C1 Light Solid M Michelle Kusuda
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Limhengco Family N-C2 Light Solid F Michelle Kusuda
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Page Family N-D1 Bicolor M R&K Hammond
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Limhengco Family N-D2 Bicolor F Dorothy Thomson
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Limhengco Family N-E1 Patterned M Michelle Kusuda
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Becerra/Melzter N-E2 Patterned F RealSmoove
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Limhengco Family
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF A&D Park

Awarded Ior most points in yellow class Ior the year.


The Breeder's Cup was independently awarded and
financed by an association of top breeders from the
Half-Moon Club strictly interested in furthering the
half-moon trait. The club has since disbanded.
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 27
2001-2002

President Jeff Hiller
Judging Board Chair Bill Hoerner
FLARE! Editor Larissa Williams
Convention Orlando, FL
Chairperson Auriela Ogles
HOST -4 Betta Club

Betta Person of the Year Larissa Williams
Fellows of the Congress Yohan Fernando; Siegbert llig
Outstanding Service Wayne McLain; Leo Buss; Larissa Williams
Chapter of the Year -4 Betta Club
2002 Gene Lucas Cong. Award of Merit Doc Daugherty
2002 Joanne Lucas Memorial Award Beckie McLain

Champions
Grand Champion Hagewood Family (11860)
Reserve Grand Champion Daniel Young (5695)
3
rd
Siegbert llig (3900)
4
th
D. Archambeault (3535)
5
th
Terry McLean (2595)
6
th
Straits Aquarium (1950)
7
th
Liz Hahn (1740)
8
th
Diane Yang (1595)
9
th
Jim Williams (1330)
10
th
Tie Gilbert Limhengco (1105); Kathy Waters (1105)

A1 Red STM Straits Aquarium E1 Butterfly STM Daniel Young
A2 Red DTM Diane Yang E2 Multicolor STM Hagewood Family
A3 Black STM Sunpetch Panajoren E3 Patterned DTM D. Archambeault
A4 Black DTM Hagewood Family E4 Marble STM Diane Yang
A5 Red STF Liz Hahn E5 Marble DTM D. Archambeault
A6 Black STF Hagewood Family E6 Patterned STF Hagewood Family
A7 Red/Black DTF Jim Williams E7 Patterned DTF D. Archambeault
B1 Blue STM Daniel Young E8 Marble STF Liz Hahn
B2 Steel Blue STM Gilbert Limhengco E9 Marble DTF D. Archambeault
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Siegbert llig F1 Small Wild Bubblenesters D. Archambeault
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Daniel Young F2 Large Wild Bubblenesters Terry McLean
B5 Blue STF Daniel Young F3 Small Wild Mouthbrooders Terry McLean
B6 Steel Blue STF Daniel Young F4 Large Wild Mouthbrooders Ralph Tran
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Daniel Young G1 Male Trios Hagewood Family
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Hagewood Family (tie) G2 Female Trios Hagewood Family
Daniel Young G3 Pairs Hagewood Family
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Hagewood Family G4 Color & Form Variations Siegbert llig
C2 Pastel STM Siegbert llig G5 Form & Finnage Daniel Young
C3 Opaque STM Hagewood Family H1 Plakats: Wild Color Only Yohan Fernando
C4 Lt Solid STM Hagewood Family H2 Plakats: AOC/Pattern Hagewood Family
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Hagewood Family 1 Photography Kevin Pelletier
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig 2 llustration Gene Lucas
C7 Opaque STF Hagewood Family 3 Crafts Wayne McLean
C8 Lt Solid DTF Hagewood Family N-A1 Dk Solid Non-ridescent M R&K Hammond
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Hagewood Family N-A2 Dk Solid Non-ridescent F R&K Hammond
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Hagewood Family N-B1 Dk Solid ridescent M Bob Kriz
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Hagewood Family N-B2 Dk Solid ridescent F Bob Kriz
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Hagewood Family N-C1 Light Solid M Kathy Waters
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Hagewood Family N-C2 Light Solid F R&K Hammond
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Hagewood Family N-D1 Bicolor M R&K Hammond
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Hagewood Family N-D2 Bicolor F R&K Hammond
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Hagewood Family N-E1 Patterned M Kathy Waters
N-E2 Patterned F Kathy Waters










IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 28
2002-2003

President Jeff Hiller
Judging Board Chair Jim Williams; Gary Kilgore
FLARE! Editor Larissa Williams; Ralph Tran
Convention Richmond, VA
Chairperson Judy Muller
HOST Mid-Atlantic Organized Betta Breeders (MOBB)

Betta Persons of the Year Ralph Tran
Fellows of the Congress Jeff Hiller, Leo Buss
Outstanding Service Stuart Scott, Brooke Muller, Camille Page
Chapter of the Year Mid-Atlantic Organized Betta Breeders (MOBB)
2003 Gene Lucas Cong. Award of Merit Judy & Ken Muller
2003 Jo Anne Lucas Memorial Award Linda Scott
Bob D'Orio Memorial Award Federico Ornes (most points in yellow classes)


Champions
President's Trophy Federico Ornes Novice Top 10 Champions
Warren Young Memorial Awd Dan Young 1
st
John (Bob) Baker (2185)
Grand Champion Dan Young (10,575) 2
nd
Sharon Rodgers (1785)
Reserve Grand Champion Federico Ornes (9,610) 3
rd
Les Rodgers (1465)
3
rd
Connie Emery (4890) 4
th
Mike Day (650)
4
th
Denise Archambeault (3840) 5
th
Jim & Dawn Bell (580)
5
th
Kathy Waters (3705) 6
th
Victorea Ernest (410)
6
th
Ralph Tran (2510) 7
th
Rich Kulbaba (350)
7
th
Maryanne Lewis (1720) 8
th
Jon & Winston Limhengco (330)
8
th
Siegbert llig (1615) 9
th
Brooke Muller (290)
9
th
Ernie & Dilia Perez (1265) 10
th
Pete & Micki Dunn (210)
10
th
Wayne McLain (1220)
A1 Red STM Ernie & Dilia Perez E1 Butterfly STM Dan Young
A2 Red DTM Denise Archambeault E2 Multicolor STM Dan Young
A3 Black STM Dan Young E3 Patterned DTM Kathy Waters
A4 Black DTM Connie Emery; Dan Young; Phil Lafferty E4 Marble STM Liz Hahn
A5 Red STF Joe Thompson E5 Marble DTM Denise Archambeault
A6 Black STF Connie Emery E6 Patterned STF Kathy Waters
A7 Red/Black DTF Connie Emery E7 Patterned DTF Federico Ornes
B1 Blue STM Dan Young E8 Marble STF C. Emery; J. Sonnier
B2 Steel Blue STM Dan Young E9 Marble DTF Denise Archambeault
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Dan Young F1 Sm Wild Bubblenesters Federico Ornes
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Dan Young F2 Lg Wild Bubblenesters Julia Mann
B5 Blue STF Dan Young F3 Sm Wild Mouthbrooders Ralph Tran
B6 Steel Blue STF Federico Ornes F4 Lg Wild Mouthbrooders Ralph Tran
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Dan Young G1 Male Trios Connie Emery
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Federico Ornes G2 Female Trios Connie Emery
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Federico Ornes G3 Pairs Connie Emery
C2 Pastel STM Jim Sonnier G4 Color & Form Variations Federico Ornes
C3 Opaque STM Federico Ornes G5 Form & Finnage Dan Young
C4 Lt Solid STM Federico Ornes H1 Plakats: Wild Color Only Federico Ornes
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Liz Hahn H2 Plakats: AOC/Pattern Dan Young
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig N-A1 Dk Solid Non-ridescent M Sharon Rogers
C7 Opaque STF Federico Ornes N-A2 Dk Solid Non-ridescent F John (Bob) Baker
C8 Lt Solid DTF Dan Young N-B1 Dk Solid ridescent M Sharon Rogers
D1 Dark Bicolor STM Dan Young N-B2 Dk Solid ridescent F Sharon Rogers
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Dan Young N-C1 Light Solid M John (Bob) Baker
D3 Lt Bicolor STM Connie Emery N-C2 Light Solid F John (Bob) Baker
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Ernie & Dilia Perez N-D1 Bicolor M J&D Bell; J.B. Baker
D5 Dark Bicolor STF Dan Young N-D2 Bicolor F John (Bob) Baker
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Denise Archambeault N-E1 Patterned M John (Bob) Baker
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Kathy Waters N-E2 Patterned F Les Rogers
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Federico Ornes T1-Solid Fringe Finned M Frank Siracusa
T2-AOC or Pattern Fringe Finned Dan Young


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 29
2003-2004

President Stuart Scott Fellow of the Congress Gilbert Limhengco
Judging Board Chair Jim Sonnier Outstanding Service Jack Tobin, Judy Polunas, Stuart Scott
FLARE! Editor Ralph Tran; Judy Polunas Chapter of the Year California Betta Society
Convention Kansas City, KS '04 Gene Lucas Merit Award Jim Sonnier
Chairperson Jeff Hiller '04 Jo Anne Lucas Memorial Award Steve Migota
HOST Midwest Betta Club Bob D'Orio Memorial Award Donals Evans
Betta Person of the Year Jim Sonnier

Champions Siegbert llig Novice Top 10 Champions
Warren Young Memorial Awd Siegbert llig 1
st
Walden Nida (3205)
Grand Champion Siegbert llig (7495) 2
nd
Wendy McKenna Peters (1740)
Reserve Grand Champion Connie Emery (6845) 3
rd
Alfredo Gonzalez (1080)
Novice Grand Champion Walden Nida (3205) 4
th
Jared Grimes (725)
3
rd
Don & Jo Evans (6255) 5
th
Tim & Gail Nearing (710)
4
th
J.R. (Bob) Baker (4765) 6
th
Jonathan Limhengco (260)
5
th
Jeff Hiller (2985) 7
th
Rose Buchholz (240)
6
th
Carrie Thompson (1870) 8
th
Jim & Dawn Bell (235)
7
th
Ernie & Dilia Perez (1865) 9
th
Peter Galina (230)
8
th
Jim Williams (1725) 10
th
Ashley Alanis (140)
9
th
Marianne Lewis (1600)
10
th
Jim Sonnier (1545)

REGULAR CLASSES
A1 Red STM J.R. (Bob) Baker F1 Sm Bubblenesters Kathy Waters
A2 Red DTM Jim Williams F2 Lg Bubblenesters Ralph Tran
A3 Black STM Phil Lafferty F3 Sm Mouthbrooders J.R. (Bob) Baker
A4 Black DTM Jeff Hiller F4 Lg Mouthbrooders <none>
A5 Red STF Jim Williams G1 Male Trios Connie Emery
A6 Black STF Connie Emery G2 Female Trios Connie Emery
A7 Red/Black DTF Connie Emery G3 Pairs Connie Emery
B1 Blue STM Siegbert llig G4 Color & Form Variation Siegbert llig
B2 Steel Blue STM Mike Daly G5 Form & Finnage Don & Jo Evans
B3 Green/Turquoise STM Siegbert llig H1 Plakats: Wild Don & Jo Evans
B4 Dark ridescent DTM Siegbert llig H2 Plakats: AOC Siegbert llig
B5 Blue STF Connie Emery 1Photography Judy Polunas
B6 Steel Blue STF Mike Daly 2 llustration Gene Lucas
B7 Green/Turquoise STF Siegbert llig 3 Crafts Lina Tomlin
B8 Dark ridescent DTF Siegbert llig T1 Solid Fringed Finned M Frank Siracusa
C1 Yellow/Clear STM Don & Jo Evans T2 AOC Fringed Finned M Jeff Hiller
C2 Pastel STM Jim Sonnier
C3 Opaque STM Don & Jo Evans NOVICE CLASSES
C4 Lt Solid STM Don & Jo Evans N-A1 Dk Solid Non-ridescent M Walden Nida
C5 Yellow/Clear STF Jim Williams N-A2 Dk Solid Non-ridescent F Walden Nida
C6 Pastel STF Siegbert llig N-B1 Dk Solid ridescent M Alfredo Gonzalez
C7 Opaque STF Don & Jo Evans N-B2 Dk Solid ridescent F Alfredo Gonzalez
C8 Lt Solid DTF Don & Jo Evans N-C1 Light Solid M Walden Nida
D1 Dark Bicolor STM J.R. (Bob) Baker N-C2 Light Solid F Walden Nida
D2 Dark Bicolor DTM Carrie Thompson N-D1 Bicolor M Wendy McKenna Peters
D3 Lt Bicolor STM J.R. (Bob) Baker N-D2 Bicolor F Wendy McKenna Peters
D4 Lt Bicolor DTM Connie Emery N-E1 Patterned M Alfredo Gonzalez
D5 Dark Bicolor STF J.R. (Bob) Baker N-E2 Patterned F Wendy McKenna Peters
D6 Dark Bicolor DTF Carrie Thompson
D7 Lt Bicolor STF Connie Emery COMMERCIAL CLASSES
D8 Lt Bicolor DTF Dave Polunas COM-1 Singletail M Straits Aquarium
E1 Butterfly STM Siegbert llig COM-2 Doubletail M Straits Aquarium
E2 Multicolor STM Siegbert llig COM-3 Crowntail M Straits Aquarium
E3 Patterned DTM Siegbert llig COM-4 Plakat M Straits Aquarium
E4 Marble STM Terence Tanaka COM-5 Singletail F Ammara 555
E5 Marble DTM J.R. (Bob) Baker COM-6 Doubletail F Ammara555
E6 Patterned STF J.R. (Bob) Baker
E7 Patterned DTF Siegbert llig
E8 Marble STF Connie Emery
E9 Marble DTF Ernie & Dilia Perez






IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 30
2004-2005

President Stuart Scott
Judging Board Chair Jim Sonnier
FLARE! Editor Judy Polunas
Convention Jacksonville, FL
Chairperson Wayne McLain
HOST First Coast Bettas of Florida
Chapter of the Year First Coast Bettas of Florida
Outstanding Service Judy Polunas; Andrea Edwards


'05 Gene Lucas Award of Merit Stuart Scott
'05 Jo Anne Lucas Memorial Award Sally Van Camp
Bob D'Orio Memorial Award Don & Jo Evans
FLARE! Outstanding Service J.R. Baker
FLARE! Contributor of the Year Dennis Lee
Walter Maurus Art Award Kathy Tobin
Fellows of the Congress Rich Christman; Jim Sonnier;
Stuart Scott


Champions (nternational/Regular) Champions (nternational/Novice)
President's Trophy Jonathan Limhengco
Warren Young Memorial Awd Jonathan Limhengco
Grand Champion Jonathan Limhencgo (7065) 1
st
Kelly Macomber (2185)
Reserve Grand Champion Don & Jo Evans (3945) 2
nd
Steven & Linda Avery (915)
3
rd
J.D. Ewtuch (2910) 3
rd
Shelley Dilas (300)
4
th
Connie Emery (2665) 4
th
Jodi Garnier (260)
5
th
Leo Buss (2570) 5
th
Steve & Terrie Lohr (240)
6
th
Rob Panerio (2545) 6
th
Richard Smart (220)
7
th
Ernie & Dilia Perez (1930) 7
th
Donald Wisnewski (230)
8
th
Jim Williams (1700) 8
th
Christopher Whitney (180)
9
th
Victoria Parnell (1565) 9
th
Coleen Timmons (220)
10
th
Richard Martucci (1210) 10
th
Diana Sharples (140)


GROUP A: REGULAR CLASSES
Div A: Dark Solid Color Non-ridescent
A1 - Jonathan Limhengco
A2 - Connie Emery
A3 - Jonathan Limhengco
A4 - Jim Williams
A5 - Peter & Miki Dunn
A6 - Jim Williams
Div B: Dark Solid Color ridescent
B1 - Rob Panerio
B2 - Rob Panerio
B3 - Ernie & Dilia Perez
B4 - J.D. Ewtuch
B5 - J.D. Ewtuch
B6 - Rob Panerio
B7 - Leo Buss
B8 J.D. Ewtuch
Div C: Light Solid Color
C1 Don & Jo Evans
C2 Connie Emery
C3 Don & Jo Evans
C4 Don & Jo Evans
C5 Jim Williams
C6 J.D. Ewtuch
C7 Jonathan Limhengco
C8 Don & Jo Evans
Div D: Bicolor
D1 Jonathan Limhengco
D2 Wendy McKenna
D3 Rob Panerio
D4 Jonathan Limhengco
D5 Leo Buss
D6 Jonathan Limhengco
D7 Rob Panerio
D8 Ernie & Dilia Perez
Div E: Patterned
E1 Jonathan Limhengco
E2 Jonathan Limhengco
E3 Jonathan Limhengco
E4 Jonathan Limhengco
E5 Jonathan Limhengco
E6 Peter Goettner
E7 Jonathan Limhengco

Div F: Wild Types
<not eligible for BOS>
F1 Kathy Waters
F2 Victorea Earnest
F3 Jonathan Limhengco
Div G: Breeders Division
G1 Rob Panerio
G2 Jonathan Limhengco
G3 Jonathan Limhengco
Div H: Other Bettas
H1 Don & Jo Evans
H2 Leo Buss
H3 Leo Buss
Div : Optional Classes
<not eligible for BOS>
1 Kevin Pelletier
2 Andrea Taylor
3 Kathy Tobin
Div J: Fringed Finned
J1 Frank Siracusa
J2 Frank Siracusa
Div T: Temporary
T1 Grizzled STM/DTM
Jonathan Limhengco
T2 Metallic Dark Bodied STM/DTM
Jonathan Limhengco
T3 Metallic Dark Bodied STF/DTF
Connie Emery

GROUP B: NOVICE CLASSES
N-A1 Kelly Macomber
N-A2 Kelly Macomber
N-B1 Shelley Dilas
N-B2 Shelley Dilas
N-C1 Kelly Macomber
N-C2 Kelly Macomber
N-D1 Steven & Linda Avery
N-D2 Kelly Macomber
N-E1 Kelly Macomber
N-E2 Kelly Macomber





GROUP C: COMMERCIAL CLASSES
COM-1 Wasan Sattayapun
COM-2 - Wasan Sattayapun
COM-3 - Wasan Sattayapun
COM-4 - Wasan Sattayapun
COM-5 - Wasan Sattayapun
COM-6 - Wasan Sattayapun



































The Walt Maurus Artist Award is
a new award for Division . t is
presented to the person that
receives the most popular votes
from show viewers
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 31

2005-2006

President Stuart Scott Fellows of the Congress Jack Tobin; Ernie Perez
Judging Board Chair Ernie Perez Outstanding Service Linda Scott; Gerald Griffin
FLARE! Editor Linda Scott Chapter of the Year Phila. Area Betta Soc. (PABS)
Convention Lancaster, PA '06 Gene Lucas Merit Award
1
Leo Buss
Chairperson Stuart Scott; Jack Tobin '06 Jo Anne Lucas Memorial Award Howard Emery
HOST Phila. Area Betta Soc. Bob D'Orio Memorial Award Ernie & Dilia Perez
Betta Person of the Year Connie Emery President's Award Sieg llig
FLARE! Editor's Award Dave Polunas
Special PABS Recognition for Service Gene Lucas; Bunny Lorbiecki; Steve & Melissa Migota

The Gene Lucas Merit Award was retired this year.


Champions
Grand Champion Chok Pengdit (6105)
Reserve Grand Champion Dan Young (2850)
3
rd
Connie Emery (2755)
4
th
Sieg llig (2340)
5
th
Rob Panerio (2025)

6
th
Victoria Parnell (1790)
7
th
Ernie & Dilia Perez (1020)
8
th
Jesda Attavichit (910)
9
th
Jim Williams (825)
10
th
Jonathan Limhengco (570)

GROUP A; REGULAR CLASSES
Div A: Dark Solid Color Non-ridescent
A1 Chok Pengdit
A2 Chok Pengdit
A3 Jim Williams
A4 Jim Williams
A5 Connie Emery
A6 Jim Williams
Div B: Dark Solid Color ridescent
B1 Chok Pengdit
B2 Chok Pengdit
B3 Dan Young
B4 Sieg llig
B5 Rob Panerio
B6 Rob Panerio
B7 Dan Young
B8 Sieg llig
Div C: Light Solid Color
C1 Ernie & Dilia Perez
C2 Connie Emery
C3 Chok Pengdit
C4 Richard Smart
C5 Ernie & Dilia Perez
C6 Connie Emery
C7 Chok Pengdit
C8 Ernie & Dilia Perez
Div D: Bicolor
D1 Rob Panerio
D2 Dan Young
D3 Jonathan Limhengco
D4 Sieg llig
D5 Rob Panerio
D6 Jonathan Limhengco
Div E: Patterned
E1 Chok Pengdit
E2 Chok Pengdit
E3 Chok Pengdit
E4 Chok Pengdit
E5 Sieg llig
E6 Connie Emery
E7 Rob Panerio
E8 Sieg llig
Div F: Wild Types
F1 Kurt Bihlmayer
F2 Joe & Marie Wall
Div G: Breeders Division
G1 Connie Emery
G2 Victoria Parnell
Div H: Short-Finned
H1 Jesda Attavichit
H2 Chok Pengdit
H3 Jesda Attavichit
H4 Coleen Timmons
H5 Chok Pengdit
Div. : Optional Classes
1 Coleen Timmons
2 Marianne Lewis
3 an Tursktra
Div J: Fringed Finned
J1 David Je
J2 David Je
J3 Connie Emery
J4 Steve & Linda Avery
Div T: Temporary
T1 Victoria Parnell
T2 Chok Pengdit
T3 Sherri Kisk
T4 Chok Pengdit
T5 Victoria Parnell
GROUP B: NOVICE CLASSES
N-A1 Britt Nichols
N-A2 Ginny & Mary Grandinetti
N-B1 Echosaisis Clark
N-B2 Jamie Nicholson
N-C1 Al Haskell
N-C2 Jamie Nicholson
N-D1 Jamie Nicholson
N-D2 Jamie Nicholson
N-E1 Ginny & Mary Grandinetti
N-E2 Ginny & Mary Grandinetti
GROUP C; COMMERCIAL, TEAM, CHAPTER CLASSES
COM-1 Suporn (BlueBetta)
COM-2 Suporn (BlueBetta)
COM-3 Suporn (BlueBetta)
COM-4 Suporn (BlueBetta)
COM-5 Suporn (BlueBetta)
COM-6 SiamCrowntail


F3 Victorea Earnest

IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 32

2006-2007

President Stuart Scott
Judging Board Chair Connie Emery Outstanding Service Linda Scott
FLARE! Editor Linda Scott '07 Jo Anne Lucas Memorial Award
1
Judy llig
Convention ndianapolis, N Walt Maurus Art Award Claire Pavia
Chairperson Jeff Hiller Betta Persons of the Year Claire Pavia
HOST Midwest Betta Club FLARE! Editor's Awards Andrea Edwards; Joe Walker;
Fellows of the Congress Connie Emery; Dan Young Claire Pavia, Stuart Scott
President's Award Sieg & Judy llig (1735)
Bob D'Orio Mem. Award
2
Winston Limhengco (1120)
Warren Young Mem. Award Winston Limhengco (540)

DIVISION AWARDS
Div. A Winston Limhengco (1495)
Div. B Sieg & Judy llig (1760)
Div. C Winston Limhengco (1150)
Div. D Winston Limhengco (1880)
Div. E Sieg & Judy llig (1695)
Div. F Ani Pahlawanian (415)
Div. G Sieg & Judy llig (770)
Div. H Leo Buss (1760)
Div. J Frank Siracusa (805)
Div. K Winston Limhengco (600)
Div. Ani Pahlawanian (570)

Joanne Lucas Award will be replaced in 2008 with the FCB Chapter sponsored "Most Supportive Spouse award.
2
Bob Di'Orio Award was retired this year.
GROUP A; REGULAR CLASSES
Div A: Dark Solid Color Non-ridescent
A1 Winston Limhengco
A2 Jay Jaetzold
A3 Connie Emery
A4 Winston Limhengco
A5 Connie Emery
A6 Winston Limhengco
Div B: Dark Solid Color ridescent
B1 Jack Schendowich
B2 Winston Limhengco
B3 Sieg & Judy llig
B4 Sieg & Judy llig
B5 Jack Schendowich
B6 Winston Limhengco
B7 Sieg & Judy llig
B8 Sieg & Judy llig
Div C: Light Solid Color
C1 Winston Limhengco
C2 Jack Schendowich
C3 Jack Schendowich
C4 Richard Smart
C5 Winston Limhengco
C6 Sieg & Judy llig
C7 Jack Schendowich
C8 J.R. Baker/R. Smart
Div D: Bicolor
D1 Winston Limhengco
D2 Winston Limhengco
D3 Winston Limhengco
D4 Winston Limhengco
D5 Winston Limhengco
D6 Winston Limhengco
Div E: Patterned
E1 Sieg & Judy llig
E2 Connie Emery
E3 Jennifer Lapello
E4 Sieg & Judy llig
E5 Sieg & Judy llig
E6 Connie Emery
E7 Winston Limhengco
E8 Sieg & Judy llig
Div F: Wild Types
F1 Ani Pahlawanian
F2 Kurt Bihlmayer
F3 Kurt Bihlmayer
Div G: Breeders Division
G1 Jay Jaetzold
G2 Sieg & Judy llig
G3 Sieg & Judy llig
Div H: Short-Finned
H1 Leo Buss
H2 Leo Buss
H3 Leo Buss
H4 Leo Buss
H5 Sieg & Judy llig
Div J: Fringed Finned
J1 Frank Siracusa
J2 Frank Siracusa
J3 Leo Buss
J4 Jennifer Lapello
Div K: Metallic
K1 Winston Limhengco
K2 Winston Limhengco
K3 Al Haskell
K4 Al Haskell
Div T: Temporary
T1 Sieg & Judy llig
Div : Optional
1 Ani Pahlawanian
3 Ani Pahlawanian
GROUP B: NEW BREEDER CLASSES
NB1 Ani Pahlawanian
NB2 Amin Rubirosa
NB3 Sherry Schomerus
NB4 Ani Pahlawanian
NB5 Ani Pahlawanian
NB6 Ani Pahlawanian


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 33


2007-2008

President Stuart Scott/Rich Christman/Mark Denaro
Judging Board Chair Connie Emery
FLARE! Editor Linda Scott Chapter of the Year First Coast Bettas of FL
Convention Jacksonville, FL Warren Young Award Rob Panerio
Chairperson Wayne McLain Betta Person of the Year Connie Emery
HOST First Coast Bettas of FL FLARE! Editor's Awards Stuart Scott; Rob Panerio, Joep Van Esch
Fellows of the Congress Joe Becerra; Dr. Hsu Li Chieh; Most Supportive Spouse Linda Scott
Wayne McLain; David Spector Outstanding Service Jesda Attavichit; Andrea Edwards;
Sally Van Camp


Grand Champion: Jack Schendowich

DIVISION AWARDS
Div. A Male: Jack Schendowich; Female: Ani Pahlawanian BOS Male: Rob Panerio
Div. B Male: Jack Schendowich; Female: J.D. Ewtuch BOS Female: J.D. Ewtuch
Div. C Male: Rob Panerio; Female: Jennifer Lapello RBOS Male: Jack Schendowich
Div. D Male: Troy & Renee Chin; Female: Jennifer Lapello RBOS Female: Sieg & Judy llig
Div. E Male: Jack Schendowich; Female: Connie Emery
Div. F Ani Pahlawanian New Breeder BOS Male: Erma Shirley
Div. G Jack Schendowich New Breeder BOS Female: Erma Shirley
Div. H Jack Schendowich New Breeder RBOS Male: Erma Shirley
Div. J Male: Jennifer Lapello; Female: Ani Pahlawanian
Div. K Al Haskell
Div. Claire Pavia

GROUP A; REGULAR CLASSES
Div A: Dark Solid Color Non-ridescent
A1 Jack Schendowich
A2 Aquilino Gonzalez
A3 Jack Schendowich
A4 Jay Jaetzold
A5 Ani Pahlawanian
A6 Sieg & Judy llig
Div B: Dark Solid Color ridescent
B1 Jack Schendowich
B2 Jack Schendowich
B3 Jack Schendowich
B4 Jack Schendowich
B5 JD Ewtuch
B6 Robert Panerio
B7 Sieg & Judy llig
B8 Robert Panerio
Div C: Light Solid Color
C1 Robert Panerio
C2 Sieg & Judy llig
C4 Jack Schendowich
C5 Jennifer Lapello
C6 Ruth Masciarelli
C8 Jack Schendowich
Div D: Bicolor
D1 Troy & Renee Chin
D2 Troy & Renee Chin
D3 Jack Schendowich
D4 Troy & Renee Chin
D5 Jeniffer Lapello
D6
Div E: Patterned
E1 Connie Emery
E2 Connie Emery
E3 Aquilino Gonzalez
E4 Sieg & Judy llig
E5 Jack Schendowich
E6 Sieg & Judy llig
E7 Connie Emery
E8 Jack Schendowich
Div F: Wild Types
F1 Ani Pahlawanian
F2 Jim Williams
F3 Mark Denaro
Div G: Breeders Division
G1 Jack Schendowich
G2 Connie Emery
G3 Kurt Bihlmayer
Div H: Short-Finned
H1 Jennifer Lapello
H2 Jack Schendowich
H3 Sieg & Judy llig
H4 Jack Schendowich
H5 Sieg & Judy llig
Div J: Fringed Finned
J1 Jennifer Lapello
J2 Robert Panerio
J3 Ani Pahlawanian
J4 Robert Panerio
Div K: Metallic
K1 Jennifer Lapello
K2 Robert Panerio
K3 Al Haskell
K4 Al Haskell
Div : Optional
1 Claire Pavia
3 Jean-Michel Jeannerat

GROUP B: NEW BREEDER CLASSES
NB1 Erma Shirley
NB3 Erma Shirley
NB4 Erma Shirley
NB5 Erma Shirley
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 34




2008 - 2009

President Mark Denaro
Judging Board Chair Connie Emery
FLARE Editor Linda Scott/Britt Coffman
Convention Dallas, TX
Chairperson Wally Nida
HOST Texas Betta Society

Betta Person of the Year Sieg llig
Fellows of the Congress Andrea Edwards; Amy Becerra
Chapter of the Year Texas Betta Society
FLARE! Awards Joep Van Esch; Eryn Rosenbaum
Gene Lucas Award Robert Dozier
Outstanding Service Britt Coffman; Connie Emery;
Jack Schendowich
President's Trophy Mohan Balakrishan
Walt Maurus Award Jessica Schilling
Warren Young Award Sieg & Judy llig


Grand Champion Mohan Balakrishnan (4825)
Reserve Grand Champion Sieg & Judy llig (4030)
3
rd
Eryn Rosenbaum (2545)
4
th
J.R. Baker (2180)
5
th
Connie Emery (1220)
6
th
Erma Shirley (980)
7
th
Troy & Renee Chin (920)
8
th
Hermanus Haryanto (890)
9
th
Jack Schendowich (645)
10
th
Rich Martucci (615)

Division Awards
Div A: Erma Shirley (360)
Div B: Mohan Balakrishnan (1980)
Div C: J.R. Baker (655)
Div D: J.R. Baker (910)
Div E: Mohan Balakrishnan (625)
Div F: Hermanus Haryanto (330)
Div G: Sieg & Judy llig (540)
Div H: Sieg & Judy llig (930)
Div J: Eryn Rosenbaum (765)
Div K: Eryn Rosenbaum (915)


GROUP A; REGULAR CLASSES
Div A: Dark Solid Color Non-ridescent
A1 J.R. Baker
A2 Patrick Henry
A3 Connie Emery
A4 Erma Shirley
A5 Connie Emery
Div B: Dark Solid Color ridescent
B1 Sieg & Judy llig
B2 Mohan Balakrishnan
B3 Mohan Balakrishnan
B4 Mohan Balakrishnan
B5 Mohan Balakrishnan
B6 Mohan Balakrishnan
B7 Mohan Balakrishnan
B8 Mohan Balakrishnan
Div C: Light Solid Color
C1 J.R. Baker
C2 J.R. Baker
C3 Sieg & Judy llig
C4 J.R. Baker
C5 Sieg & Judy llig
C6 J.R. Baker
Div D: Bicolor
D1 J.R. Baker
D2 J.R. Baker
D3 Rich Martucci
D4 Troy & Renee Chin
D5 J.R. Baker
D6 J.R. Baker

Div E: Patterned
E1 Mohan Balakrishnan
E2 Eryn Rosenbaum
E3 Mohan Balakrishnan
E4 Sieg & Judy llig
E5 Sieg & Judy llig
E6 Mohan Balakrishnan
E7 Sieg & Judy llig
Div F: Wild Types
F1 Hermanus Haryanto
F2 Kurt Bihlmayer
Div G: Breeders Division
G1 Sieg & Judy llig
G2 Sieg & Judy llig
G3 Sieg & Judy llig
Div H: Short-Finned
H1 Erma Shirley
H2 Hermanus Haryanto
H3 Sieg & Judy llig
H4 Sieg & Judy llig
H5 Sieg & Judy llig
Div. : Optional Classes
1 Christine Tanner
2 A. Parker
3 Jean-Michel Jeannerat
Div J: Fringed Finned
J1 Eryn Rosenbaum
J2 Eryn Rosenbaum
J3 Eryn Rosenbaum
J4 Eryn Rosenbaum
Div K: Metallic
K1 Eryn Rosenbaum
K2 Eryn Rosenbaum
K3 Eryn Rosenbaum
K4 Eryn Rosenbaum

GROUP B: NEW BREEDER CLASSES
NB1 Karen MacAuley
NB2 Scott Wilde
NB4 Nicole Williams
NB5 Karen MacAuley
NB6 Jennifer Wells


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 35


2009 - 2010

President Jennifer Lapello
Judging Board Chair Connie Emery
FLARE Editor Britt Coffman
Convention ndianapolis, N
Chairperson Tracy Benson
HOST Midwest Betta Club

Betta Person of the Year Jack Schendowich
Fellows of the Congress Claire Pavia; Gerald Griffin
Chapter of the Year Midwest Betta Society
FLARE! Awards Wally Nida; Jean-Michel Jeannerat
Gene Lucas Award Andrea Edwards
President's Award Sieg & Judy llig
Walt Maurus Award Jessica Schilling
Warren Young Award Mohan Balakrishnan
Outstanding Service Britt Coffman; Andrea Edwards;
Gerald Griffin; Sue Shuster; Jack Tobin
Spouse/Significant Other Tadda Sonnier


CHAMPIONS
Grand Champion Mohan Balakrishnan (4420) New Breeder Grand Champion - Ben Rodriguez
2
nd
Sieg & Judy llig (2485)
3
rd
Jack Schendowich (1845)
4
th
J.R. Baker (1655)
5
th
Michael Randall (1460)
6
th
Patrick Henry (1065)
7
th
John Leach (975)
8
th
Eryn Rosenbaum (670)
9
th
Karen MacAuley (655)
10
th
Hermanus Haryanto (625)

Division Awards
Div A: Mohan Balakrishnan (2185)
Div B: Mohan Balakrishnan (735)
Div C: Hermanus Haryanto (455)
Div D: Sieg & Judy llig (730)

GROUP A; REGULAR CLASSES
Div A1: Halfmoon Non-iridescent Dk Solid ST
A1 Jack Schendowich
A2 Patrick Henry
A3 Jack Schendowich
Div A2: Halfmoon Iridescent Dk Solid ST
A4 Mohan Balakrishnan
A5 Mohan Balakrishnan
A6 Sieg & Judy llig
A7 Mohan Balakrishnan
A8 Mohan Balakrishnan
A9 Sieg & Judy llig
Div A3: Halfmoon Lt Solid ST
A10 Mohan Balakrishnan
A11 Mohan Balakrishnan
A12 John Leach
A13 J.D. Ewtuch
Div A4: Halfmoon Metallic Dk or Lt Solid ST
A14 Jack Schendowich
A15 Al Haskell
A16 Sherolyn Craig
A17 Sieg & Judy llig
Div A5: Halfmoon Patterned ST
A18 Karen MacAuley
A19 Michael Randall
A20 Mohan Balakrishnan
A21 Nicole Williams
A22 Mohan Balakrishnan
A23 Michael Randall
A24 Michael Randall
A25 John Leach
A26 Patrick Henry
Div B: Halfmoon DT
B1 Mohan Balakrishnan
B2 J.R. Baker
B3 Mohan Balakrishnan
B4 Jack Schendowich
B5 Jack Schendowich
B6 J.R. Baker
B7 J.R. Baker
Div C: Crowntail ST
C1 Hermanus Haryanto
C2 Hermanus Haryanto
C3 Hermanus Haryanto
C4 Mohan Balakrishnan
C5 Jennifer Lapello
Div D: Shortfin ST
D1 Jack Schendowich
D2 Mohan Balakrishnan
D3 James Heilig
D4 Sieg & Judy llig
D5 Nicole Williams
D6 Sieg & Judy llig
D7 Bill Cadman
Div E: Breeders Division
E1 Jack Schendowich
E2 John Leach
E3 Sieg & Judy llig
Div F: Wild Type Pairs
F1 Hermanus Haryanto
F2 Kurt Bihlmayer
Div G: Optional Classes
G1 Jeana Earn
G2 Jessica Schiling
G3 Michael Randall

GROUP B: NEW BREEDER CLASSES
NB1 Ben Rodriguez
NB2 Ben Rodriguez
NB3 Reno Richenberger
NB4 Ben Rodriguez
NB5 Reno Richenberger
NB6 Ben Rodriguez


(continued on next page)
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 36


TOP 10 ENTRANTS

1
ST
Koh Lin-Ai (1195)
2
nd
Joseph Ong (900)
3
rd
David Poh (695)
4
th
Ken Loh (525)
5
th
Tararin C. (240)
6
th
Sarawut K. (215)
7
th
Thanit S. (160)
8
th
Louis Tan (150)
9
th
Choo Kon Meng (140)
10
th
Tan Hoong Keat (125)



GROUP A: REGULAR CLASSES
Div A: Halfmoon ST
A1 Choo Kon Meng
A2 Jonathan Goh
A3 David Poh
A4 Zachary Lau
A5 Ken Loh
A6 Joseph Ong
A7 David Poh
A8 Ken Loh
A9 Koh Lin-Ai
Div B: Halfmoon DT
B1 Ken Loh
B2 David Poh
B3 Ken Loh
B4 Koh Lin-Ai
B5 Joseph Ong
Div C: Crowntail ST
C1 Joseph Ong
C2 David Poh
C3 Koh Lin-Ai
C4 Koh Lin-Ai
C5 David Poh
C6 Koh Lin-Ai
C7 Koh Lin-Ai
C8 Joseph Ong
Div D: Shortfin ST
D1 Jeremy Lai
D2 Koh Lin-Ai
D3 Koh Lin-Ai
D4 Koh Lin-Ai
D5 Sarawut K.
D6 Sarawut K.
D7 Koh Lin-Ai
D8 Sarawut K.
D9 Tan Hoong Keat
D10 Koh Lin-Ai
D11 Sarawut K.
D12 Joseph Ong
D13 Kelvin Yap Yue Neng



IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 37

IBC PRESIDENTS

Stan Smith (1966-68)
George Torres (1968-1970)
Walt Maurus (1970-1972)
Tom Borelli (1972-1973)
Bob Lamb (1973-1974)
John Stanton (1974-1976)
Vern Owen (1976-1978)
Cliff Green (1978-1980)
Gene Lucas (1980-1982)
Denise Walters & John Cirelli (1982-1983)
John Cirelli & John Benn (1983-1984)
John Benn (1984-1985)
Steve Saunders (1985-1987)
Parris Jones (1987-1989)
Ken Muller (1989-1991)
Ed MeGehee (1991-1994)
Joe Jaworski (1994-1997)
Bob Dozier (1997-1999)
Yohan Fernando (1999-2001)
Jeff Hiller (2001-2003)
Stuart Scott (2003-2007)
Rich Christman (2007-2008)
Mark Denaro (2008-2009)
Jennifer Lapello (2009-


IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 38

FeIIow of the Congress



Warren Young (1968)
George Torres (1973)
Gene Lucas (1974)
Rose & Rolly Hanson (1975)
Barbara & Bob Lamb (1975)
Monty & Lloyd Pickel (1976)
Sue Liebetrau (1976)
Larry Baum (1978)

Charles Hale (1980)
Barbara Weston (1981)
Barbara Beck (1983)
Doc Daugherty (1983)
Parris Jones (1983)
Aurelia & Paul Ogles (1983)
Bill Hart (1984)
Riley Barnett (1985)
Cliff Green (1985)
Walt Maurus (1985)
Phil Byrum (1985)
John Stanton (1985)
John Cirelly (1985)
Linda Olson (1986)
John & Jan Benn (1986)
Ron Neal (1987)
Howard & Carol Pickel (1988)
Phil Dorr (1989)
Ken Muller (1989)
Peter Goettner (1989)
Judy Muller (1989)

John Williams (1990)
Jo Meade (1991)
Dan Reiste (1991)
Gary McKee (1992)
Steve & Sally Van Camp (1993)
Ed McGehee (1993)
Don McCooey (1994)
Bunny Lorbiecki (1994)
Paul Hardy (1995)
Norm Fickeisen (1995)
Annette Lurton (1996)
Steve & Melissa Migota (1997)
Bob Dozier (1997)
Rajiv Masillamoni (1998)
Joe Cooper (1998)
Raul Fernandez (1999)

Jim Williams (2000)
Gary Kilgore (2001)
Bill Hoerner (2001)
Yohan Fernando (2002)
Siegbert llig (2002)
Jeff Hiller (2003)
Leo Buss (2003)
Gilbert Limhengco (2004)
Rich Christman (2005)
Jim Sonnier (2005)
Stuart Scott (2005)
Jack Tobin (2006)
Ernie Perez (2006)
Connie Emery (2007)
Dan Young (2007)
Joe Becerra (2008)
Dr. Hsu Li Chieh (2008)
Wayne McLain (2008)
David Spector (2008)
Andrea Edwards (2009)
Amy Becerra (2009)
Claire Pavia (2010)
Gerald Griffin (2010)
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 39

Betta Person of the Year


Gene Lucas (1969)
Walt Maurus (1970)
Josephine White (1971)
Dave Ford (1972)
Tom Borelli; Sharon Chappell (1973)
Riley Barnett (1975; 1975)
Jim Sonnier (1974)
Monty & Lloyd Bickel (1976)
Stan Rosendorf (1977)
Charles Hale (1978)
Bill Hart (1979)
Al Liebetrau (1980)
Al Jones (1981)
Phil Byrum (1981; 1986)
John Cirelly (1982)
Parris Jones (1983)
Paul Kirtley (1984)
Steve Saunders; Bev Richardson (1985)
Bob Hale (1987)
Tom & Linda Myers (1988)
John Benn (1989)
Ken Muller (1990)
Ed McGehee (1991; 1994)
John Williams (1992)
Norm & Andy Knepper (1993)
Steve & Melissa Migota (1995)
Annette Lurton (1996)
Bob Dozier (1997)
Joe Cooper (1998)
Bonnie McKinley (1999)
Gary Kilgore (2000)
Jeff Hiller (2001)
Larissa Williams (2002)
Ralph Tran (2003)
Jim Sonnier (2004)
Connie Emery (2006; 2008)
Claire Pavia (2007)
Sieg llig (2009)
Jack Schendowich (2010)






IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 40

Outstanding Service



Chuck Chapman (1980)
Ronn Walters (1981)
Sandy Tesar; Teeny Guynes (1982)
John & Jan Benn (1983)
Jerry Dodge (1984)
Linda Olson (1985)
Ron Neal (1985)
Raul Fernandez (1985; 1997)
Bill Hoerner (1985; 1987)
Howard Pickle (1985)
Walt Jastzrab (1985)
Gary McKee (1987)
Phil Byrum (1988)
Ken Muller (1988; 1994)
Robert Plenge (1988)
Dave Hendrickson (1989)
Don McCooey (1989)
Bill Rogers (1989)
Steve & Sally Van Camp (1990; 1991)
Judy Muller (1990)
David Roddy (1990)
Aurelia Ogles (1992)
Dan Reiste (1992)
John Williams (1992; 1995)
Tim Brady (1993)
Don Donsbach (1993)
Andy & Norm Knepper (1993)
Steve & Melissa Migota (1994; 1995; 2001)
Rich & Janet Christman (1995)
Joe Jaworski (1996)
Annette Lurton (1996)
Chuck & Melissa Green (1996; 1997)
Bunny Lorbiecki (1998; 1999)
Ray Torres (1998)
Tom Stagner (1998; 1999; 2000; 2001)
John Gaughan (2000)
Steve Van Camp (2000)
Jeff Hiller (2001)
Larissa Williams (2002)
Wayne McLain (2002)
Leo Buss (2002)
Stuart Scott (2003; 2004)
Brooke Muller (2003)
Camille Page (2003)
Jack Tobin (1999; 2004)
Judy Polunas (2004; 2005)
Andrea Edwards (2005; 2008)
Linda Scott (2006; 2007)
Gerald Griffin (2006)
Jesda Attavichit (2008)
Sally Van Camp (2008)
Britt Coffman (2009)
Connie Emery (2009)
Jack Schendowich (2009)
Jack Tobin (2010)
Andrea Edwards (2010)
Sue Shuster (2010)
Britt Coffman (2010)
Gerald Griffin (2010)






Most Supportive Spouse

Linda Scott (2008)
Tadda Sonnier (2010)
IBC Membership Handbook - Section 1 (Part B)


Section I, Part B IBC History
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 41


JoAnne Lucas MemoriaI Award

This award was retired in 2007. t was designed to recognize the partners or spouses of BC members, who, though maybe not as committed
to the hobby, nonetheless through their selflessness and support of their partner or spouse, form an undeniably solid foundation of BC in their
own right. <FLARE, May/June 1998, pg 13>. This award was replaced in 2008 with the FCB Chapter sponsored 'Most Supportive
Spouse" award.

Regina Fernandez (1997)
Cathy Cooper (1998)
Dianne Torres (1999)
Kathy Tobin (2000)
ndia Dozier (2001)
Beckie McLain (2002)
Linda Scott (2003)
Steve Migota (2004)
Sally Van Camp (2005)
Howard Emery (2006)
Judy llig (2007)





Gene Lucas CongressionaI Award of Merit

The purpose of this award is to recognize those individuals for their efforts and outstanding contributions, who have remained committed, not
only to the BC, but also to the Betta hobby in general over a great period of time. People who best exemplified the same unselfish drive and
tireless performance that has characterized Mr. Betta, Dr. Gene Lucas himself for so many years. <FLARE! July/Aug 1999, pg 8>



Paul & Aurelia Ogles (1999)
Bunny Lorbiecki (2000)
Steve & Sally Van Camp (2001)
Doc Daugherty (2002)
Ken & Judy Muller (2003)
Jim Sonnier (2004)
Stuart Scott (2005)
Leo Buss (2006)
Bob Dozier (2009)
Andrea Edwards (2010)





IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)


Section I, Part C Page 1 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011
ORGANIZATION


The top authority in IBC is the full membership of The Congress itself. Of course, it is not possible to conduct the simple
day to day business of The Congress by involving all members. Thus, The Congress elects the two main BOARDS that
handle the details:

THE EXECUTIVE BOARD THE JUDGING BOARD

Executive Officers - Chairman
- President - Vice Chairman
- Vice President - Registrar
- Secretary - Member
- Treasurer - Member
- Member
Other Members - A Member of the E Board
- Judging Board Chairman - Area Judge (optional)
- General Member-At-Large
- General Member-At-Large
- General Member-At-Large
- Area Member-At-Large (optional)


Each of the Boards has a variety of committees to assist it in the conduct of business. There are two types of committees:

Standing Committees of The Congress


Awards
Archives
Chapters
Convention
Constitution
Finance
Membership
Junior Membership
Nominations
Programs
Publications
Research & Grants
Species Maintenance
Technical Assistance


Committees of the Judging Board

Judges Certification Maintenance
Judges Training
Standards


IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 2 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

CONSTITUTION OF THE
INTERNATIONAL BETTA CONGRESS

Article I
NAMES AND OBJECTIVES

SECTION 1
This organization shall be known as The International Betta
Congress, and shall, in the following Constitution, By-Laws,
and Standards, as amended, be referred to as The
Congress.

SECTION 2
The official colors and emblem of The Congress shall be a
white square encompassing two (2) blue triangular
sections, the right section containing a drawing of a male
Betta in display posture, and in upper case letters the
words INTERNATIONAL BETTA CONGRESS below the
two (2) triangular sections.

SECTION 3
The Congress is a nonprofit organization; Internal Revenue
code is Section 501(c) (7).

SECTION 4
The objectives of The Congress shall be:

A. To organize Betta fanciers throughout the world;
B. To establish and conduct training courses for the
certification of judges, to define and establish
standards for judging Bettas, and to promote Betta
shows;
C. To sponsor research and investigation of the Betta
genus and to publish the findings in the official
publications of The Congress;
D. To provide technical assistance in the breeding,
raising, and keeping of Bettas;
E. To assemble and maintain the Technical Assistance
Library of information about the Betta; and
F. To publish a journal called FLARE! by and for the
members of The Congress, the said journal to be a
voice of The Congress, providing members with the
opportunity to share information and knowledge.

Article II
MEMBERSHIP

SECTION 1
Membership in The Congress shall be granted to anyone
not previously a member upon receipt of a properly
completed application form accompanied by proper dues.
Former members shall be granted membership upon
receipt of a properly completed application form
accompanied by proper dues if that membership was not
previously terminated by The Congress.

SECTION 2
Acceptance of membership in The Congress shall
constitute an agreement by the applicant to comply with all
provisions of the Constitution, By-Laws and Standards
of The Congress.




Article III
EXECUTIVE BOARD

SECTION 1
The Executive Board shall consist of the Officers, the
Chairperson of the Judging Board, three (3) General At-
Large Members of The Congress, and up to six (6)
Area At-Large Members, one (1) from each of the
Areas defined in Chapter one (1) of the Standards. All
Officers and At-Large Members shall be at least
eighteen (18) years of age. All Officers and General At-
Large Members positions may be filled by any elected
member in good standing from any Area.

For any of the six (6) areas to elect one (1) Area At-
Large Member to the Executive Board, three (3)
conditions must be met;

1. The Area must have five (5) active IBC chapters
within its boundaries on January 1st of the election
year;
2. The Area must have thirty (30) IBC members in
good standing within its boundaries on January 1st
of the election year;
3. The candidate must reside in the respective Area.

SECTION 2
The Executive Board shall implement all resolutions
adopted by the membership and shall be responsible
for the control and administration of The Congress.

SECTION 3
The Executive Board members shall serve a two (2)
year term of office. President, Vice-President,
Secretary and Treasurer shall be elected in odd
numbered years. Members-at-Large shall be elected in
even numbered years.

SECTION 4
The Officers shall be:

A. President
B. Vice President
C. Secretary
D. Treasurer

SECTION 5
Executive Board Members-at-Large are duly elected
IBC members who participate in and have one (1) vote
on all business matters of the Executive Board. The
President can appoint these members to handle special
projects.

Candidates shall be nominated specifically for General
Member-at-Large or Area Member-at-Large. Area
IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 3 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

Member-at-Large candidates must meet the qualifications
listed in Constitution Article III Section 1.

Area Members-at-Large shall be elected for a two (2) year
term. Areas will be evaluated for eligibility for
representation every two (2) years.

All members of the IBC shall be allowed to vote for both
General Members-at-Large and Area Members-at-Large.

SECTION 6
There shall be no more than one (1) member of an
immediate family serving on the Executive Board at the
same time.

SECTION 7
No member is permitted to run for more than one (1) office
at the same time. A Member-at-Large on an odd numbered
year may run for an officers position. The Member-at-
Large if elected would take the office at election and a
Presidents appointee would fill their remaining year. If the
Member-at-Large is not elected, he/she remains as a
Member-at-Large through the next year.

The IBC President will appoint a willing IBC member as a
replacement until next election for any General Member-at-
Large who leaves his/her position during their term of office.
The IBC President will request recommendations from the
Area affected in the event an Area Member-at-Large leaves
his/her position during their term of office. The IBC
President will then appoint one of the recommendations to
fill the remainder of the term until the next election.

Article IV
JUDGING BOARD

SECTION 1
The Judging Board shall have as a guideline of duties,
Article I, Section 4, Item B of the Constitution. Further
responsibilities and jurisdiction of the Judging Board are
outlined in By-Law Article VI.

SECTION 2
The Judging Board shall consist of six (6) certified judges
each elected from any Area of the Congress, and one
voting representative from the Executive Board, plus any
additional certified Judges from qualifying Areas that do not
already have a representative on the Judging Board. All
Judging Board Members shall be at least eighteen (18)
years of age.

If any of the six (6) Areas does not have a certified Judge
representing it on the Judging Board, but the Area meets
the following conditions, then an additional certified Judge
from that Area will be elected to the Judging Board.

1. The Area must have five (5) active IBC chapters within
its boundaries on January 1st of the election year;
2. The Area must have thirty (30) IBC members in good
standing within its boundaries on January 1st of the
election year;
3. The candidate must reside in the respective Area.

SECTION 3
Members of the Judging Board shall serve a two (2)
year term of office on the Judging Board. Three (3)
judges from any Area plus any additional qualified Area
Judges (see Constitution, Article IV Section 2) shall be
selected each year. No more than one (1) member of
an immediate family shall serve on the Judging Board
at the same time. All members of the Judging Board
shall have been certified judges for at least one (1) year
prior to beginning their two (2) year term.

All members of the IBC shall be allowed to vote for both
General Judging Board Members and Area Judging
Board Members.


Article V
COMMITTEES

Committees of The Congress shall be established to
help develop, plan, and execute the duties of the
Executive Board. These Committees, being formed by
the Executive Board, shall have a chairperson
appointed by the President who is a member of The
Congress that is at least eighteen (18) years of age.
An exception to this rule shall be made for the
chairperson of the Junior Membership Committee who
shall be at least sixteen (16) years of age.


Article VI
CHAPTERS

SECTION 1
To start an IBC Chapter you need the following: Five
(5) or more IBC members. A family membership
counts as two (2) towards the five (5). The name and
initials cannot be in conflict with other IBC Chapters.
You must name a contact person for the chapter, who
must be an IBC member. That persons name and
email address will be in FLARE! and on the
BetterBettas.

SECTION 2
In accepting Chapter status from The Congress, the
Chapter shall consent to comply with the provisions of
the Constitution, By-Laws, and Standards of The
Congress. Any chapter may prepare and use internally
any form of constitution as long as it does not conflict
with the Constitution, By-Laws, and/or Standards of
The Congress.

Article VII
AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION

SECTION 1
Any member of the Congress may propose
amendments to the IBC Constitution by submitting the
proposal(s) in writing to the Constitution Committee
IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 4 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

Chairperson and the IBC President. Proposals received by
December 31
st
will be reviewed by the Constitution
Committee for the upcoming b allot in the June election.

The President will notify the other E-Board members of the
proposed amendments. The Constitution Committee must
advise the E-Board and the author(s) within 30 days as to
whether or not the proposed amendments contradict any
other Article and/or Section of the IBC Constitution.

If there are no contradictions the E-Board will ensure that
the proposed amendments are included in the Mar/Apr
issue of FLARE!, and include them on the ballot.

If the Constitution Committee disapproves any proposed
amendments, the author(s) may correct the areas of
contradictions and resubmit the proposal(s) to the
Constitution Committee. If the Constitution Committee and
the author(s) do not agree upon the validity of
contradictions, the author(s) may submit the proposal(s) to
the E-Board for consideration. The Constitution Committee
will be required to present the areas of alleged
contradictions to the E-Board. The E-Board will review the
proposal(s) and decide if the proposal(s) will be included on
the next ballot. The author(s) and Constitution Committee
will be notified of the decision made by the E-Board within
thirty (30) days after submission of the proposal(s).

SECTION 2
All proposed amendments approved by the Constitution
Committee and/or Executive Board must be presented to
the IBC membership and must be approved by a two-thirds
(2/3) majority vote by all members voting before being
adopted to this Constitution.


Article VIII
INSPECTION OF RECORDS

SECTION 1
Records and/or minutes of The Congress shall be available
for inspection by any member at each Annual Membership
Meeting. Any member in good standing may request an
inspection of the records and/or minutes of The Congress
at any other time by submitting a request in writing to the
President of The Congress. The member desiring the
inspection shall be responsible for any costs in copying and
shipping the records and/or minutes. All records and/or
minutes of The Congress shall be sent to the requesting
member within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request.

SECTION 2
Records and/or minutes of The Congress from the current
fiscal year, excluding convention records and/or minutes,
shall be made available during the Annual Membership
Meeting.





Article IX
DISSOLUTION OF THE CONGRESS

SECTION 1
Only the President or a member of the E-Board may
submit a proposal to dissolve The Congress. The
reason(s) for dissolution will be presented to the E-
Board for a Vote of Dissolution. If of the E-Board
vote in favor of the proposal, the E-Board will submit a
ballot to the entire IBC membership within the next sixty
(60) days by any of the following methods: (1)
publication in the next regularly scheduled issue of both
the electronic and mailed paper FLARE!; (2) if the
publication is not available, a ballot will be placed on
BetterBettas and also mailed to those members who
would normally receive their ballot by means of a
mailed paper FLARE!; or (3) a ballot mailed to all
members in the event that FLARE! and BetterBettas
are not available. The ballot should contain the
reason(s) for the dissolution. Ballots will be returned
within sixty (60) days to the IBC Secretary, or the most
senior ranking member of the E-Board at the time of the
dissolution. Dissolution of The Congress shall require a
majority approval from all members responding.

SECTION 2
In the event of the dissolution of The Congress the
distribution of all funds after all debts are paid shall
comply with IRS Regulation 501(c)7. Distribution of
records and assets of The Congress, excluding the
Gene Lucas Fund, shall be determined by a simple
majority vote of the IBC E-Board. After all bills are
paid, the E-Board will send what assets are left to a
non-profit organization.

SECTION 3
If the IBC dissolves, any money that is left in the Gene
Lucas Fund will be sent to Drake University, in honor of
Gene Lucas.

Article X
RULES OF ORDER

ROBERTS RULES OF ORDER REVISED, except
when the same conflicts with this Constitution or its By-
Laws and Standards, shall be used in the proceedings
of ALL meetings of The Congress. These meetings
shall include, but not be limited to, Executive Board
meetings, Membership meetings, and Judging Board
meetings.



IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 5 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

BY-LAWS OF THE INTERNATIONAL
BETTA CONGRESS


By-Law Article I
MEMBERSHIPS


SECTION 1
The types of membership in The Congress are:

A. Individual;
B. Family (all members of one residence with a
maximum of two votes per membership);
C. Associate (available only to other fish hobby
organizations or commercial entitles);
D. Junior (under the age of 16)
E. Lifetime

SECTION 2
Established dues for membership in The Congress are
posted in each issue of FLARE! . The current membership
dues shall be updated as necessary. Notice of any
changes shall be published in FLARE! at least sixty (60)
days before the change shall be effective.

SECTION 3
Annual membership dues shall be determined by the
Executive Board with a majority vote of approval by the
members present at an Annual Membership Business
Meeting and shall be payable to the Secretary on the
anniversary of his/her initial membership.

SECTION 4
A dues increase will not apply to a person with a valid,
active membership until that persons membership is up for
renewal.

SECTION 5
All new members shall receive a membership package, part
of which includes a copy of the IBC Membership Handbook
and Exhibition Standards.

SECTION 6
Any member failing to renew membership after sixty days
(60) of anniversary of his/her renewal date shall be dropped
from the membership of The Congress and immediately
forfeit any elected or appointed position.

SECTION 7
The Executive Board, by adoption of a business
proposition, may reprimand, suspend, or terminate the
membership of any member for actions deemed not in the
best interests of The Congress. Such acts will include, but
not be limited to:

A. Misuse of advertising privileges in FLARE! .
B. Violation of the Constitution, By-Laws, Standards, or
Committee Procedures.
C. Misuse, misappropriation, or misrepresentation in
the handling of IBC funds or IBC administrative
positions.
D. Failure to turn over to The Congress all of the IBC
property as instructed by the Executive Board.

Any member so charged will receive from the
President a written summary of the charges,
including the intent of the Executive Board, and
have thirty (30) days in which to answer or rectify
these charges. After the thirty (30) day period, the
President will submit a business proposition to the
Executive Board to act on the disposition of the
member's case. A three-quarter (3/4) vote of the
Executive Board is necessary to pass any
proposition. Any member expelled from The
Congress will never again be allowed membership
in The Congress unless that person is cleared of
the original charge.

A member may apply for reinstatement after one
(1) year. If money was involved, full restitution
must be made first. A vote by the Executive
Board will be needed for reinstatement.


By-Law Article II
ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP MEETING - "CONVENTION"


SECTION 1
The Annual Membership Meeting shall be held every
year during the month of June. Notice of the proposed
agenda of the next Annual Membership Meeting shall
be published in FLARE! at least sixty (60) days prior to
the next scheduled date of that meeting or mailed to the
membership by the Secretary.

SECTION 2
The site and sponsor of a convention shall be
determined at least one (1) year in advance. Any
chapter of The Congress desiring to sponsor a
convention shall submit its invitation in writing to the
Secretary at least ninety (90) days prior to the next
convention. These invitations shall be published in the
March/April issue of FLARE! and on the ballot. If there
is only one site on the ballot, the submitting club will
host the next convention. In the event that no
invitations are received, members attending the Annual
Membership Business Meeting will determine the site of
the next convention.

SECTION 3
Any tropical fish club or society not a chapter of The
Congress may submit an invitation to sponsor a
convention using the same procedures as in Section 2
of this Article, but will be considered only if there is no
chapter of The Congress wishing to sponsor that
convention.


IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 6 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

SECTION 4
In conjunction with each Annual Membership Meeting there
shall be a Betta show conducted under IBC rules, an
Executive Board meeting, meetings of standing
committees, and workshops.


By-Law Article III
ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP BUSINESS MEETING


SECTION 1
IBC members attending this meeting shall have one (1)
vote, or two (2) votes for memberships recognizing more
than one (1) IBC member, on all business matters
presented. However votes on amendments to the IBC
Constitution and/or By-Laws, and the election of Executive
Board and Judging Board members are not taken at the
annual membership meeting, but are voted on by means of
mail-in and e-mail voting. The ballots for these excepted
items are to be published in the March/April issue of
FLARE!. If FLARE! is late, a separate mailing to the
membership will take place no later than April 15th.

SECTION 2
The purpose of this meeting is to conduct business of The
Congress according to the Constitution, By-laws, and
Standards of The Congress. All proposals, except for
amendments to the IBC Constitution and/or by-laws, and
election of Executive Board and Judging Board members,
shall be accepted or rejected by a simple majority vote, or
referred to committee.

SECTION 3
The President shall cause a mail-in ballot to be prepared
and sent to all members of The Congress. The ballots shall
be mailed separately from FLARE! , and not later than the
published mailing date for the March/April issue of FLARE! .
The ballots shall include a mailing address for their return,
and must be completed and returned in time as to be
counted by a designated Ballot Counting Group prior to the
close of the Annual Membership Business Meeting for
which the ballots are applicable.

SECTION 4
The ballots shall include brief instructions and a description
of the amendments to be voted upon, and shall list all
nominees for elected positions. If there are less than two
(2) nominees for any position, a line will be included to write
in an additional nominee.

SECTION 5
The completed ballots shall be returned by the members to
an individual designated by the Executive Board, and
whose name and address shall appear on the ballot. This
designated individual cannot be a candidate for office or a
member of the household of a candidate, and shall hand
carry the ballots, unopened, to the Annual Membership
Business Meeting, and present them to the designated
Ballot Counting Group. If the designated individual is
unable to deliver the ballots to the Ballot Counting Group,
the unopened ballots shall be delivered to the
Executive Board at the convention by whatever
practical means are available. Members may hand
carry their ballots to the convention and present them to
the Ballot Counting Group anytime prior to the start of
ballot counting.

SECTION 6

The special Ballot Counting Group shall consist of three
(3) unrelated members in good standing of The
Congress, one of whom shall be an Executive Board
member, appointed by the President and approved by
the Executive Board, and this Group shall be dissolved
at the conclusion of the Annual Membership Business
Meeting. Members of the special Ballot Counting
Group may not be candidates for office, or members of
the household of a candidate. Each member of this
Group shall tally the votes from all of the ballots. All
three (3) members must agree on all vote tallies before
the results may be announced at the Annual
Membership Business Meeting. No member of the
Ballot Counting Group may divulge any information
about how any member voted.

SECTION 7
Each ballot sent to an IBC member shall include that
members name. This identification shall be used by
the Ballot Counting Group solely to verify that no
individual has voted more than once. In the event that
an individual or family has submitted excess ballots, the
extra ballots shall be randomly removed and
disallowed. The IBC Membership Committee shall
make the current IBC Membership List available to the
Ballot Counting Group.

SECTION 8
A ballot similar to the one in FLARE! will be put in Word
format with the addition of a signature line, and
uploaded to the BetterBetta List File Section when the
printed ballot in FLARE! is mailed.

A person who is not running for office, nor has anyone
in their family running for office, is to be designated by
the E-Board to receive the ballots. Their email address
shall be publicized to the members. That person shall
print out the ballot, write the members name on the
front of an envelope, black out the members name on
the ballot and place the ballot in the envelope and seal
it.

A date at lease one week prior to the convention will be
published to the membership as the final date the
ballots, both email and postal ground mail, will be
received to be counted. The ballots will be presented
to the Ballot Counting Committee at convention to be
counted with the mail-in ballots.

Members have the choice to vote by mail-in ballot or
email ballot, but not both.

IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 7 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

SECTION 9
The Nominations Committee shall request nominations by a
date that will allow an initial list of nominees in the Jan/Feb
issue of FLARE! The Nominations Committee shall set a
final date for the acceptance of nominations that will allow
the mailing of ballots in the March/April issue of FLARE! .
In order to expedite this process, those members who are
nominating a person for office MUST contact that member
to verify that the member will accept the nomination. The
nominee MUST personally notify the nominations chair that
he/she accepts the nomination. All nominees to the
Judging Board must be a certified judge. Nominees will
send their platforms directly to the Editor of FLARE!,
according to the Editors guidelines.

SECTION 10
The Executive Board shall insure that proposed
amendments to the IBC Constitution, which were submitted
in accordance with the IBC Constitution provisions, to be
included in the ballot.

SECTION 11
The Constitution Committee shall insure that proposed
amendments to the IBC By-Laws, which were submitted to
the committee no later than the published deadline date for
the January/February FLARE! , are published in the
March/April FLARE! and included in the ballot.

SECTION 12
Terms of office for the newly elected members of the
Executive Board and Judging Board shall begin at the close
of the Annual Membership Business Meeting.

SECTION 13
Immediately following an E-Board election, the E-Board
shall have an E-Board meeting and appoint one E-Board
member to be the 7
th
member of the J-Board for the two-
year term. If that member is a certified judge, he or she
shall be a voting member. If not a certified judge, then he
or she will be a non-voting member.


By-Law Article IV
EXECUTIVE BOARD


SECTION 1
One (1) more than half of the Executive Board shall
constitute a quorum for the conducting of business at any
Executive Board Meeting. For all business of the meeting,
the act of the majority of the members present shall
constitute an act of the Executive Board. Each board
member shall have one (1) vote on all matters of business.
Not more than one (1) member of an immediate family may
serve on the Executive Board at the same time.

SECTION 2
In the case of an Executive Board meeting that does not
receive a quorum attendance, the Board members present
may discuss any business that is on the agenda and send a
report of discussions to the remaining Board members.

SECTION 3
Any member of the Executive Board (other than the
President) who desires to resign shall submit a letter of
intent to the President. When the person desiring to
resign is the President, a letter of intent is to be
submitted to the Executive Board. It is the
recommendation of the membership that any Executive
Board member who does not feel able to carry out
assigned duties should unhesitatingly resign in this
manner.

SECTION 4
Any vacancy on the Executive Board other than that of
the President shall be filled by a member of The
Congress appointed by the President as quickly as
possible. If the vacancy is that of the President, the
Vice President shall assume the position of the
President for the remainder of the term of the vacant
presidency. Further ascendancy to the Office of
President shall be by the Secretary, followed by the
Treasurer.

Vacancies on the Executive Board.

A. Unless otherwise provided, a vacancy shall exist
on the Executive Board when a member ceases
to be a member for any reason save replacement
by election.
B. The President shall name one (1) or more
nominees to fill any vacancy that may occur within
thirty (30) days of the creation of the vacancy.
Those named must possess all of the
qualifications required of nominees for regular
elections to the Executive Board.
C. Appointment to fill the vacancy shall be contingent
upon confirmation by a majority vote of the
incumbent members of the Executive Board. The
President shall not vote in this matter.
D. The appointee shall hold office until the next
Annual Membership Business Meeting, at which
time an election shall be held.
E. Any member of the Executive Board may be
removed from office for failure to fulfill the
responsibilities designated by the Constitution,
By-Laws and Standards of The Congress.
Removal of a member of the Executive Board
may be proposed by any member of the
Executive Board, but removal can only be
implemented by a four/fifths (4/5) vote of those on
the Executive Board not under threat of removal.
If the removed member of the Executive Board is
the Judging Board Chairperson, the members of
the Judging Board must be notified of the
vacancy. In this case, the vacancy shall be filled
by an election held by the members of the
Judging Board. The selection cannot be member
previously removed from the Executive Board.



IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 8 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

SECTION 5
All proposed changes to the IBC Supplements (except for
the IBC Judging Standards, Show Manual, and Judging
Board Manual) must be presented to the Executive Board
for approval or rejection. No changes may be made that
are contradictory to the IBC Constitution or by-laws.

SECTION 6
The Executive Board shall cause all financial affairs of The
Congress to be audited on an annual basis, and a full
report thereof shall be reported in FLARE! within sixty (60)
days thereof.

SECTION 7
The Executive Board shall approve or disapprove
appointments by the President of committee chairpersons
and other persons as may be necessary and appropriate to
the functions of The Congress.

SECTION 8
The President shall send a letter no later than the 1st of
September, November, February, and April to each of the
members of the Executive Board and all standing
committee chairpersons stating propositions for a vote and
discussing such other business as the President deems
advisable. Each member of the Executive Board shall
respond no more than thirty (30) days after the postmark of
this letter. Copies of responses of members of the
Executive Board shall be mailed to all other members of the
Executive Board. The failure of a member of the Executive
Board to respond to a President's letter within the
prescribed time limit twice in succession shall be grounds
for removal of that member. In the event that it is
necessary to remove a member of the Executive Board for
failure to comply with the requirements of this Section, the
President shall notify by registered mail, if available, the
involved member of the Executive Board of his/her failure to
abide by the requirements of this Section. The President
shall include with the written notification a copy of the most
recent President's letter. The President shall provide notice
to the involved member at least twenty-one (21) days prior
to notifying the remaining members of the Executive Board.
Unless a majority of the remaining members of the
Executive Board find that extenuating circumstances are
present, the removal of the involved member shall be
automatic.


By-Law Article V
DUTIES OF OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE BOARD
MEMBERS


SECTION 1
The PRESIDENT shall be Chairperson of the Executive
Board and shall preside as Chairperson of all meetings of
The Congress. The President shall review, on a continuing
basis, ALL phases of operation of The Congress.



SECTION 2
The VICE PRESIDENT shall assist the President and
shall perform all duties assigned by the President. The
Vice President, in the absence of the President, shall
preside at all meetings of The Congress.

SECTION 3
The SECRETARY shall record the minutes of all
Membership and Board meetings and shall submit
within thirty (30) days a copy of the minutes to the
Editor for publication in the FLARE! . The Secretary
shall maintain a current record of all members in The
Congress by name and address. All correspondence
other than membership inquiries shall be forwarded to
the President for disposition and/or reply. The
Secretary shall preserve and make proper disposition
of all correspondence as directed by the President and
shall forward all monies received for The Congress to
the Treasurer.

SECTION 4
The Treasurer is responsible for all accounts of the IBC
including budgeting. The TREASURER shall promptly
record and deposit to the bank of The Congress all
monies received in its name, and shall pay all
expenditures as provided for in Article X of the By-
Laws. The Treasurer shall prepare a financial report on
a semi-annual basis for the Executive Board, a
preliminary Annual Report to be presented at the
Annual Membership Business Meeting, and a final
fiscal year financial report in the July/August issue of
FLARE! . The Treasurer shall be responsible for
preparing and filing any tax return required by the
Internal Revenue Code. Prior to completing his/her
term of office, the Treasurer shall submit all auction
proceeds from the convention to involved members,
prepare and file any necessary tax return, close the
accounting record for the past fiscal year, terminate any
locally maintained checking or savings account (except
for amounts necessary to cover outstanding checks),
and forward to the new Treasurer all financial records
and IBC monies.

SECTION 5
The JUDGING BOARD CHAIRPERSON is to receive
and act upon all requests for sanctioned shows,
arrange judging seminars, maintain the official
individual and class point totals for international and
district shows, maintain the official list of certified
judges and consider complaints concerning the IBC
show program on a continuing basis. The Judging
Board Chairperson is an Ex-officio member of all
Judging Board committees and shall appoint and
replace as necessary all chairpersons for the Judging
Board committees as well as nominate subject to
approval of the Executive Board all interim
replacements due to vacancies on the Judging Board.
The appointee shall hold office until the next Annual
Membership Business Meeting, at which time an
election will be held.

IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 9 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011


SECTION 6
Each Officer of the Executive Board shall deliver a report at
the Annual Membership Business Meeting that covers all
the activities of the office for the current fiscal year ending
June 30
th
. A fiscal year is from July 1
st
to June 30
th
.

By-Law Article VI
JUDGING BOARD


SECTION 1
The Judging Board shall have an internally elected
Chairperson whose responsibilities shall include filing an
annual report of activities of the Judging Board to the
Executive Board during the Annual Membership Meeting
and a report to the membership at the Annual Membership
Business Meeting. Also, a report is to be submitted to the
Executive Board and to the Editor for publication in the
FLARE! within thirty (30) days after all meetings of the
Judging Board. The Chairperson shall be elected annually
at the first meeting of the Judging Board after the Annual
Membership Business Meeting.

SECTION 2
The Judging Board shall have and shall maintain a
Standard to the Constitution of The Congress. This
Standard shall contain a detail of all responsibilities of the
Judging Board including Guidelines, Show Rules, Show
Classes, Judging Standards, and Judge Certification,
making sure that it does not conflict with or repeat the
Constitution, By-Laws or other Standards of The Congress.
This Standard shall be available to all members of The
Congress as a part of the membership package.

SECTION 3
The Judging Board shall conduct training classes and
examination for members of The Congress who wish
certification as an official IBC Judge.

SECTION 4
The failure of a member of the Judging Board to attend
both an Annual Membership Business Meeting and
properly scheduled interim meeting during the same fiscal
year shall be grounds for automatic removal of that member
from the Judging Board, unless the reasons for the
absences are unanimously accepted by the remainder of
the Judging Board.

SECTION 5
The Judging Board has sole jurisdiction over the standards
of Betta judging, including the descriptions of Betta classes,
rules to be followed by judges, and the designation of the
classes. Procedures for Judge certification, recertification
and decertification are also solely within the jurisdiction of
the Judging Board. The Judging Board shall serve as the
primary agent of The Congress in all matters pertaining to
the exhibition of Bettas. That includes the rules and
procedures to be followed by the local Show Committees,
the awarding of points to winners, and administrative
requirements. Changes in show-related matters (excluding
judging) shall be forwarded to the Executive Board for
their concurrence. Granting IBC sanction for proposed
show rests with the Chairperson of the Judging Board.


SECTION 6
The Chairperson of the Judging Board shall send a
letter no later than the 1st of September, November,
February and April to each of the remaining members
of the Judging Board and all standing committee
chairpersons stating propositions for a vote and
discussing such other business as the Chairperson
deems advisable. Each member of the Judging Board
shall respond no more than thirty (30) days after the
postmark of this letter. Copies of responses of
members of the Judging Board shall be mailed to all
other members of the Judging Board. The failure of a
member of the Judging Board to respond to a
Chairperson's letter within the prescribed time limit
twice in succession shall be grounds for removal of that
member. In the event that it is necessary to remove a
member of the Judging Board for failure to comply with
the requirements of this section, the chairperson shall
notify by registered mail, if available, the involved
member of the Judging Board of his/her failure to abide
by the requirements of this Section. The Chairperson
shall include with the written notification a copy of the
most recent Chairperson's letter. The Chairperson
shall provide notice to the involved member at least
twenty-one (21) days prior to notifying the remaining
members of the Judging Board. Unless a majority of
the remaining members of the Judging Board find that
extenuating circumstances are present, the removal of
the involved member shall be automatic.

SECTION 7
Any member of the Judging Board (other than the
Judging Board Chairperson) who desires to resign shall
submit a letter of intent to the Judging Board
Chairperson. When a person desiring to resign is the
Judging Board Chairperson a letter is submitted to each
member of the Judging Board. It is the
recommendation of the membership that any Judging
Board member who does not feel able to carry out
assigned duties should resign in this manner without
hesitation. The resignation of the Judging Board
Chairperson from the position as Chairperson does not
include resignation from the Judging Board unless
specifically so stated in the document of resignation.

SECTION 8
Any member of the Judging Board may be removed
from office for failure to fulfill the responsibilities
designated by the Constitution, By-Laws and Standards
of The Congress. Removal of a member of the Judging
Board may be proposed by any member of the Judging
Board, but removal can only be implemented by a
majority vote of those on the Judging Board not under
threat of removal.


IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 10 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011


By-Law Article VII
COMMITTEES


SECTION 1
The President shall appoint a Chairperson for each
Committee. A new President can appoint the same
Chairpersons to continue, or replace them with other
appointees. A President can replace a Chairperson due to
a vacancy, resignation, or removal resulting from the failure
of the Chairperson to fulfill his/her Committee obligations.
Committee Chairpersons can select as many other IBC
members as are deemed necessary to serve as Committee
members subject to approval of the President. The
President and Vice-President are ex-officio of all
committees.

SECTION 2
A Committee Chairperson not a member of the Executive
Board wishing to resign shall submit a letter of intent to the
President for immediate disposition.

SECTION 3
Each Committee Chairperson shall prepare and submit a 6-
month interim report and an annual report to the Executive
Board. The reports must cover the activities of the
committee and indicate the progress made on any projects
in which the committee is involved.

SECTION 4
The duties of the Committees are:

A. The FINANCE COMMITTEE shall consist of at least
two (2) Executive Board members and three (3)
members of The Congress other than the Treasurer,
who shall serve as Chairperson. The FINANCE
COMMITTEES duties are to assist the Treasurer in
the fulfillment of his/her duties.
B. The MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE shall maintain a
current record of all members of The Congress and
provide this list to members of the Executive Board,
the Judging Board, the FLARE! Editor, and requesting
IBC Committee Chairpersons. The Membership
Chairperson will process all new membership
applications, renewals and forward monies collected
to the Treasurer. On the anniversary of renewal,
members will be sent a reminder notice. New
members will be mailed, or provided on-line, a
membership package consisting of the IBC Handbook
and other IBC related items. Individuals whose
memberships have lapsed, but renew within five (5)
years of the lapsed date will not be sent a
Membership Package unless the specifically request
it.
C. The PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE under the
direction of the Executive Board shall be responsible
for the publishing of the official publication of The
Congress, FLARE!, which shall be distributed without
charge to the membership not less than six (6) issues
per year. Any and all business of The Congress
which requires notification of the membership
shall be published in the FLARE! and on the IBC
Web Site. The validity of any published business
shall not in any way be affected by the failure of
any member to receive or to read the notice.
D. The PROGRAMS COMMITTEE shall be
responsible for maintaining all promotional
material of The Congress, such as films, slides,
and tape-recorded programs. Accurate records
shall be maintained regarding viewing schedules
and available viewing date. A report of available
programs and material shall be submitted to the
Editor and the web master for publication in
FLARE! and on the IBC website.
E. The CHAPTERS COMMITTEE shall consist of the
chairperson and one (1) member from each
chapter of The Congress. This committee shall
concern itself with technical assistance to all
chapters and prospective chapters of The
Congress. This committee shall hold a meeting in
conjunction with the Annual Membership Meeting,
with each chapter having one (1) vote in all
matters of chapter business, including the Chapter
Guidelines.
F. The TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE COMMITTEE
shall assemble and maintain a library dealing with
all areas of Betta research. It shall render
technical assistance to members upon request.
G. The RESEARCH AND GRANT COMMITTEE
shall have the responsibility of reviewing all
requests for research projects involving the Betta.
The chairperson of this committee shall submit its
recommendations to the Executive Board for
ratification. Research grants may be awarded,
but are not to exceed one thousand dollars
($1000), and then only if The Congress treasury
will not be depleted to less than three thousand
dollars ($3000). Research grants and guidelines
shall be prepared, reviewed, and updated as
necessary by this Committee. A request for a
grant shall have a grant outline detailing pertinent
facts regarding the request and shall be forwarded
to the chairperson of this committee. This
committee shall have at least one (1) member
with a scientific background. This committee shall
also direct all scientific investigation conducted
with funds granted by The Congress and shall
administer any Technical Article Award given by
The Congress.
H. The NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE shall be
required to perform their duties as described in
Article III Section 8 of the By-Laws.
I. The CONSTITUTION COMMITTEE shall conduct
a continual analysis and review of the current
Constitution and By-laws of The Congress for
possible changes. The Constitution Committee
must follow the procedure for accepting proposals
as stated in the Constitution Article VII, Section 1.
J. The AWARDS COMMITTEE shall be responsible
for the purchase and distribution of all Year End
Showing Awards as delineated in the IBC
IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 11 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

Standards and verified by the Registrar of the Judging
Board. Prior to the start of the Convention the Awards
Committee Chairperson shall mail all of these Year
End Showing Awards to either to the Convention
Show Chair or to the hotel where the Convention is to
be held.


YEAR END SHOWING AWARDS

The Year End Showing Awards include the following:

1. GRAND CHAMPION Trophy Award for the
exhibitor with the greatest total of international
show points within a show year.
2. TOP 20 The 2
nd
through 20
th
exhibitors ranked
by respective international show point totals for a
show year. The top 10 to receive plaques, 11
through 20 to receive premium certificates of
merit.
3. DIVISION CHAMPIONSHIP One (1) award for
first place (most accumulated points in the show
year) in each division.
4. WARREN YOUNG MEMORIAL TROPHY One
(1) award for the exhibitor who won the most Best
of Show points during the show year.
5. PRESIDENTS TROPHY OR PLAQUE One (1)
award for the exhibitor who wins the most points
at the Convention Show. This award is usually
presented by the IBC President.
6. CLASS AWARDS One (1) award for first place
(most accumulated points in the show year) in
each Regular Class and each New Breeder
Class.


SPECIAL RECOGNITION AWARDS

The AWARDS COMMITTEE shall also be responsible
for the acceptance of nominations, purchase, and
distribution of Special Recognition Awards. A request
for nominations will be posted on the BetterBettas list
after January 1st, and also published in the Jan/Feb
issue of FLARE!. Individuals and chapters to be
considered for these awards may be nominated by
any member of The Congress in good standing.
Nominations will be accepted by the Awards
Committee Chairperson, either written or
electronically, by midnight March 31st. and shall
include at least 3 of the criteria for that award to
establish the nominees qualifications for the specific
award.

Nominations for a member or chapter for a Special
Recognition Award must include a brief description of
the actions and/or accomplishments that demonstrate
the nominees qualification for the minimum criteria for
that particular award. The Awards Committee
Chairperson will notify the nominator if it is determined
that the nominee is NOT qualified for the award.

A ballot containing the nominations for Fellow of
the Congress, Betta Person of the Year,
Outstanding Service and Chapter of the Year will
be sent to each Fellow of the Congress no later
than April 15th. Electronic means will be used
where possible, with the remaining ballots to be
sent by regular mail. The deadline for return of
the ballots to the Awards Committee Chairperson
will be midnight April 30
th
.

The recipients of these awards shall not be
disclosed, except to the Awards Committee, until
their presentation during the Annual Convention
Banquet. Recipients not in attendance will be
shipped their award via insured means.

The cost of these awards shall not exceed 110%
of the prior years award costs, except as applies
to new awards.

The Special Recognition Awards are:

1. FELLOW OF THE CONGRESS - The
selection of the Fellow of The Congress,
when warranted, shall be made on the basis
of a minimum of three (3) from the following
criteria.

1a. A member of The Congress for at least
four (4) years;
1b. Performance of outstanding service
toward the improvement of The
Congress;
1c. Active participation in the affairs of The
Congress;
1d. Active participation in the local society
functions;
1e. Distinction for promotion of the Betta
hobby;
1f. Experience in breeding and showing
Bettas.

2. BETTA PERSON OF THE YEAR - The
selection of Betta Person of the Year shall
be made on the basis of a minimum of three
(3) from the following criteria:

2a. Betta breeding ability;
2b. Excellence in the development of a
Betta strain;
2c. Exhibit participation;
2d. Results of selective breeding;
2e. Contributions to The Congress.

3. OUTSTANDING SERVICE AWARD - The
recipients of this award shall be on the basis
of outstanding service performed for the
benefit of The Congress.

4. CHAPTER OF THE YEAR - The selection of
the Chapter of the Year shall be made on
IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 12 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

the basis of a minimum of three (3) from the
following criteria:

4a. Local growth in IBC membership;
4b. Maintenance and development of the Betta
genus by a group;
4c. Participation in international and district
activities, such as the hosting of shows,
district meetings, seminars and
conventions;
4d. Unusual services to the hobby, such as
publication of the "Species Maintenance
Report" or a district-wide newsletter;
4e. Support of other IBC chapters and their
activities.

5. ANNUAL FLARE! AWARDS One (1) or two (2)
awards as determined by the FLARE! Editor.

6. WALT MAURUS AWARD One (1) award for
the most popular entry in the I classes as
determined at Convention by vote of attendees.

7. GENE LUCAS CONGRESSIONAL AWARD OF
MERIT The Gene Lucas Congressional
Award of Merit, when warranted, shall be
made on the basis of the following criteria:

Must be a member of The Congress;
Must have made exceptional contribu-
tions to the IBC;
Nominations can be made by any
member of the Executive Board, Judging
Board, or the Fellows of The Congress.

Voting will be done by members of the
Executive Board, Judging Board, and
Fellows of The Congress. Each person
voting is entitled to one vote only, regardless
of the number of positions that the member
may hold.

K. The name of this committee shall be the
CONVENTION COMMITTEE. The members of this
committee will be members who have experience on
helping to put on an IBC Convention. They will be
available to answer questions from members who are
considering hosting an IBC Convention. They will
also be responsible for maintaining a Convention
Manual that explains the work needed to put on a
successful convention.
L. The JUDGING BOARD COMMITTEE ON JUDGES'
TRAINING shall consist of five (5) members
appointed by the Judging Board Chairperson. The
chairperson of the committee shall be a member of
the Judging Board. The chairperson of this committee
is responsible for the development and presentation of
the Judges' Training Seminars I, II, and III, the written
and visual test. The chairperson is also responsible
for furnishing appropriate test results and seminar
records to the chairperson of the committee on
Judges' Certification. In addition to the
chairperson, at least two (2) of the members of
this committee must be Certified Judges. The
committee is responsible for the development of
judge training programs in all interested areas and
countries and related duties as prescribed by the
Judging Board Chairperson.
M. The JUDGING BOARD COMMITTEE ON
STANDARDS shall consist of five (5) members
appointed by the Committee Chairperson. Two of
the members must be Certified Judges. The
committee is charged with the publication and
distribution of the Judging Standards to the
membership, review of the show classes,
preparation of proposals of any class changes,
development of Judging Standards in the
language of any group showing an interest in the
exhibition or study of Bettas, and related duties as
prescribed by the Judging Board Chairperson.
The committee shall maintain a Standard to the
Constitution of The Congress. This Standard
shall contain a detail of all responsibilities of the
Judging Board, including guidelines, show rules
and classes, judging standards, and judge
certification, making sure that it does not conflict
with or repeat the Constitution, By-laws, and/or
other Standards of The Congress. This Standard
shall be available to all members of The Congress
as part of the membership package.
N. JUDGING BOARD COMMITTEE ON
MAINTENANCE OF JUDGES' CERTIFICATION -
The chairperson of this committee is charged with
the maintenance of all records of certification and
apprenticeships. The committee shall consist of
five (5) members appointed by the Judging Board
Chairperson, including at least two certified
judges. The committee is also charged with the
development and administration of the Open Book
Test, the Advanced Judges' Seminar, and other
items available for maintenance of Judges
Certification. They are also responsible for any
related duties as prescribed by the Judging Board
Chairperson.
O. The SPECIES MAINTENANCE COMMITTEE
shall be responsible for the continual education,
identification and propagation of wild Betta
species. The committee shall assemble and
maintain literature on wild Bettas and shall
maintain a composite listing of available Betta
species.
P. The JUNIOR MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE shall
be responsible for the development and
expansion of opportunities for junior membership
involvement in the activities of The Congress.
Q. The ARCHIVES COMMITTEE shall maintain the
Archives of The Congress for the purposes of
storing historical and current material concerning
the activities of The Congress. This committee
shall provide to any member copies of material
from the archives within thirty (30) days of
IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 13 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

receiving a written request for such material. This
committee shall be allowed to charge for the cost of
copying and mailing material at a rate to be set by the
Executive Committee. Upon appointment of a new
chairperson of the Archives Committee, the outgoing
chairperson shall within thirty (30) days transmit the
originals of all documents to the new chairperson with
the cost of the mailing to be borne by The Congress.
The Secretary shall transmit copies of all Presidential
Committee and Executive Reports and all other
written material available to the Secretary of The
Congress and its activities to the Chairperson of the
Archives Committee.



By-Law Article VIII
OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS OF THE CONGRESS


SECTION 1
FLARE!, ibcbettas.org, and the BetterBettas internet email
list and files section shall be the official publications of The
Congress. FLARE! shall be the print publication either on
paper and/or electronically. IBCbettas.org shall be the
official web site open to the public. The BetterBettas email
list shall be the official members-only email communication
list and the place where members may download official
publications. All official rules, standards, Constitution
and/or By-Law changes shall be published in FLARE! and
announced on the BetterBettas list. Any changes become
effective when announced on either of the publications.

SECTION 2
The format and content of FLARE! shall be the
responsibility of the Editor under the direction of the
Executive Board.

SECTION 3
The minutes, annual and interim reports of all meetings of
The Congress shall be published in the FLARE! within sixty
(60) days of receipt by the Editor.

SECTION 4
Current and/or past printed issues of FLARE! may be
requested by members and if available, will be sent to
those providing mailing costs.


By-Law Article IX
AMENDMENTS TO THE BY-LAWS


SECTION 1
Any member of The Congress may propose amendments
to these by-laws by submitting the same in writing to the
Constitution Committee Chairperson.

SECTION 2
The by-laws may be amended in one of the following ways:

By a two thirds (2/3) majority vote of all members
through mail-in ballots submitted not in conjunction
with an Annual Membership Business Meeting
(between Annual Membership Business Meetings).
This way can be used when time is important and
the Executive Board seeks membership
acceptance of an amendment. By-Laws
established by the Executive Board may be
overridden in this way.

By a two thirds (2/3) majority vote of all members
through mail-in ballots submitted in conjunction
with an Annual Membership Business Meeting,
plus the vote of IBC members at the applicable
Annual Membership Business Meeting who did not
submit mail-in ballots. By-laws established by the
Executive Board may be overridden in this way.

By a two-thirds (2/3) majority vote by the Executive
Board.

SECTION 3
In the event that time is an important factor, mail-in
ballots may be sent to all members. A two-thirds (2/3)
majority vote of approval by the responding members
shall constitute acceptance of an amendment.


By-Law Article X
FINANCIAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE
CONGRESS


SECTION 1
The Congress will adopt as a tax accounting period the
fiscal year beginning July 1 and terminating June 30. It
shall be the responsibility of the Treasurer to prepare
and file any tax return required by the Internal Revenue
Code.

SECTION 2
The Executive Board, previous IBC Treasurer (if not
reelected or continuing in office), and the chairpersons
of the IBC committees shall adopt a financial budget at
each year's convention for the next fiscal year. It shall
be the responsibility of all committee chairpersons and
officers to follow the guidelines of this budget. No
expense item that exceeds the amount set in the
budget by more than fifty dollars ($50) shall be
reimbursed by the Treasury without the prior approval
of the Executive Board. In order to obtain approval for
reimbursement of these amounts, the following steps
must be taken:

A. The person requesting the reimbursement must
send a written request to the Treasurer. This
request must contain (1) the reason the budget
was exceeded, (2) the amount of reimbursement
sought, (3) the time frame in which the monies will
be needed, and (4) the purpose for which the
funds will be utilized.
IBC Membership Handbook Section I (Part C)



Section I, Part C Page 14 of 14 IBC Constitution & By-Laws
Copyright 2005-2011 February 10, 2011

B. Upon receipt of a supplementary budget request, the
Treasurer shall within seven (7) days forward a copy
of the request to each member of the Executive Board
along with a ballot requesting approval/disapproval of
the supplementary budget request. A majority of
ballots received by the Treasurer postmarked no more
than fourteen (14) days after the date the ballots were
mailed shall determine the issue. The Treasurer shall
inform the involved member and the Executive Board
within seven (7) days of receiving the last returned
ballot of the result of the voting.

SECTION 3
All chairpersons and officers shall submit an itemized
accounting of all expenses and income on a monthly basis.
The IBC Treasurer shall be provided a sufficient receipt of
any expense exceeding ten dollars ($10). In order to
comply with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, all
income items shall be reported by distinguishing
between member versus nonmember sources. The
Treasurer shall upon receipt of a monthly accounting report:

A. Send expense drafts to members within seven (7)
days.
B. Update all financial records within fourteen (14) days.
C. Segregate income records so as to identify any
possible sources of unrelated business income.
D. Provide a regular Financial Report for each issue
of FLARE! .



By-Law Article XI
PARLIAMENTARY AND PARLIAMENTARIAN
AUTHORITY


SECTION 1
The President shall appoint a Parliamentarian for The
Congress and such appointment shall not be subject to
approval by the Executive Board.

SECTION 2
It shall be the duty of the Parliamentarian to offer
advice on matters of Parliamentary Law and procedure
to the President, the Executive Board, and to the
membership.


IBC Membership Handbook - Section I (Part D)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Section , Part D Page 1 of 2 How to Form a Chapter
Copyright 2005-2009
How to Form an IBC CHAPTER
(updated January 2010)


A minimum of 5 BC members in good standing in The Congress, who are not founding members
of an active chapter, may send a petition to the Chapters Committee requesting Chapter status.

The names of the members along with the name of their club shall be in the petition. The club's
name and initials cannot be in conflict with any other BC chapter.

Also in the petition will be the name of the contact person for the chapter, this person must be an
BC member. This person's name and email address will appear in FLARE! and on the
BetterBettas web site.

This member does not need to be an expert on the BC or on Bettas. They will respond to
questions dealing with their chapter. f they need help in answering questions, they can contact
the Chapters Chairperson or members of the Executive Board or Judging Board.

n accepting Chapter status from The Congress, the Chapter shall consent to comply with the
provisions of the Constitution, By-Laws, and Exhibition Standards of The Congress. Chapters are
run independently from the BC and they may prepare a constitution that will fit their own needs as
long as it does not conflict with the Constitution and By-Laws and/or Exhibition standards of The
Congress.


Benefits of Being a Chapter


A chapter may consist of both members and non-members of the BC. However, if you are an BC
member, you will receive the benefits listed below

1. Each member can join the BC Yahoo Group BetterBettas.

2. Each member can get a discount on reprints ordered from the Technical Assistance Library
and on sales items.

3. Each member can apply to become a certified Judge.

4. Each member can attend the BC Annual Membership Business Meeting.

5. Each member can run for the E-Board or J-Board (if a certified Judge).

6. Each member can be put on a Committee.

7. Each member receives their own copy of FLARE!, either electronically or by regular mail.
8. You may receive the "Chapter of the Year special recognition award.


IBC Membership Handbook - Section I (Part D)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Section , Part D Page 2 of 2 How to Form a Chapter
Copyright 2005-2009

FOR CHAPTER CHARTER



Send To: BC Chapters Committee Chairman (see current issue of FLARE for address)


We wish to form an BC Chapter:


Name of Chapter: ____________________________________________________________________________

Name of President: __________________________________________________________________________

Address: ___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

Email Address: ____________________________________________________________

Phone: (____)____________________________



Our current BC Members Are (minimum of 5):

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________






Signature: ________________________________________ Date: ___________________





IBC EXHIBITION STANDARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1 Show Manual

Chapter 1: About IBC Shows (7/15/2009)
Judging Areas
Judging Districts
Types of Shows
Award System
Point System
Fees

Chapter 2: Entering/Hosting Shows (rev 7/15/2010)
Types of Classes
How to Enter a Show
How to Host a Show
Photography Policy
Penalties
Show Logs

Section 2 Judges Manual

Chapter 3: IBC Judges (7/15/2010)
The Judging Board
Judges
How to Become a Judge
Code of Ethics for Judges
Apprentice Application (IBC Form 10)

Chapter 4: Judging Procedures (7/15/2010)
Preparation
Procedures During Judging
Disqualification
Rating (Scoring) an Entry
Judges Aid Sheet Example

Chapter 5: General Standards (rev 7/15/2010)
General Characteristics
General Faults
Addendum: Crowntail Standard (7/15/2005)
Addendum: Plakat Standards (7/15/2010)
Addendum: Shortfin Halfmoon (7/15/2009)

Chapter 6: Special Standards-Basis for Judging Color
(9/3/2004)
Categorization
Groups, Subgroups, Categories, Subcategories
Types, Subtypes
Judging Color

Chapter 7: Special Standards-Show Stock
Show Class A Single Colored (7/15/2007)
Show Class B Iridescent (rev 7/15/2008)
Show Class C Single Light Color (rev 7/15/2008)
Show Class D Bicolored (7/15/2006)
Show Class E Patterned (rev 7/15/2010)
Butterfly, Marble, Multicolor, Grizzled, Black Orchid
Includes Color Fault Summary for All Colors
Show Class K Metallic (7/15/2006) corrected
(7/15/2007)

Chapter 8: Special Standards- Wild Types
Part 1 (rev 7/15/2008)
Part 2 (7/15/2007)



Chapter 9: Special Standards-Exhibits (7/15/2006)
Grouped Bettas
Variation Bettas
Optional Exhibits

New Breeder Classes, Group B (7/16/2006)

Chapter 10: Show Class System (7/15/2007)

Doubletail Plakat Trial Class (7/15/2010)


Appendix

Show Class List Area 1 Only (7/15/2010)
Show Class List Area 2 Only (7/15/2010)
Show Class List Area 6 Only (7/15/2010)

Show Host Checklist IBC Form 2
Show Entry Form IBC Form 3 *
Show Sanction Request IBC Form 4
Show Results Report IBC Form 5
Show Financial Report IBC Form 6
Show Data Report IBC Form 7
Continuous Number Entry Log IBC Form 8
Class Entry Log IBC Form 9
Apprentice Application IBC Form 10
Judges Aid Sheet IBC Form 11
Revision Request IBC Form 12


Section 3 Judging Board Manual **

Chapter 11: J Board Guidelines
Authority
Organization
Managing the Board
Managing the Show System
Managing the Judge System
Managing the Standards System
Rules of Procedure








_____________________________________________________


* Area 6 Members Only: Please obtain your Show Entry
Form from a current issue of FLARE!

** Chapter 11 is distributed only to Judging Board Members
but will be made available to other IBC members upon
request to the Judging Board Chairperson.










Section 1 - Show ManuaI
CHAPTER 1: ABOUT IBC SHOWS

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 1, Effective 8/30/2003
Copyright 2005-2009 Page 1 of 4 Revised 7/15/2009





What is An IBC Show?

An nternational Betta Congress (BC) Siamese Fighting
Fish show (usually called a Betta Show) is a huge exhibit
of one of the most fascinating fish of the aquarium world.
Though the fish gained its popular name from the Sport of
the Orient, the BC does not condone the fighting of
Bettas. Thus an BC show is, in effect, a beauty contest.
Over the years, BC members have tremendously altered
the form and color of the fish through extensive selective
breeding. Today's Betta is a marvel of genetic
engineering; a product of many years of hard work by
hobbyists the world over. t is upon these variations that
the BC show system and judging rules are based.

Why Does IBC HoId Shows?

Just like at any animal show or State Fair, there are
ribbons and trophies to be had. But more importantly, BC
supports the show circuit because the competition
advances the development of the Betta genus as the
exhibitors seek to outdo each other in creating new Betta
forms and color variations. Of course, each exhibitor has
his own reasons: points, trophies, fame, or just plain fun.

What Are IBC Judging Areas?

The nternational Betta congress is divided into six
judging areas. This is done to aid in overcoming the
obvious problems of attempting to maintain a Betta show
system, which must contend with national postal systems,
airline connections, and language difficulties. These
Exhibition Standards serve as guidelines for members in
the areas. Each area may conduct its own, independent
show circuit for international point shows. The area
boundaries are not firmly fixed, nor do they prevent
exhibitors from showing their Bettas in areas outside that
of their residence.



What Are IBC Districts?

Each BC area may divide itself into districts. The benefit
of this is permitting still smaller geographical areas for
BC shows. The map in Figure 2 is a breakdown of North
America, which is included in Area 1.



Why Different Types of Shows?

t is simply not feasible for some groups of people to host
very large shows, so the BC has created several
different kinds (sizes basically) to allow everyone a
chance to put on a show. The BC show year begins 1
July following the annual General Convention (normally
near the end of June), and concludes with the following
year's General Convention.

DISTRICT LEVEL SHOWS

The IBC Certified Show: The Certified Show is the
smallest of the four types of shows. t contains two, four,
or six classes and is ideal for an aquarium society to hold
in conjunction with their annual general aquarium show. t
allows them to receive official BC sanctioning for their
efforts, which is not available for just the typical Betta
exhibit or section of most aquarium shows. Naturally, a
Certified Show receives the fewest number of fish from
areas outside the city in which it occurs. Generally a local
event, 10 to 30 fish can be expected in this type of show.
There is no limit to the number of Certified Shows that
may be held in a year. See the BC Show Classes list in
Chapter 10.

The IBC District Show: The District Show is the next
largest, but still a modest size show. Fish from all over
the BC area can be expected, but most will come from
the district in which the show is held. Expect 50-150 fish.
There is no limit on the number of District Shows in a
year; however, none can be held on the same weekend
as another district or area show scheduled in the same
BC District. A District Show consists of a dozen or so
divisions, though the number may vary slightly year to
year. (See the current list of official BC Show Divisions
found in Chapter 10).

AREA LEVEL SHOWS

The IBC InternationaI Show: The BC nternational
Show is the largest of the normal shows held throughout
the year. Entries typically number 300-500 and are
received from all districts in the area including some from
other countries. The term nternational Show and the
term Area Show are synonymous, though the latter is
rarely used. There is no limit on the number of
nternational Shows that may be held in each Area within
Section 1 - Show ManuaI
CHAPTER 1: ABOUT IBC SHOWS

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 1, Effective 8/30/2003
Copyright 2005-2009 Page 2 of 4 Revised 7/15/2009





one year. However, they must not occur within two weeks
of another show in the same area, or on the same
weekend as a District Show previously scheduled in the
same district. An area show is given preference within a
district. Exhibits consist of the same divisions found in the
District Show, but with a further breakdown into the many
separate competition classes, the exact number often
varying from year to year. (See the current list of official
BC Show Divisions and Classes in Chapter 10).

Watch out for weather probIems: nternational shows
shall not be held during November 15 through March 15
in the Northern Hemisphere since the potential for severe
winter impact on fish entries is great during these times.
Special attention must be taken to protect Bettas shown
in very hot weather as well as very cold weather.

The IBC Convention Shows: A Convention is always
held concurrently with the annual membership meeting of
the BC. Convention shows typically number 600-1000
entries from around the globe. Each BC area may
choose to hold its own area convention show. However,
only one Area may host the General Convention (in place
of its Area Convention).

There may be three types of Conventions:

The BC Convention is held on behalf of all BC
members. There is a maximum of one per year. t
contains the same class structure as the
nternational Show, with the addition of optional fish
and non-fish classes for art, crafts, and such.
Convention shows are usually the largest and are
normally the last shows of that area's show cycle.

The BC Area Convention optionally, one may be
held for the members of an area. There is a
maximum of one per area, each year. The same
classes are used as that area's nternational Shows
or as the BC Convention.

The BC District Convention may be held for
members of a district, though it is not mandatory.
These contain the same class structure as a District
Show, but may include optional and non-fish classes
as desired by the host.

AWARDS

DISTRICT LEVEL YEAR END CHAMPIONSHIPS

DISTRICT DIVISION CHAMPIONS: The exhibitors with
the highest number of points gained in each division in
Certified, District, and District Convention Shows within
each district that holds at least two such shows becomes
that district's Division Champions.
DISTRICT GRAND CHAMPION: The exhibitor with the
highest number of total points gained in Certified, District,
and District Convention shows within each district that
holds at least two such shows becomes that districts
Grand Champion. Any special awards for these
exhibitors are up to the members of that district. The
District Division and Grand Champions may or may not
reside in the district.

INTERNATIONAL YEAR END CHAMPIONSHIPS

InternationaI CIass Champions: The exhibitor with the
highest number of class points gained in each of the
classes presented at nternational and General/Area
Convention shows will be recognized as the nternational
Class Champion for each respective class within each
Area.

InternationaI Variety Champions: The exhibitors with
the highest number of points gained in each variety
presented at nternational and General/Area Convention
shows will be recognized as the nternational Variety
Champions for each respective variety within each Area.

InternationaI Grand Champion: The exhibitor with the
highest number of total points gained in all nternational
and General/Area Convention shows will be recognized
as the nternational Grand Champion within each area.

InternationaI Top 20: Exhibitors with total points gained
from nternational and General/Area Convention shows
ranking 2 through 20 will be recognized for same within
each Area.


PRESENTATION OF AWARDS

For An IndividuaI Show: The method of award
presentation to those present at a show is up to the show
committee. t is common to have an awards banquet
where the results are read and awards presented. The
official announcement is publication of the results in
FLARE. For winners who are unable to attend the show,
awards will be sent through the mail.

For the YearIy Awards: The BC holds an awards
banquet at every Convention. At that time the awards for
the Convention Show itself are presented by the show
committee and will be followed by the BC yearly awards.
Areas and districts may hold such award banquets as
desired. BC year-end awards are presented by the
Chairman and Registrar of the Judging Board (General
Convention); the Area Representative (Area Convention);
or District Representative (District Convention).



GENERAL CONVENTION AWARDS

InternationaI CIass Championships: One for each
class, labeled such as: Red Singletail Male Class
Champion 2006-2007.

Section 1 - Show ManuaI
CHAPTER 1: ABOUT IBC SHOWS

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 1, Effective 8/30/2003
Copyright 2005-2009 Page 3 of 4 Revised 7/15/2009





InternationaI Variety Championships

One Variety Championship award for each Variety.

One Warren Young MemoriaI trophy - the award
for exhibitor who won the most Best of Show points
during the show year

One President's trophy - or plaque is given to the
exhibitor who wins the most points at the convention
show and is usually presented by the BC President.

One Grand Champion trophy - award for the
exhibitor with the greatest total of nternational show
points within a show year.

Top 20 - the 2
nd
through 20
th
exhibitors ranked by
respective nternational show point totals for a show
year. The top 10 to receive plaques, 11 through 20
to receive premium certificates of merit.

Convention Show Awards: One award for each of the
first, second, and third place winners of the Convention
show classes, and one award for each of the first,
second, and third place winners of the New Breeders
class.

One award for each of the Best of Variety winners, male
and female.

One award each for the Best of Show male and female
winners out of the Convention show classes, and one
award each for the Best of Show male and female
winners out of the New Breeders show classes.

POINTS

District Points: District level points are tallied by the
District Representative unless there is none in that
district. Alternatively the BC Judging Board Registrar will
maintain the point tally.

From a Certified Show - points are counted only
towards the District Variety Championships.

From a District Show - points count for District
Variety and Grand Championships.

From a District Convention Show - These also
count toward the District Variety and Grand
Championship awards.

InternationaI Points: nternational level points are
tallied by the Registrar of the Judging Board for all areas.

From an InternationaI Show points count toward the
BC nternational Class, Variety, and Grand
Championship/Top 20 awards.

From a GeneraI or Area Convention Show points
also count towards the nternational, Class, Variety,
and Grand Championship/Top 20 awards.

For the most Best of Show points BC gives a special
award to the person who gets the highest total of Best of
Show bonus points in nternational and General/Area
Convention shows. This award is known as The Warren
Young MemoriaI Award in honor of one of the early
great Betta breeders.

AWARD POINT SUMMARY

Points are given for: 1
st
2
nd
3
rd

Certified 20 10 5
District 20 10 5
nternational 20 10 5
District Convention 30 15 10
Area Convention 30 15 10
BC Convention 30 15 10

Notes:
1. Certified Show points count for District Variety
Championships only; not toward nternational Variety
Championships.
2. District Show and Convention points count for District
Variety and Grand Championships.
3. nternational Show, Area and BC Convention points
count for nternational Class, Variety and Grand
Championships/Top 20. There are separate Class
Championships for New Breeders.
4. The Best of Show (BOS) male and female each
receive a bonus according to the scale shown below.
BOS points count toward the Warren Young award
and Grand Champion/Top 20. Best of Variety male
and female count toward Class, Variety and Grand
Championships/Top 20. New Breeder BOS male
and female count toward New Breeder Class
Championships. District and Certified BOS count
toward District Grand Champion.
5. f two or more exhibitors show together, the points
may not be later separated (nor later combined)
during a show year.
6. Members of the same family or household may show
together.
7. Two or more individuals not of the same household
may show as a team, but are not eligible for the
Class, Variety, Grand Championships/Top 20, or
Warren Young Award.

BEST OF SHOW BONUS

The following bonus points will be applied where
applicable:

For InternationaI Point Shows
Group A:
Best of Show Male/Female: 100

Best of Variety Male/Female: 40
Section 1 - Show ManuaI
CHAPTER 1: ABOUT IBC SHOWS

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 1, Effective 8/30/2003
Copyright 2005-2009 Page 4 of 4 Revised 7/15/2009





New Breeder Group B:
For InternationaI Show
Best of Show Male/Female: 40

For GeneraI/Area Convention Point Shows
Group A:
Best of Show Male/Female: 125

Best of Variety Male/Female: 60


New Breeder Group B:
For GeneraI/Area Convention Show
Best of Show Male/Female: 60


For District Point Shows:

Best of Show Male/Female: 40


For Certified Point Shows:

Best of Show 40

FEES

There are three types of fees:

Show Sanction Fee: The amount charged the host
club by BC for approving a show.

Show Entry Fee: The amount charged an entrant by
the host for showing his or her fish.

Judge's Fee: The amount paid to the judge for his or
her services. (See Chapter 2)

The current show sanctioning and show entry fee
schedule is set forth in the List of Show Classes in
Exhibition Standards - Section 2 - Judge's Manual -
Chapter 10.

Notes:
1. All sanction fees are sent to the BC Judging Board
Chairperson or his/her designee along with the
sanction request. Sanction fees must be paid
BEFORE the show is officially sanctioned.
Requested show dates may be reserved for 10 days
by sending an e-mail message to the BC Judging
Board Chairman or his designee identifying the club,
type of show, and the date requested. The sanction
fee must be received within 10 days after the date on
the email message or the date will no longer be
reserved for that club and will become available for
any other club. BC will forward sanction fees from
district level shows to the District Representative. f
there is no Area or District Representative, the funds
shall be forwarded to BC to be managed until such
times as an Area/District Representative has been
elected. At that time the BC will forward these funds
to the appropriate representative.

2. The host club may set any value for an entry fee at
or higher than the minimum provided that any
amount different from the "typical $2.00 is well
advertised. f not noted otherwise in show
advertisements, entrants will assume the "typical
value is correct.



Auction Fund Distribution for Show Entries

Funds obtained by host clubs from auction sales will be
split between the owners of the items sold and the host
club or other designated agency.

Special auction items (non-fish items or non-entered fish)
are not restricted to the splits shown below and will be set
by the show host as desired.

Unless otherwise advertised, money from auction of show
entries will be on a 75% to the exhibitor, 25% to the show
host basis. Money for special auction items may be split
50% exhibitor/50% show host.

The income spIit for aII auction items incIuding show
entries for auction at aII IBC Conventions is 50/40/10
between the exhibitors, IBC, and the host cIub
respectiveIy, provided the host cIub handIes the
auction. If the host cIub does not wish to conduct the
GeneraI Convention Auction they must notify the IBC
Judging Board Chairperson at Ieast 30 days in
advance of the auction date, in which case the
auction wiII be 50% to the exhibitor and 50% to IBC.

IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 1 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010

TYPES OF EXHIBITION CLASSES

IBC sanctions and promotes shows to display beautiful
bettas. There are two groups of classes in an IBC
sanctioned show.

Group A: Regular classes are for IBC members. This
group includes Individual and Family from Areas 1
through 6, Teams, Chapters and Commercial entrants.

An Individual entrant is defined as one (1) person raising
bettas in one fish room. An Individual may occasionally
have help from one (1) other individual. Instances where
another person comes in to feed the fish while the
Individual is on vacation are acceptable for Individual
entrants.

Family entrants are defined as spouses, parents and
children, or siblings living in the same household and
raising bettas in one (1) fish room.

YEAR END AWARDS are reserved for individual and
single household betta hobbyists.

TEAM entrants are defined as two (2) or more non-family
members (see Family definition above) working out of
one (1) or more fish rooms. TEAM entries are ineligible
for year end awards.

CHAPTER entrants are defined as two (2) or more
members of the same IBC Chapter working out of two (2)
or more fish rooms. CHAPTER entries are ineligible for
year end awards.

COMMERCIAL entrants are defined as any person(s)
whose primary income comes from the sale of tropical
fish, including bettas. This group does not include betta
hobbyists who sell bettas on Internet auction sites, on
their personal websites, through ads, or to local pet
stores. COMMERCIAL entries are ineligible for year end
awards.

A betta OWNER (sometimes referred to as collector)
is a person who owns a fish but did not breed it him or
herself. These fish may be entered in a show, but only as
a team entry with the breeder. See ETHICS OF
SHOWING below. While breeders own their fish, they
are referred to as BREEDERS.

ALL entrants must:
1. Be IBC members in good standing; and
2. Should have bred and raised the entered bettas or
provide written credit to the breeder at the time of
showing. Points earned exhibiting other breeders
fish are not eligible for "end-of-year" points.

Group B: New Breeders classes are for any new
breeder just starting out showing bettas. New Breeder
Entrants may:

1. Show in the these classes for two (2) show seasons.
2. Choose not to be an IBC member for the first season
of competition. After that first season the entrant
must become an IBC member to continue to show in
IBC shows. At the end of the second season, the
member must show in Group A: Regular classes.
3. Choose to show in Group A with fish they have bred
and raised, in which case they permanently lose
eligibility to show in the New Breeders classes.
4. As a new IBC member showing for the first time,
exhibit fish they did not breed in Group A. These will
be considered team entries (see ETHICS OF
SHOWING below). As they develop their own
breeding program they may also show in Group B
within the same year.
5. Exhibit fish in Group A: Division F Wild Types without
losing eligibility to show in the NEW BREEDERS
classes.
6. Win a NEW BREEDER Class Championship, but will
become permanently ineligible to enter Group B by
winning three (3) or more Class Championships
within the same show year.

Each of these two (2) groups of classes will have their
own show awards, including Best of Show awards for
males and females. Group A also has Best of Variety for
males and females. Entrants in groups A and B will
accumulate points toward year-end awards for each class
within that group. The exhibitors who accumulate the
most points in each Variety in Group A during the show
season will be proclaimed Variety Champions for that
group at the annual IBC Convention at the end of the
show season. The exhibitors in Group A will also
accumulate total points during the show season and a
Grand Champion and Top 20 will be proclaimed at the
annual IBC Convention at the end of the show season.

ETHICS OF SHOWING

The IBC has long felt that bettas shown in an IBC show
should be bred by the entrant or shown with credit given
to the breeder. The IBC feels that just buying a fish to
show it does not promote the betta hobby. In accordance
with the IBC Code of Ethics it is the policy of Area One (1)
that all bettas entered in Area One (1) sanctioned shows
must be bred and raised by the entrant unless clearly
stated otherwise. The IBC considers it unethical for
entrants to exhibit bettas that are not bred and raised by
them in IBC sanctioned shows, unless written credit is
given to the breeder at the time of showing. If an exhibitor
chooses to enter a betta that was not bred and raised by
him or her, the following procedure is required. On the
Official Show Entry Form (IBC Form 3), in the
Label/Remarks column, the exhibitor should enter the
Breeders name followed by his/her own name separated
by a slash (/). Example: Bob Johnson/Joyce Miller would
indicate that the breeder was Bob Johnson and the
exhibitor is Joyce Miller. The breeder's name must always
be listed first and such an entry is classified as a Team
Entry. Points earned in that show will be tabulated under
the Johnson/Miller Team name.

IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 2 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010

ENTERING A SHOW

Finding Out When a Show Will Be Held: The official
IBC journal, FLARE!, publishes a list of the current shows
planned for the year. Additionally, the IBC website
located at http://www.ibcbettas.org also provides a list of
shows. The Chairperson and Registrar of the Judging
Board maintain a list of the shows. FLARE! and the IBC
web site provide such information as the mail-in address,
phone numbers for the Show Chairperson, etc.

Cataloging Your Entries: The Official Show Entry Form
(IBC Form 3) is found in the Appendix. Updated versions
are provided via FLARE! as changes in classes or the
Exhibition Standards occur. It can be easily copied for
use and is reasonably self-explanatory. While Class Help
is always an option, the Judging Board strongly
recommends all entrants classify entries themselves. Be
sure to mark the fish bags with an identifying number and
include that number on the entry form. It would be
advisable to keep a copy of the completed entry form so if
problems arise, there will be an accurate record.
Remember to specify names for Wild and Variation
entries. ALL ENTRY FEES AND RETURN POSTAGE
MUST ACCOMPANY ENTRIES OR FISH WILL NOT BE
SHOWN. CONTACT THE SHOW CHAIR AND
CONFIRM WHETHER PAYPAL IS A PAYMENT
OPTION BEFORE SHIPPING FISH. DO NOT ASSUME
ALL CHAPTERS ARE ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE
PAYPAL AS A METHOD OF PAYMENT.

Bagging and Boxing Fish: Use about a third of a cup of
water; more is okay if there is room for a lot of air in the
bag. Remember that extra water means additional
postage. Bag the fish so the bag stays inflated and tie a
knot in the bag itself, sealing the bag as tightly as
possible. Rubber bands are not allowed. A general rule
of thumb is that the bag when tied off should be 1/3
water, and 2/3 air. Put a label or write on the bag
identifying the fish, using a waterproof marker. Bags can
leak during shipping, making the identifying label or mark
illegible. Then place another bag on the outside of this
one with the opening on the opposite end from the interior
bag. Tie the outer bag off also and label it too. This is
called double bagging and is the required method for
shipping fish. Single bagging can often lead to leaking,
collapsing of the bag, etc., which can kill fish. Fish need
two types of insulation: one to insulate from temperature
and one to insulate from shock. Styrofoam serves both
purposes nicely, so it is a good material to use to line the
shipping box. Make sure the bags cannot be punctured.
Before sealing the box, include the entry form, entry fees,
return postage, and bags (if the fish are to be returned).
DOUBLE CHECK!!! Be sure to include enough bags to
be used for double-bagging for the return trip. Seal the
box well and mark it Live Tropical Fish, or perishable,
depending upon shipping methods. It is wise to check
postal regulations, especially if shipping to another IBC
Judging Area.

Mailing Your Fish: Express Mail or Priority Mail with
overnight delivery is recommended.

Reporting Problems: By chance if something has gone
terribly awry, contact the Show Chairman for resolution.
The Judging Board Chair may be contacted as well. The
Judging Board will address all formal complaints.

COMMON ENTRANT ERRORS

Do fill out the entry form completely and accurately.
Place entry form and entry/return postage money in a
separate, sealed bag for protection. A large Ziploc-type
bag is suggested.
Do double bag your fish.
Do send bags for the fish to be returned in, with a
minimum size of 4 x 12 inches.
Do send plants if showing wild type bettas. Send plants in
a separate bag from the fish.
Do not fill the bags completely with water.
Do not label fish bags with water-soluble ink.
Do not put more than one betta in a single bag.
Do not expect single bagging to be sufficient.
Do not feed your fish for 24 hours before shipping.
Do not expect auction fish to sell for prices higher than
$10. If they do, that is wonderful, but a sale price of $3 is
more likely.
Do not ship fish to the show too late. Three (3) days in
advance is best.
Do not ship fish in colored (i.e. green, amber, blue)
water.
Do not ship fish in bags smaller than 4 x 12 inches.

HOSTING A SHOW

Before Contacting IBC: It is best to determine what
type of show to host and decide who will be Show
Chairman before requesting a show. It is also advisable
to thoroughly read the rules for hosting a show and
discuss all of the many details with chapter members. A
very useful guide, Hosting an IBC Show, by Ron Neal
and Paul and Aurelia Ogles is available through the IBC
Technical Assistance Committee.

Submitting a Request: IBC sanctioned shows are
awarded to IBC Chapters and other groups or individuals
when requested. To apply, submit a letter of request (IBC
Form 4) to the Chairman of the Judging Board or his/her
designee specifying the type of show desired and the
preferred date. Include the name, address, and phone
number of the Show Chairman, and the name of the
Judge. It is wise to indicate an alternate date or alternate
type of show. The Judging Board Chairman will give
official notice of acceptance. Chapters may request one
International show date for the first half of the show year
and one International show date for the second half of the
show year. The first half of the show year begins
immediately after the IBC Convention show in June and
extends through mid-November. The second half of the
show season begins in mid-March and extends through
the IBC Convention show in June.
IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 3 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010


IBC Chapters will be given preference over groups and
individuals for any show date that has not been assigned.

Paying the Sanction Fee: All shows require a sanction
fee, which is to be paid in full WITH the application. The
Chairperson of the Judging Board will NOT grant a
sanction until the fee is paid. Requested show dates may
be reserved for 10 days by sending an e-mail message to
the IBC Judging Board Chairman or his designee
identifying the requester, type of show, and the date
requested. The Sanction Fee must be received within 10
days after the date on the e-mail message or the date will
no longer be reserved and will become available for any
other requester. If the requested date/type of show is not
available, the sanction fee will be returned to the
requester. After the show year starts on July 1st, no
refund will be made for canceled shows.

Holding a Show: In the Appendix is a checklist for a
show host to use when preparing and hosting a show.
Check off each item where appropriate. The checklist
also contains many valuable considerations. It is
advisable to review additional material available in the
Technical Assistance Library. Also, there are many IBC
Chapters with much experience with show hosting. Do
not hesitate to contact these clubs to ask for advice and
mentoring. The first-hand, practical information they can
provide will be invaluable to a new club embarking on
hosting a show for the first time. Here is a preview of the
checklist.

Arranging a Date, Location, and Judge: Be sure that
the host chapter and the IBC Certified Judge clearly
understand what will and what will not be provided to the
judge free of charge. It is customary for the host club to
provide at least the judges meals and lodging.

Announcing Your Show: To host a successful show, it
is important to insure that all IBC members in the host
area are informed of the show date and location.
Obviously, FLARE! and the IBC web site are the ideal
mediums. Where possible, use the local media, flyers,
newspapers, radio, and television to advertise your
show. Provide as much information as possible in the
sanctioning request letter. Be sure to let people know if
AUCTION ONLY fish will or will not be accepted.

The number of fish entries in any International show
in Regular classes is limited to 50 per entrant, not to
exceed 60 total fish entered. The number of fish
entries in the annual IBC Convention show will be
limited to 60 per entrant, not to exceed 70 total fish
entered.

SUBMIT IBC FORM 4

Submit IBC Form 4 at least 90 days in advance of the
show. If FLARE! is not scheduled to be published in time,
the host must send the information to the IBC web site,
and send notices to all active exhibitors in the Area. The
Registrar of the Judging Board will have the most current
list of active exhibitors.

Plan the Physical Requirements: The show checklist
outlines the many things needed to host a successful
show. Carefully gather all of these things ahead of time.
This very important step will save a lot of last-minute
running around.

1. Use half-gallon size bowls or plastic 4x4x8 Beanie
Baby containers, three quarters full of de-chlorinated
water, both with flat non-distorting fronts and smooth
rims. The Chairman of the Judging Board may
approve deviations.
2. Plan for Wild Type bettas (non-Splendens): Use
gallon size bowls or small aquariums for larger
species. Provide tight covers. Plastic wrap with a
rubber band and air hole is usually adequate, since
many of these types are prone to jump when
disturbed. All species betas will be shown in a
container holding at least one gallon of water and a
secure cover. The sexes will be separated either by
using separate containers or a secure divider.
3. Black classes shall be provided with a white
background. All others shall have a black
background.
4. Place separator cards between all bowls.

Plan the Labor Requirements: Depending on the show
location, size, and set up, a small number of helpers may
be adequate, or an army of workers may be required. Do
not underestimate the time it takes to fill 300 bowls with
water and move them around. Watch out for the gee, its
great the show is over, guess Ill go home syndrome to
hit as soon as the auction ends.

Plan the Financial Requirements: Many chapters
hesitate to host IBC International Shows because of the
imagined cost. It can be costly IF not properly planned.
Do not promise the Judge more than the chapter can
afford. Do not dream of presenting costly awards outside
the chapter's ability to pay. Do actively seek sponsors
from among IBC, the aquarium trade companies, and the
local community.

Plan the Awards: This is an item that can make or break
a show financially and ruin a chapter's reputation if not
handled properly. At the very least, you are required to
provide the following minimum awards:

ALL SHOWS: Certificates, at least, must be given to
the First, Second, and Third place winners in all
Classes (all Divisions for District Shows).

INTERNATIONAL SHOWS: Four awards: Best of
Show Male and Female for Groups A and B. Eight
awards for Best of Variety Male and Female. These
latter awards may be Certificates.

DISTRICT SHOWS: Two Awards: Best of Show
Male and Female
IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 4 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010


CERTIFIED SHOWS: One Award: Best of Show

CONVENTIONS: Same as International Shows.

INVITED JUDGE: It is customary to present the
Invited Judge with a certificate or plaque that can be
kept as a memento of the event.

SHOWTIME

Receiving Mail-ins and Registering Entrants: Be sure
to have a logbook system (or computer software
program) ready well before the show period begins so it
can be used early for the registering of mail-in entries. A
good logbook system will save time and headaches.

Host entries should be registered first. This is
particularly true of the person who will receive the mail-in
entries. Thus it is suggested that the person receiving
mail-ins be permitted to register their entries as soon as
possible. This is an ethical point that the IBC presumes
host clubs recognize and will comply with on their own
initiative. Host Clubs may set entry deadlines. These
must be well advertised via the BetterBettas group site,
the IBC website, and/or FLARE!. Host clubs may also
accept entries to just prior of the judging. This is at the
discretion of the host club. Whichever policy is being
practiced, it must be extended to all potential exhibitors.
No entries are to be accepted after the judging starts.

Make sure the individual receiving fish has a way to be
notified when mail-ins arrive. Open the boxes
immediately to check the health of the fish. Note any
problems. Determine if the fish require any special care if
they have been subjected to improper mail handling. It
would be wise to telephone or e-mail entrants if any
unusual problems are encountered. Fish should be in
their bowls as early as possible before the show starts.
24 hours prior is ideal. Exceptions to this may be caused
by postal delay or other extenuating circumstances.
Entries should not be mailed more than three (3) days
before a show, particularly without the show host being
contacted. Entrants should not expect the host club to
offer special treatment such as custom water and
chemical mixes. If you get fish early, jar them. In all
cases, bettas must not be kept in sealed bags for more
than 48 hours after you receive them. Keep the water
temperature between 75 and 82 degrees.

Fish that arrive dead may be discarded unless the owner
has specifically indicated that they wish dead fish to be
returned to them. The entry fee for a fish dead on arrival
is to be refunded.

Upon receiving a mail-in entry, register the fish as they
are received and check for the entry fee payment, return
postage payment, and any special instructions. A friendly
phone call will usually result in the resolution of any
disputes concerning payment of entry fees or return
postage.

Here are some of the reasons fish die during shows,
so keep your eyes open:

1. Not having sufficient water, either in quantity or
quality.
2. Damage from someone visiting the show, placing
something in the water, knocking the bowl off the
shelf, etc. Crowd control is important.
3. Not providing proper heat control. If the weather at
the location of the show is severe, fish should not be
returned through mail or commercial shipper, unless
requested by the owner, until it is safe to do so.
4. Postal delays.
5. Fish arrive in ill health. Check over the fish when they
arrive and note any problems.
6. Improper handling by the airlines or postal service.
7. Improper bagging and/or boxing of the fish by the
host club or the entrant.

Benching the Fish: Ideally, the show room and bowls
should be set up at least one day in advance so that the
water in the bowls has sufficient time to adjust. Check
the chlorine level in the bowls before adding fish and de-
chlorinate if necessary. Fish must be benched in CLEAR
water. If fish were shipped in medicated water that is
discolored, be sure to do a complete water change so
that water during the show is clear. Wild types can be
benched with plants and/or peat moss in their bowls.
Fish should be placed in containers and labeled as soon
as it is practical to do so. Make sure the Variations and
Wild Type entries are properly marked with the entrants
required label. The fish that require Judges Help for
classification should be kept together in one location with
temporary bowl identification labels.

Feeding the Fish: Normally, the host club does not feed
the fish. However, the host is expected to determine if an
unusually lengthy delay has or will occur before the fish
get home, and feed accordingly. If the fish are fed,
change the water if it clouds up.

Supporting the Judge: The Judge is responsible for
providing his or her own flashlight, straws, clipboard, and
any other tool s/he uses for judging. The host club should
provide the judge with an assistant to aid him or her in
recording the bowl/entry numbers of the winners and aid
in clearing up any registration or classification problems.
It is always wise to have a copy of the Standards handy.
The Show Chairman should make every effort to insure
that entrants or visitors do not disturb the Judge. It is a
matter of courtesy to assist the Judge in obtaining
refreshments when requested.

Announcing the Winners: After the judging is
completed, the Show Chairman may choose to keep the
winners a secret until a special ceremony or banquet, or,
if desired, may immediately make the results public. It is
proper to mark the bowls with some sort of sticker or
ribbon to indicate winners once the announcement event
is complete.
IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 5 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010


CONDUCTING AN AUCTION

Auctions are held following most betta shows and, unless
announced otherwise, most entrants will assume one will
be held. If done properly, an auction and any associated
raffles can be a big financial bonus for the host club. The
IBC rules exist to provide some control and safeguards
over the auctions due to their complexity, and to provide
exhibitors and buyers balanced opportunities to profit
from them. Particular care is necessary to avoid losses
or misidentification of fish and ineffective management of
records and money. You should always remember what
the PARTICIPANTS expect.

The Buyers:
1. Expect the auction fish to be available for preview
before the auction starts.
2. Expect the auction to start at the announced time
and to proceed as efficiently and quickly as possible.
3. Expect to check out reasonably quickly and
painlessly.
4. Expect to get the exact fish they paid for.

The Sellers:
1. Expect their fish to be given an even chance with the
others, meaning they expect their fish NOT to be
publicly faulted by the auctioneer. Badmouthing an
auction item is not proper technique. Promoting an
auction items assets is expected. However, if asked
an OBJECTIVE question, the auctioneer is expected
to provide an honest answer as best as can be
discerned.
2. Expect their fish to sell for a reasonable price.
3. Expect fish not sold to be returned unless they
indicate otherwise.
4. Expect to receive their share of the auction money
promptly and with an accounting of the fish sold and
the sale prices. Sellers will often donate the amount
to the host club as a helpful gesture.

A show entry may not be sold for less than the
minimum set by the owner, or $3 per fish if no
minimum was set.

The Guidelines and Techniques are: A unique sticker
should be affixed to show bowls for fish that will be
auctioned. Effective 7/11/2005, this can be done when
benching before Judging. A special table may be
provided to hold Auction Only fish. There should be
identifying Auction Numbers on the Auction Only fish. An
Auction Committee should be appointed to handle the
auction and to work out the procedures ahead of time.

They will need to consider and/or have the following:
1. One or more Auctioneers
2. A Recorder to look up names of the breeders and to
record sales
3. Runners to aid the Auctioneer and to deliver fish to
the baggers
4. Baggers to quickly remove the sold fish from their
bowls
5. A Cashier to accept payment
6. The auction should be well publicized and open to
the public.
7. Exhibitors and other participants may place fish and
other items up for auction. The number may be
limited depending on the time available.
8. Paired entries will be sold as a unit, not separately.
9. The Show Chairman is required to withhold fish from
an auction if they are in ill health.
10. Any betta entered into the show as an auction fish
cannot be withdrawn from the auction (except for #9
above).
11. Unsold auction fish will become property of the host
club unless return postage is included with the entry
fees.

Note for General Convention Auctions: The host
club conducts the General Convention Auction with
help from other IBC members. If the host club does
not wish to conduct the General Convention Auction,
the club must notify the IBC Judging Board Chairman
at least 30 days in advance of the auction date.

RETURNING THE FISH AND THE AWARDS

The owner should receive mailed fish within 6 days of the
closing date of the show, the sooner the better.
Exhibitors should understand that their fish might not be
mailed back on Monday following the show because there
are sometimes large numbers of fish boxes to be shipped
by the host club. Some of the fish may be mailed back on
the following Tuesday. Holidays, postal strikes, airline
strikes, and severe weather are valid reasons for delaying
the return. It is imperative that fish be sent home in
clean, fresh water.

The packing of fish for the return mailing must duplicate,
as close as possible, the packing of arrival. If the owner
provides bags, boxes, etc, these should be used. If the
host club furnishes any bags, good judgment in selecting
the type of bags is required. Bags should be roomy and
strong enough to prevent tearing or bursting during
shipping. Double-bagging of 1-mil bags is required, and
adequate water and air space, depending on the size of
the fish, is a must. A Waterproof Marker should be used
to label the bags. Awards such as trophies, plaques, etc.
with sharp points and edges must NOT be sent in the
same box as the fish. Ribbons, certificates or any other
paper awards can be added to the fish box as long as
they are placed in a waterproof bag or container. A copy
of the entrant's entry form with information about fish
placings, and/or a print out of the entire show results
(even if the results are preliminary), should also be
included.

If a club chooses to return fish by some method other
than that specified by the exhibitor, the club must get the
prior permission from the exhibitor. If a club returns fish
by a more costly method than that provided by the
IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 6 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010

exhibitorfor example, one-day express mail rather than
two-day priority mailwithout the prior consent of the
exhibitor, then the club must pay the difference in the
cost.

The entrants are to notify the host clubs if the returned
fish or the awards, auction checks, etc. do not arrive
promptly. The Chairman of the Judging Board should be
notified if problems are not resolved. Returning the fish
improperly or in poor health is the single biggest area of
complaint from show entrants. Such actions can ruin a
clubs reputation overnight. The cause is usually
excessive delay in returning the fish, poor bagging, and/or
allowing awards to damage the fish.

SPECIAL ATTENTION: the Judging Board considers
the proper and prompt return of entrants fish,
awards, and auction funds to be a top priority of the
Show Chairperson. Thus, the Board will seriously
consider appropriate action against an organization
or individual who fails to diligently implement this
procedure.

REPORTING RESULTS OF THE SHOW - A show is not
over until the final paperwork is done. Sample Show
Reports are found in the back of these Standards.

WITHIN 2 DAYS, preliminary show results are to be
posted on the Internet using the IBC web site and/or the
BetterBettas group site.

Return all show entrants fish with copies of the
preliminary show results and their entry form with winning
places information on the first or second postal day
following the show.

WITHIN 10 DAYS
1. Refund entry fees to entrants for fish that arrived
dead or for fish that were too sick to enter (refunds
are not required for fish that die after they are
entered and benched). Also refund entry fees to
entrants for fish that arrived too late to enter.
2. Return any awards and auction money that is due to
the entrants and a letter of explanation for any
problems.
3. Send the following to the Judging Board Chairperson
and Registrar of the Judging Board:
A copy of the official results for updating
point totals.
A letter explaining any special problems.
The current Show Data Report as directed
by the Judging Board from show year to
show year.
4. Send a copy of the official show results to the Editor
of FLARE!, Judging Board Registrar, Judging Board
Chairman, and Webmaster of the IBC Website for
publication.

A show log should be kept.

Need help? The Chair and the Members of the Judging
Board are specifically charged with helping Show Chairs
do their job efficiently. The names, addresses, and
phone numbers of the current Judging Board Chair and
Members can be found in FLARE! and on the IBC web
site. Show Chairmen for either International or District
Shows are automatically members of a Judging Board
committee for the current show year. The Chairman of
the Judging Board should be consulted for a temporary
ruling on a situation not covered by these Standards.

RULES FOR PHOTOGRAPHY OF SHOW FISH

NOTE: Designated IBC or Chapter representatives
may take photographs of fish in their bowls for IBC or
Chapter use.


1. Photographers must report to the show committee
with requests.
2. Photography of bettas is allowed at shows with
ordinary cameras if fish are not moved from benches
or bowls.
3. The host club may request, but not require, that
copies of good pictures be supplied to the club.
4. The host club must check entry forms. There is a
check off box on the show entry form where entrants
may indicate that they do not want their fish
photographed.
5. The host club must provide special markings on
bowls to notify photographers of entrants wishes, i.e.
a colored dot denoting fish that may not be
photographed.
6. Photographers should practice courtesy and good
will, co-operate with all the above rules, and assume
responsibility for the well-being of fish they
photograph.

Penalties! The Judging Board may penalize clubs that
have irregularities in their shows. Likewise, the Judging
Board may also penalize an entrant for improper conduct.

USING THE IBC SHOW LOG SYSTEM

Standard reporting forms in this manual are suggested for
use. Although these forms are recommended, any
system may be used.

As entries are received, log them in on the MASTER
accounting form known as the Continuous Number Log
(1, 2, 3, 4, etc.). It is this sheet that will help to account
for all the entries in the show and in the auction.

Then begin recording the entries from the Continuous
Number Log into the Individual Class Logs. There is one
Class Log for each class (division for District Shows) in
the show.

Use one Class Log separately to temporarily keep track
of the entries that are to be given Judges Help in
classification. Once a Judge has selected a class for
IBC STANDARDS Section 1 Show Manual
CHAPTER 2: ENTERING AND HOSTING AN IBC SHOW

_______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 2 effective 10/12/03
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 7 of 7 Revised 07/15/2010

each fish in this log, they MUST be re-entered on the
correct Class Log.

For each entry, place a continuous number label on the
bowl. Labels with the Class Log Entry number, and
labels identifying variations or species if appropriate, are
to be placed on the front panel of the bowl. All labels are
to be above the water line.

Use the Continuous Number Log for the Auction. Entries
in the show will be known by their continuous number,
such as #235. Fish that are for sale but were not entered
in the show should also have a unique auction number,
such as #AO-4.

NOTE: It is also helpful to place the for auction label
and any no photo labels on the show containers at this
time. This avoids the need to track down containers after
they are benched, saving time.

SHOW LOG CONTENTS

Use Continuous Log Number sheets to record all
fish, including those that are being handled for
auction only. Use a separate log sheet for Auction
Only fish that starts with the number AO-1.

Use Class Entry Log sheets, one for each class. A
separate such sheet should be used to temporarily
record the HELP fish.

Some additional special use sheets may also be
kept. For example, a name/address sheet for all
entrants, and perhaps one for all of the participants in
the auction, can be useful.

One of the most important things to remember about the
Log Book is: KEEP IT!

The specific Class Designators and names for the
classes are found in the last portion of the Judges
Manual (See Chapter 10). Usually, the most current
information can be found in the Entry Forms
published in every issue of FLARE!.






IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 3: IBC JUDGES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 3, Effective 3/1/2004 Page 1 of 5
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
TERMINOLOGY

The definition of a term given by the Exhibition Standards
may differ from other source definitions of the same term:
an example term is Cambodian. The genetic definition
and the Standards definition are not the same. Another
example is that of the species designations. The IBC
Judging Board is not a scientific organization and is not
bound to scientific definitions of the species of the genus
Betta. Thus when the term Betta imbellis is used, it may
or may not refer to a species. It does refer to an IBC
recognized type of betta. During the judging of a show,
the Exhibition Standards definition has precedence.

THE IBC JUDGING BOARD

The International Betta Congress Judging Board is one of
two international boards elected by the membership of
the Congress. The other, the International Executive
Board, is charged with the administration of IBC as an
organization. The International Judging Board consists of
a Chairperson and six (6) other voting members. An
Executive Board member designated by the Executive
Board serves as a representative of same. If that member
is a Certified Judge, he or she shall be a voting member.
If not a Certified Judge, then he or she will be a non-
voting member. The Judging Board is charged with the
creation and maintenance of the show system. That is
mechanically done through the development and
maintenance of the Show Manual and Judges Manual.

COMMITTEES

Committee on Judges Certification: this committee
handles all matters dealing with Judge Certification
and Judge Procedures.
Committee on Judges Training: this committee
handles all matters dealing with Judges' Training.
Committee on Standards: this committee deals with
the General and Special Standards sections of this
manual.

AUTHORITIES

IBC CONSTITUTION
Composition and election of the Judging Board

IBC BY-LAWS:
Duties of the Judging Board
Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson
Duties of the Committee on Standards
Duties of the Committee on Judges Training
Duties of the Committee on the Maintenance of
Judges Certification

IBC JUDGING BOARD MANUAL:
Procedures used by the Board


PROCEDURAL GUIDELINES:

The Judging Board Operational Manual, which is the third
section of these Exhibition Standards, is normally
distributed only to members of the Judging Board and its
committees. It may be obtained through the Technical
Assistance Committee.

Attendance at Board Meetings: All Judging Board
meetings shall be open to the membership of the
Congress.

Business: Only members of the Board may formally
introduce business items at a meeting of the Board;
however, any member of the Congress may submit
proposed business items to a member of the Board for
introduction. In addition, the Board shall be diligent in
reviewing items published in FLARE! or online, which
may represent suggestions of business items for the
Board to consider. Whenever possible, proposed
changes of the Exhibition Standards are to be announced
in FLARE! or online prior to a Board vote to encourage
comment from the membership.

CHANGES TO EXHIBITION STANDARDS AND SHOW
CLASSES

Stability in the show class system is important. However,
the Board may make changes to the class designations
at each show year. When considering class
additions/deletions, the Board should consider:

1. Class entry statistics: Classes consistently having
fewer than 4 entries per show should be considered
low in participation; more than 12 is high.
2. The Typing System: Changes must conform to the
philosophical organization of the betta variations.
3. Mutations: Carefully be alert for new mutations that
have become established as opposed to those that
are in development. Encourage their establishment.
4. Show Impact: Cost and workload on host clubs
should always be considered.

JUDGES: Shows must be judged by IBC Certified
Judges!

IBC judges have one primary function: to apply the official
IBC Standards when evaluating the entries in an official
IBC Sanctioned Betta Show. They may, on occasion, also
conduct training classes and present lectures as
requested by interested organizations.

It is customary to provide the Invited Judge with all meals
and lodging during the show. Often, the judges travel
expenses are also provided. However, any fees or
remuneration received by an IBC judge is strictly between
the judge and the Host Club.

Selection of the officially invited Certified Judge is at the
discretion of the Show Chairperson, and neither uninvited
Certified Judges nor Apprentice Judges normally receive
fees or services. No uninvited Certified Judge or
Apprentice Judge may be refused the right to judge
unless that judge has rendered himself ineligible by
IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 3: IBC JUDGES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 3, Effective 3/1/2004 Page 2 of 5
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
engaging in unethical behavior at that show. The Head
Judge will be either the Invited Judge or the senior
Certified Judge when there is no Invited Judge. The Head
Judge will have seniority over any uninvited judges and
will be in charge of judges and the show judging. It is
always best to arrange for a judge well before a show
and, also, to be sure both the Host Club and the judge
understand clearly what fees or services will or will not be
provided. It is most unwise to wait until the show has
begun to reach agreement. As a matter of courtesy an
uninvited judge should inform the Show Chairperson of
his/her intent to judge the show prior to arrival.

JUDGE RESPONSIBILITIES

It is recognized that honest differences of opinion exist in
many areas of the betta hobby: the designation of
species, the designation of classes, betta genetics,
and so forth.

Follow the Standards: While merely stating rules may
not resolve philosophical differences, an IBC Judge, by
accepting certification, is ethically obligated to apply the
Standards at all IBC Shows. The Standards permit
subjective assessment of many aspects of judging, but
they also provide specific guidance to be followed in most
instances. The Judging Board cannot overrule a judges
decision unless it violates a rule of the Standards.
However, Show Chairs are free to express to the Board
any problems they perceive with a judge or his or her
procedures for possible disciplinary action. Judges are
expected to stay current on all IBC Standards.

TYPES OF JUDGES

There are two distinct types of IBC Judges:

1. CERTIFIED JUDGE:
An individual, having completed the certification
process, who is authorized to judge without
supervision at any IBC sanctioned show. The
International Judging Board will work closely with the
other Area representatives to help establish
programs for judge certification in the respective
Judging Areas. These may vary in detail depending
on Area need/circumstance. The membership of
these Judging Areas is encouraged to further
develop and maintain these programs. Judges from
one Area are not authorized to judge in another Area
without approval of the host Area.

2. APPRENTICE JUDGE:
A trainee judge: Apprentice Judges are not
authorized to judge IBC Shows without the
supervision of an IBC Certified Judge. As a matter of
courtesy, an Apprentice should inform the Show
Chairperson of his/her intent to judge the show prior
to arrival. There should be no more than 2
apprentices allowed for each judge at any IBC
sanctioned show.


BECOMING A JUDGE

Before starting the Apprentice Judge program, an IBC
member must participate in showing bettas and win at
least 3 places in a minimum of 2 shows in 2
consecutive show years, or place in the top 20 in 1
show year.



1. FILL OUT AN APPLICATION: An Application Form
(IBC Form 10) is found at the end of this chapter.
This form should be filled out and submitted to a
member of the Judging Board or to his or her
designee prior to the start of the first apprentice
event. An Apprentice has three years from the official
start date to complete the training. The official start
date is the date the first event is completed.
Effective 3/15/2007, a person wishing to enter the
Apprentice Program may apprentice one (1) show
with a Certified Judge before attending the Judging
Seminars. The signed Apprentice Application Form
must be mailed to the Certification Chairman
immediately following the event.

2. ATTEND JUDGING SEMINARS: The Judging Board
conducts three distinct Seminars at each IBC
Convention. The Seminars may be given at other
times during the year by any Certified Judge with
prior approval from the Judging Board Chairperson.
It is recommended that Seminars be given in
conjunction with a sanctioned International Point
Show, a District Show, or a Certified Show so that
prospective apprentices may gain experience with
live fish.

The Seminars are:

Seminar I: This seminar covers the general
anatomy, nomenclature, and characteristics of a
betta. It also includes an explanation of the
least-faults judging system. The seminar
emphasizes the General Standards. (See
Chapter 5.)
Seminar II: Here the TYPING SYSTEM is the
primary subject with some introduction to the
various Betta species. This seminar emphasizes
the Special Standards. (See Chapters 69.)
Seminar III: This seminar is conducted in the
show room during actual judging. The
apprentice will accompany the judge to observe
and participate in judging fish. This is the "hands
on" opportunity to learn how to judge Bettas.
The judge explains his or her thought process
and techniques (such as bowl manipulation, use
of straws, light reflection, etc.) as each fish is
closely inspected to identify the best in the class.

These 3 seminars are independently distinct and
may be given in any order, as determined by the
instructor.

IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 3: IBC JUDGES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 3, Effective 3/1/2004 Page 3 of 5
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
3. SERVE AS AN IBC APPRENTICE JUDGE: As soon
as the three Seminars are completed and the
Application Form is approved by the Chairman of the
Committee on Judge Certification, the applicant is
officially an IBC Apprentice Judge. The new
Apprentice Judge must now serve as a student
under a different Certified Judge for each of the three
International or District Shows (two must be
International Shows) and a Convention. The
Convention should be the last show judged;
however, the only restriction is that it may not be the
first show judged.

4. COMPLETE THE VISUAL JUDGING TEST: The
Visual Judging Test is to be taken during the last
show of the apprentice program. The apprentice
must judge four classes. The apprentice must: 1)
demonstrate the ability to properly disqualify when
the need arises, 2) demonstrate the ability to discern
subtle color differences, 3) demonstrate the ability to
properly reclassify entries, such as Judges Help, and
4) Rank the top three fish (from actual show results)
in three out of the first four places (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th)
for a minimum of three of the four classes judged to
successfully pass the test. The Visual Judging Test
is offered at Conventions (and other shows as
approved by the Judging Board Chairperson). The
test is administered only after the official show
judging is completed so that when the show fish are
used they are not unduly disturbed. Apprentices that
fail the visual test may retake the test at the next
opportunity.

5. COMPLETE THE WRITTEN JUDGING TEST: Also,
after completing the apprentice judging of four
shows, the Apprentice Judge must successfully pass
a Written (open book, with a one hour time limit)
Judging Test covering the Judges Manual. The test
is always provided at Conventions. The test may be
made available at other times as approved by the
Judging Board Chairperson. If a test failure occurs,
the applicant may retest at the next occasion on
which the test is given. 30% of the Written test will
cover Chapters 14. 70% will cover Chapters 510.
A pass rate will be 70%.
The International Convention Show apprenticing is
considered by the Judging Board as an integral part
of judge training. The exposure to a large number of
judges from throughout the Area is an invaluable
experience. However, an Apprentice Judge may
substitute an International Show or a District
Convention Show in lieu of an International
Convention Show provided these additional
requirements are met:
a) At least one of the Shows judged must have a
minimum of 300 fish entries; and
b) An International Convention Show must be
judged within 2 years of being certified. If the
latter requirement is unfulfilled, the judge will
become decertified and recertification may only
be conducted at an International Convention
Show.

6. RECEIVE THE JUDGE CERTIFICATE: It is the
responsibility of all those participating in the Judge
Certification Program to insure that the Chairman of
the Committee on the Maintenance of Judges
Certification is aware of all events completed toward
achievement of certification. A Certified Judges date
of seniority is the date of certification. Periodic lists
of Certified Judges are published in FLARE!.

Duration of Certification: All current and future IBC
Certified Judges are certified for lifetime, provided
that their IBC membership does not lapse for more
than sixty (60) days. All Certified Judges are strongly
encouraged to frequently review the IBC Judging
Standards and to keep themselves aware of betta
developments, including wild types. A lapse of IBC
membership in excess of sixty (60) days will result in
decertification, necessitating fulfilling the
recertification requirements to regain lifetime
certification.

CERTIFICATION CAN BE LOST IN THREE WAYS:
1. FAILING TO KEEP IBC MEMBERSHIP
CURRENT: This means a lapse in IBC
membership for a period in excess of sixty (60)
days.
2. FAILING TO JUDGE AT LEAST ONE IBC
SANCTIONED INTERNATIONAL SHOW IN
TWO CONSECUTIVE SHOW YEARS OR TO
PLACE IN THE TOP 10.
3. REVOCATION BY THE JUDGING BOARD:

A judges certification may be revoked by majority
vote of the Judging Board. The effective date is as
specified in a registered letter to the judge from the
Judging Board Chairperson or as published in
FLARE!. A judges certification cannot be revoked by
the Board unless the judge has been notified of the
pending action and is given at least 60 days to
appeal.

RECERTIFICATION:
In order to regain lifetime certification, a former judge
must be a current member of IBC and must complete
Item (1) or (2) plus Item (3) as follows:

1. Pass an open book test based on the Judging
Standards and provided by the Judging Board,
or
2. Attend any two of the three (3) Judging
Seminars conducted by a member of the
Judging Board or a Certified Judge authorized
by the Judging Board. PLUS
3. Judge an IBC sanctioned International Show as
an Apprentice Judge under an IBC Certified
Judge and pass a visual test.




IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 3: IBC JUDGES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 3, Effective 3/1/2004 Page 4 of 5
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
Suspended/Decertified Judge Caution: If a judge who
has lost his/her certification judges a show, the results will
not be thrown out by the Judging Board unless the Show
Chairperson was aware of the situation but permitted the
judge to proceed anyway. That judge, however, has
forfeited recertification through any process other than
appeal to the Judging Board or the restarting of the full
apprentice program.
































CODE OF ETHICS FOR IBC JUDGES

IBC Judges, apprentices, and those who would become judges must adhere to the highest
standards of honesty, integrity, discretion, and diligence. They must always remember that they
represent the club in its most public activities and that the club is judged favorably or unfavorably by
their actions. The following, while not all-inclusive, is a basic guideline.

Proficiency a judge must continue to develop his or her proficiency and knowledge of the
betta and the published Standards by which we judge.
Diligence a judge must always judge fairly and strictly by the Standards, putting his or her
personal preferences aside.
Withdrawal a judge must withdraw from judging in any situation that would constitute an
impropriety or the appearance of an impropriety.
Discretion a judge must approach problems and disputes fairly and with discretion while
seeking appropriate channels for resolutions, including those within the Judging Board and
Executive Board, rather than simply publicly airing a grievance.
Teaching a judge should share his or her knowledge not only with other judges and
apprentices, but with the membership as well.
IBC Improvement a judge should always be seeking ways to improve the Standards and
other rules, procedures, and methods by which the IBC exists and propose appropriate changes
in accordance with the IBC Constitution.

(The Code of Ethics For IBC Judges was added to Chapter 3 on May 30, 2002 and became effective
5/30/02 )


IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 3: IBC JUDGES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 3, Effective 3/1/2004 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
International Betta Congress
Apprentice Judge Program Application

1. Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________

Street: ______________________________ City: _________________________ State: ______ Zip ________

IBC Chapter Affiliation: __________________________________________

I hereby apply for entry into the IBC Apprentice Judge Program. I agree to abide by the requirements and
rules set forth in the IBC Judging Standards.

Date: _______________ Signature: ___________________________________________________________

2. Accepted By: ____________________________________________________________________________
Signature of IBC Judging Board Member

3. Completion of:
Seminar I: Date: ___________ ______________________________________________________________
Signature of IBC Certified Judge

Seminar II: Date: ___________ ______________________________________________________________
Signature of IBC Certified Judge

Seminar III: Date: ___________ _____________________________________________________________
Signature of IBC Certified Judge
Approved By: ____________________________________________________________________________
Signature of the Chairman, Committee on Judge Certification

4. Completion of:
Showing requirements: Date:_____________________________________________________________
Signature of the Chairman, Committee on Judge Certification


Congratulations! Having completed Sections 1, 2. & 3, you are now an IBC Apprentice Judge.


5. Apprenticeship Start Date: ___________________(Date of first event; Seminar or Show)

Apprenticeship Expiration Date: ___________________(Three years from start date)

Record of Show Apprenticing:
Show 1: Date: ___________ _____________________________________________________________
Type of Show Signature of Certified Judge
Show 2: Date: ___________ _____________________________________________________________
Type of Show Signature of Certified Judge
Show 3: Date: ___________ _____________________________________________________________
Type of Show Signature of Certified Judge

Convention: Date: ___________ __________________________________________________________
Signature of Certified Judge

6. Visual Test: Pass Date: ___________ ______________________________________________________
Signature of Certified Judge Administering
7. Written Test: Pass Date: __________ ______________________________________________________
Signature of Certified Judge Administering
8. Date of Certification: _____________________

Signature: ___________________________________________________________________
Chairman, Committee on Judge Certification


IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 3: IBC JUDGES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 3, Effective 3/1/2004 Page 6 of 5
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Instructions:
1) Complete Section 1
2) Obtain "Accepted By" signature of an IBC Certified Judge
3) Complete the three seminars, then mail the application to the Chairman, Committee on Judge Certification (listed in FLARE!) who will
then return the approved application to you; and
4) When all required events are completed, mail the application back to the Chairman, Committee on Judge Certification (listed in
FLARE!).
IBC Form 10 (Revised 7/15/2010)
IBC STANDARDS
Chapter 4: JUDGING PROCEDURES

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 4 Page 1 of 4
Copyright 2005-2010 revised 07/15/2010


PREPARATION

Making Final Arrangements: Before traveling to a show,
the judge should be certain of the arrangements made by
the Show Committee and any fees or services being
offered. Also, the judge should be certain what, other
than judging, is expected of him or her. The judge should
not expect anything that has not been previously agreed
upon with the Show Chairperson.

Reviewing these Standards: Regardless of experience,
a judge owes it to the Show Committee and exhibitors to
thoroughly review the Standards and any current
revisions before each show. IBC Judges are trained in
these standards of judging and are primarily tasked to
select betta winners based on the specific requirements
found in the Standards. The overall emphasis in betta
judging is conformity to the Standards, in other words,
comparing the bettas in the show against the ideal betta.
Of course, it is necessary to balance the ideal with the
practical, thus bettas are also compared against the other
entries in a class. This can mean that a less than ideal
betta, as described in that Standard, may win a class.
However, just because a betta may indeed be beautiful
does not mean that it is acceptable for the traits
described in the Standards.

Fish conforming most nearly to the Standards are to
be given preference. The simple rule is: Fish are judged
based on the way they look at that moment in time (and
against the competitors present); not on the perception of
their genetic background or physical/breeding potential,
or how they looked or will look at any other time.

GENERAL JUDGING PROCEDURES

Showing bettas is an opportunity for IBC members to
exhibit their breeding efforts and to compete with other
IBC members for show awards. Preparing for a show is
very labor intensive, and assistance from all available IBC
members is encouraged.

The Head Judge will be either the Invited Judge or
the senior Certified Judge when there is no Invited
Judge. Any uninvited judge wishing to judge the show
should notify the Show Chairperson at least a week prior
to the show. Any judge wishing to judge a show must
arrive with a current copy of the standards. It is the
responsibility of the Head Judge to check on this before
allowing the judge to participate in judging the show.
During the set up for the show, judges should remain
outside the showroom. However, a judge cannot be
disqualified from judging simply because he/she has
been in the showroom briefly for some compelling
reason. Apprentice judges are allowed in the show room
to assist with the show set up, but they should refrain
from lengthy or close-up viewing before the start of
judging. Assistance in preparing a show (which is
encouraged) must be done so as to avoid judges viewing
the fish closely or reading any show entry records. Any
discussion with judges about ownership of any
particular fish is prohibited.

If Judges Help is requested: Often an entrant will
specifically request help in classifying an entry. The first
step in show judging is for the judge to view Judges Help
fish and select the proper class for each fish. The show
chairperson can call on any certified judge who doesnt
have fish entered in the show to assist with reclassifying
class help entries. The Head Judge present is
responsible for all other show judging procedures.
Caution: If the judge selects a variation or wild type
placement, the judge will advise the Show Committee of
the appropriate bowl label.

Due Consideration: The cardinal rule of judging is:
Each and every fish entered, regardless of its
appearance, will be given due consideration by the judge.

Genetics: Judging gives no consideration to the
genetics or supposed genetics of a betta entry.
Phenotype (the way it looks) compared to the standards
and to the competition present is the only consideration.

Aid to Judges: The Show Chairperson should provide
the judge with an assistant to record the results of judging
as well as to aid in any entry form consultations. It is
welcomed for the assistant to consider the needs of the
judge during a show, such as refreshments.

Apprentice Judges: Show judging is an opportunity for
Certified Judges to carefully consider and conduct the
training of Apprentice Judges. Certified Judges should
discuss with each Apprentice Judge their experience and
areas of strengths and weaknesses. Certified Judges
should assign judging tasks that will advance the abilities
of Apprentice Judges. Certified Judges should actively
involve Apprentices in the selection of the class winners,
even though award decisions are the sole responsibility
of the Certified Judge. Apprentice Judges are allowed to
enter fish in the show, but may not participate in the
judging of a class where they have entered fish, and they
may not identify fish they have entered. This also applies
to Best of Show Judging. An Apprentice should step
back when classes where they have entries are being
judged. There is usually time after the show to
ask/answer any questions.

Every effort must be made to avoid impropriety.
Apprentice judges must use caution when entering
shows, since they must judge at least 50% of the classes
or a minimum of 100 entries.

Audience: The Head Judge is authorized to exclude any
person from the judging area except the Show
Chairperson. The Show Chairperson is also authorized
to exclude any person from the show room other than the
judges and their host club helpers. There is, however,
much to be gained by allowing people to view and hear
judging in progress. This promotes an understanding of
the show system, betta traits, and judging, and generates
IBC STANDARDS
Chapter 4: JUDGING PROCEDURES

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 4 Page 2 of 4
Copyright 2005-2010 revised 07/15/2010


greater interest in the hobby. The audience should not
be allowed to disturb the judges in any way. Unless
prohibited by the judge or the Show Chairperson,
entrants in a class may witness the judging, provided they
make no comments, gestures, facial expressions, or take
other actions which could influence or interfere with the
judging. It is unethical for an entrant to do so. A formal
complaint against an entrant by a show judge, Show
Chairperson, or other entrant, forwarded to the Judging
Board, may result in censure of the entrant.

Techniques

1. The Judging System: Judging to select the winning
bettas is to be by faults-only comparison. Fish with
the fewest faults and/or the least serious faults
become the winners through the process of
elimination. All General Standards faults and Special
Standards faults must be considered. Ties are not
permitted, so if two fish both have the fewest faults
for an award, the judge must choose between them.

2. Light: Judges may use a standard flashlight as
needed.

3. Moving the Show Bowls: The judge may move
show bowls as desired.

4. Disturbing the Fish: The judge is permitted and
expected to take measures to get a reluctant fish to
display. This may include tapping on the bowl,
shaking it, moving it, placing other males or females
in a different bowl against the bowl, and stirring the
water (only with a straw; fingers, pencils, pens, etc.
are not permitted).

5. Carding/Uncarding: It is recommended that the fish
not be uncarded for more than 30 minutes. Allow
adequate time to judge, but minimizing exposure
time is best.

NO TIME LIMIT

The Show Committee is prohibited from imposing any
time limit on the judging of a show. Of course, the Show
Chairperson is encouraged to discuss any time problems
with the judge.

RESTRICTIONS

1. The Head Judge involved in judging a show and
members of their households may not have fish
entered in the show. Other judges will be allowed to
judge and enter fish in the same show with certain
limitationsthose judges cannot judge a class they
have fish entered in, and they may not participate in
the BOS judging.

NOTE: The IBC Judging Board is responsible for
the judging of the IBC Convention show. If more
judges are needed, additional Certified Judges
(including judges who have entered fish in the
show) may be called upon by the Judging Board
Chairman or his/her representative to help with
judging, provided that these judges do not judge
any class in which they have entered fish. These
judges also may not judge for Best of Show.

2. Decisions of the judge are final, except in the case of
an obvious rule violation or oversight. The Head
Judge should review all the classes and may
question a judge about such an exception and ask
him/her to rejudge the class.


GIVING AWARDS

Judges are to award all places in classes, provided there
are enough legitimate and proper entries. If award
positions are left vacant, any entries not placed must
have been disqualified. This may mean a relatively
inferior fish may win first place, but judging is to be done
against the Standards and the competition. If there are
no superior entries (which more closely match the
Standards), that fish wins, unless disqualified.

The Show Committee may request the judge to select
other special awards, such as fourth place, honorable
mention, and so forth.

MULTIPLE JUDGES

If there is more than one Certified Judge for the show, the
Head Judge assigns each judge classes for judging. The
Head Judge has the option to have judges work in pairs
whenever there are sufficient judges available. The
assigned judge has sole responsibility for the classes
judged. If a class is assigned to more than one judge,
they must reach agreement on the results. If they cannot
agree, the Head Judges decision is final.

JUDGING FOR THE BEST OF SHOW

A premium is to be placed on the traits the many classes
have in common (the General Standards). If more than
one Certified Judge is judging the show, all judges should
participate in the Best of Show judging unless they have
fish competing for those awards. Agreement on the
results is desired, but decision of the majority or Head
Judge in the event of a tie is final.

Restrictions: Apprentice Judges must participate. If an
Apprentice has a fish competing for Best of Show, that
Apprentice will be excluded from the judging. Before the
winners are made known, the Apprentice may repeat the
procedure under instruction from a Certified Judge.

Procedure: Best of Variety winners are first selected
from each respective mandatory Show Division.
Divisions F: Wild Type and G: Optional Classes will not
be considered.

IBC STANDARDS
Chapter 4: JUDGING PROCEDURES

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 4 Page 3 of 4
Copyright 2005-2010 revised 07/15/2010


1. The First Place winners in each variety of the male
only classes will compete for Best of Variety Male.
Likewise, the First Place winners in each variety of
the female only classes will compete for Best of
Variety Female.

2. NOTE: Division F Wild TypesFish in this class
are shown as pairs and will be judged as a single
entry. These entries are not awarded BOV and do
not compete for Best of Show.

NOTE: Division E (Breeders Division) class winners
will be considered for BOV appropriate to their
respective gender and variety. The Pairs class
entries will be separated for this purpose.



BEST OF SHOW MALE AND BEST OF SHOW
FEMALE ARE SELECTED NEXT

1. The Best of Variety fish compete for Best of
Show, Male and Female respectively.



JUDGING OPTIONAL CLASSES

The judge may be occasionally asked to judge classes
that contain artwork, photography, or other unusual
entries. The standards provide a minimum of guidance in
these instances, leaving it to the judges personal
preference and knowledge. The winning entries in these
classes, whether they contain fish or not, do not compete
for Best of Show.

DISQUALIFICATIONDO IT!

Judges are required to disqualify entries for all valid
reasons listed in the standards. Failing to do so is not
proper conduct by the judge. The fact that there will not
be enough fish left in the class to present all awards
should not be a consideration in the decision to disqualify.

Reasons for disqualification are found in both the General
and Special sections of the standards.

Procedure for Disqualification of an Entry

1) The judge must first be certain that the entry can be
legally disqualified in accordance with the guidance
provided by the Standards.

2) When disqualification is appropriate, the judge must
insure that the fault is that of the exhibitor, not the
Show Committee. If, for example, it is found that a
Wild Type entry is not labeled, and the exhibitor did
in fact send a label for that entry, this entry cannot be
disqualified.

3) After deciding to disqualify, the judge must inform the
Show Committee, stating the specific reason for
disqualification. The Show Committee must
withdraw the fish from exhibition and annotate the
disqualification and reason on the entry form. The
entrant must be informed of the reason for any
disqualification.

4) If a fish is classified following a class help request
and subsequently determined to be in the wrong
class, it should be moved and the receiving class re-
judged.

5) Before disqualifying for class error, the judge should
request the Show Committee check the entry form to
see if the entry may be moved.

6) Show Chairpersons who spot an administrative error
in classification may request classification help from
the judge on behalf of the exhibitor, if the entry form
indicates approval to reclassify. This should occur
before the start of judging. If an administrative error
in classification is discovered during the judging
process, the entry must be moved to the class the
entrant intended and the class re-judged if
necessary. A Certified Judge may reclassify any
entry he feels is in an inappropriate class, re-opening
classes already judged when necessary. If the class
is rejudged, the added entry need only be judged
against the previously selected top three fish. Thus,
it is wise to make the second step of the judging
process a quick look through of the fish, looking for
obvious misclassifications that need to be moved into
other classes.

JUDGING SYSTEMUsing the General, Finnage, and
Special Standards: The following chapters comprise the
criteria used in judging bettas and apply to all betta
shows sanctioned by the International Betta Congress.
Though primarily intended as guidelines and rules for
judges, all IBC members can benefit from a thorough
understanding of these chapters. The Standards are
divided into three major categories. The following list
shows these three major categories and their sub-
categories:

General Characteristics
Dimension
Condition
Deportment
Finnage Characteristics
Dorsal
Caudal
Anal
Ventrals & Pectorals
Color Characteristics
Solid color
Bicolor
Patterned

IBC STANDARDS
Chapter 4: JUDGING PROCEDURES

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 4 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005-2010 revised 07/15/2010


Emphasis in Judging: The Standards, as described in
Chapter 5: General and Finnage Standards, Chapter 6:
Color Standards, and Chapter 7: Special Standards, form
the basis for judging Betta splendens. Chapter 8 and
Chapter 9 relate to Wild Types and Special Exhibits
respectively and must be referred to for judging those
types.
FAULTS Relative weight of faults: Faults can vary in
degree from slight blemishes to severe defects. The
judge will determine the fault level. Faults are classified
into the following types (specifics on faulting are found in
the General and Specific Standards that follow this
chapter):

For General, Finnage, or Color/Special Traits, deduct
points as noted for the following:

Slight Faults 3 points
Minor Faults 5 points
Major Faults 9 points
Severe Faults 17 points
Disqualifying Faults Disqualify

SUGGESTED STEP-BY-STEP JUDGING PROCEDURE
FOR A CLASS
For each of the steps below, follow the standard
sequence of Head, Body, Dorsal, Caudal, Anal,
Ventrals & Pectorals, Color, and Pattern.
1) Observe each betta, looking for specific
disqualifying faults. Have an assistant (usually a
chapter member from the host club) notify the Show
Chairperson, stating which entries will be moved to
other classes. Disqualify entries that cannot be
moved to other classes, and have an assistant notify
the Show Chairperson, stating the reason for
disqualification.
2) Observe each betta, looking for severe faults. Move
entries that show severe faults away from the judging
area (usually this means moving them to lower
shelves on the show stands).
3) Observe each remaining betta, looking for major
faults. If possible, move entries that show major
faults away from the judging area (for classes with
few entries, make sure to retain three bettas in the
judging area to receive first, second, and third place
awards).
NOTE: Even though bettas have been moved from
the judging area because of major faults, the judge
should look back at them often during the judging
process to determine if one or more of them might be
better than a contending fish that has many minor
and slight faults.
4) Observe each remaining betta, looking for minor
faults. Line up the contenders from left to right in
the judging area, so that the betta with the fewest
minor faults is on the far left, followed in sequence by
entries with more minor faults. At this point the judge
may find it helpful to take notes listing the minor
faults of the finalists. NOTE: Remember to compare
eliminated fish to the finalists just to make sure
the best fish have been chosen.
5) Observe each remaining betta, looking for slight
faults. Consider repositioning bettas that have two
or three minor faults if the next fish in line has fewer
minor faults. Listing all slight and minor faults for
each betta and deducting points may be necessary
to determine which entries receive first, second, and
third place awards. The fault table above shows how
many points can be deducted for each type of fault.
The entry that has the fewest deducted points
receives the first place award, followed by the entry
with the next fewest deducted points receiving the
second place award, and so on.
6) Record the winners, sign the class judging card, and
move on to the next class.






















IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL STANDARDS

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5, effective 07/09/04
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 1 of 6 Revised 7/15/2010


photo by Watcharaphol Watanasomboon photo by Sarawut Angkunanuwat

THE IDEAL SHOW BETTA

The ideal show Betta is in excellent health as shown by its faultless condition and vigorous deportment. The body
and fins are unblemished. There are no body scars, spots, and missing or misshapen scales. Fin rays are straight or
smoothly curved. Fins are held rigidly erect and gills are fully flared. Movement is continuous and aggressive with violent
response to any intruder.
The ideal show Betta presents nearly mirror-image symmetry above and below an imaginary mid-lateral
line. This Betta is well proportioned with respect to fins and body size. The body is smoothly tapered toward the
caudal peduncle. The dorsal fin approaches the anal fin in shape, width, and size. There is a 180-degree spread
between first and last caudal rays. The outer margins of the dorsal, caudal and anal fins trace a continuous
circular contour with no gaps between fins. Fins are broad and overlap at the edges. Secondary and tertiary
divisions occur at even intervals along the lengths of fin rays.
The ideal show Betta exhibits brilliant coloration of uniform density. In solid color classes there are no off-color
washes in the fins and no blotching or speckling of unwanted colors on the body. Patterned types have dark and bright
colors in shades that produce the highest contrast. The overall appearance of color on this Betta is one of vivid, sparkling
beauty.

GENERAL STANDARDS

These standards cover the traits that Bettas share in
common. The General Standards are judging guidelines
that emphasize health and development of the physical
traits of the Betta.

The Judging Areas: In this section are the details of the
General Standards judging areas of Dimension,
Condition, Deportment, and Finnage.

The Components: Each Rating Area may have listed
sub-areas to be evaluated called the Components.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
1) DIMENSION 2) CONDITION 3) DEPORTMENT
a) Size
1. Body
2. Fins
3. Overall
b) Symmetry
c) Proportion
d) Shape
1. Body
2. Fins
3. Overall


FINNAGE CHARACTERISTICS
(Size; Symmetry; Proportion; Shape)
Dorsal Caudal Anal Ventrals & Pectorals

For reference, a diagrammed photo of general Betta
anatomy is provided, since these standards use some
terms for parts of a betta with which judges must become
familiar.

Betta anatomy

photo by Jim Sonnier


IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL STANDARDS

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5, effective 07/09/04
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 2 of 6 Revised 7/15/2010

DIMENSION

BODY SIZE: Body size of males must be at least one
and a half inches (1.5) long. Body size of Females must
be at least one and a quarter inches (1.25) long. (See
Wild Types descriptions for size requirements in those
species and Plakats.) Betta splendens that do not
conform to these minimum body sizes must be
disqualified. Body size should be the last consideration
when judging for the best fish in a class. All other things
being equal (same number of faults deduction points), the
larger fish should win.

Fin Sizes: The following fin sizes apply to male Betta
splendens classes. Although the following describe fin
length, judges and exhibitors must keep in mind that fins
judging emphasis must be on their breadth and volume.

Dorsal Fin
Should be at least one-half the length of the body,
measured from the base of the center fin ray to the outer
tip of the same ray.

Caudal Fin
Should be at least one half of the length of the body as
measured from the caudal peduncle to the center of the
outer edge - NOT to the edge of the greatest extension.

Anal Fin
Should be at least one half of the length of the body
measured from the base of the center fin ray to the outer
tip of the center fin ray.

Ventral Fin
Length should be close to the length of the anal fin.

Pectoral Fin
Pectoral size is difficult to evaluate, especially if they are
transparent. However, in general large full pectorals are
desired.

SYMMETRY

The ideal Betta should be balanced with both body and
fins defining smooth and continuous contours. The body
should be nearly symmetrical above and below an
imaginary mid-lateral line, excepting the region forward of
the anal fin where body organs are housed. The
silhouette of the three non-paired fins should be as close
to a circle as possible with the outer margins of these fins
tracing a continuous circular outline without gaps. In
doubletail Bettas, the Judge should expect to see, as a
norm, a higher degree of symmetry than shown by the
singletail Bettas. The unpaired fins should display mirror-
image symmetry above and below an imaginary mid-
lateral line. This is due to the doubletails broader dorsal
fin that can approach the breadth, volume and shape of
the anal fin.




PROPORTION

A beautifully proportioned Betta is superior to one that is
merely large. It is important that the fins and the body be
in proportion to each other. If the fins are very large the
body should be also. A disproportionately large (or small)
unpaired fin detracts from the symmetry and overall
beauty of the fish.


BODY SHAPE

The body should be a modified spindle shape that is
somewhat heavier in the area of the ventral fins. It should
taper cleanly toward the head and caudal fin with the tail
junction, or peduncle, being thinner from side to side. It
should be three to four times as long as it is deep, top to
bottom. The overall form of a Betta is very important. The
body and its form in particular have a significant impact
on the overall appearance of the Betta. The body must
complement the fin structure, not overwhelm it. Example;
a fat husky body with little finnage is a serious fault.
Doubletail Bettas may have a deeper--top to bottom--
body than singletailed Bettas. The thicker body is
acceptable, as long as it contributes to the support of the
larger finnage of doubledtails. (Form Variations, Plakats,
and Wild Type entries will differ.)

FIN SHAPE

Dorsal Fin

Singletail Dorsal: A variety of shapes are acceptable
semi-circle, quarter circle, rectangular - as long as
breadth and volume are displayed. Triangular shape is
unacceptable. As with the other fins, width and fullness
are important, with maximum fin area a goal. Ideally, the
dorsal fin will overlap the caudal fin and appear blended
with it, though not physically fused. The first rays (closer
to the head) must be comparable in length to the other
rays and should in no case be stubby.

Doubletail Dorsal: The base of the dorsal fin of a
doubletail Betta is expected to be considerably broader
than that found in the singletail. The doubletail dorsal is,
ideally, the mirror image of the anal fin in keeping with the
concept of symmetry.

Caudal Fin

In singletail bettas, the ideal shape is a semi-circle that
spreads to a perfect 180 degrees. Due to proper selection
of breeders, fin ray branching, care, conditioning, and fin
spread this is an elusive ideal to breed for and maintain.
Because of this, some classes will sometimes not have
specimens with this ideal caudal among them. In such
classes, with all other things equal, the most symmetrical
types having the widest spread and those with the least
faults as described in the general fault guide and the
special standards will have the best chance of placing.
Caudal fins that slightly exceed 180 spread are neither
favored nor faulted, over fish displaying 180spread.
IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL STANDARDS

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5, effective 07/09/04
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 3 of 6 Revised 7/15/2010


All caudals, including doubletail Bettas, should have rays
evenly distributed above and below the centerline of the
fish. Proportionate volume is ideal as opposed to length.
Note: for the Doubletail Caudal - the volume in the upper
and lower caudal should be equal and equally distributed
above and below the centerline. The two caudals may
overlap but should be separated all the way to the caudal
peduncle. A half circle is ideal for the overall shape of the
two caudal fins.

Anal Fin

Shape to be roughly rectangular. The ideal shape of the
anal fin is an isosceles trapezoid with the shorter side at
the base of the fin at the body. In other words, the outer
edge of the fin should be broader than the base. Front
and back edges should not converge to a point forming a
triangle. Volume and fullness are desired. Ideally, the
anal fin overlaps, but does not fuse with, the caudal.
Triangular shape in the anal fin is a form fault as is
excessively long (1.5 to 2 times the width) anal fin. The
anal fin should not extend beyond the bottom edge of the
caudal fin.)

Ventral Fins

Shaped somewhat like a knife blade with the cutting edge
to the rear. The front edge is slightly convex. Tips are
pointed. Fins should be of equal length and not crossed.
They must match each other. These fins should not be
excessively short, nor long and thin. Fullness is desirable.
Female ventral fins generally appear shorter in proportion
to the body.

Pectoral Fin

Pectoral fins are the most important in swimming,
maintaining balance in the water, and rapid aggressive
motion. Broad and long are preferred.

OVERALL SHAPE

Overall ideal appearance of a quality Betta splendens
(single tail or double tail) is a full circle with no open
spaces between the three primary fins.


Doubletail male Betta

photo by Wasan Sattayapun

DOUBLETAIL BETTAS

Doubletail Bettas are expected to differ in several ways
from the singletail:
1. Possess two distinct tails or caudal lobes instead of
one, with a complete separation to the base of the
caudal peduncle.
2. Possess a wider caudal peduncle to support the
double lobes.
3. Possess a larger dorsal fin, nearly the size of the
anal fin.
4. Their bodies are usually more chunky and often a
bit shorter.
5. Bends in the caudal peduncle are expressed to a
varying degree in almost all doubletail bettas. These
are more easily noticed when viewing the fish from
above. Easily seen bends should be faulted; if the
bend is not excessive when viewed from above, the
fish should not be penalized.

FEMALE BETTAS

Female Bettas of all types are of the same general form
as their male counterparts, but with shorter fins and
broader bodies. IBC encourages the maintenance of the
distinctive female and male forms. Female Bettas vary
considerably from males in several ways and should
always appear "female."

JUDGING FEMALE LONG-FINNED/HM BETTAS:

1. Females are generally expected to be somewhat
smaller overall. They are usually more rounded in the
belly area than males.
2. Female fins are not expected to reach the same size
or proportion of the male finnage. Female bettas
should have broad voluminous fins, but not possess
male finnage length.
3. Females are expected to show an egg spot.
4. Females may be less aggressive in their deportment.
5. The minimum size for show is 1 inches.
6. Females are judged with the same general and color
standards as males.
7. Disqualify: Egg-bound or showing no egg spot:
excessive male finnage.

FEMALE LONG-FINNED/HM Betta Splendens Form
and Finnage Faults:

1. One unpaired fin longer than 1/3 of body length
(minor fault).
2. Two unpaired fins longer than 1/3 of body length
(major fault).
3. All 3 unpaired fins longer than 1/3 of body length
(severe fault).
4. One unpaired fin of body length or more
(major fault).
5. Two unpaired fins of body length or more
(severe fault).
6. All 3 unpaired fins of body length or more
(disqualify).
7. Egg-bound (disqualify).
IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL STANDARDS

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5, effective 07/09/04
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 4 of 6 Revised 7/15/2010

8. No visible egg-spot (disqualify).

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL FAULTS APPLY
female with too much male finnage

photo by Wasan Sattayapun


CONDITION

GENERAL CONDITION
CONDITION considers the health of the Betta and the
degree of body/fin damage that contribute to the overall
appearance of a Betta. The fish should appear to be well
nourished, vigorous, and with healthy fin and body tissue.
Age can cause a reduced quality condition, such as
excessive body size and curled fin rays.

Body
Perfect in appearance is the key. ANY nicks in the flesh,
missing scales, protruding scales or other defects of the
body material are to be faulted.

Fins
Though there are two sets of paired fins -- pectorals and
ventrals -- and three unpaired fins -- dorsal, caudal, and
anal -- certain aspects of development apply to all of the
fins. Fin rays should be straight or slightly bent until they
branch and grow parallel or fan out smoothly as they get
farther from the base of the fin. Rays may extend beyond
the webbing tissue -- called protruded or extended rays. If
a fish exhibits extended rays, all fins should show
extended rays, evenly spaced. Web tissue is to be full,
strong, and undamaged. Margins should be smooth and
unbroken except for fish showing extended rays. Fins
should be carried erect with rays and webbing spread
uniformly and fully. Pinholes, uneven edges that indicate
former damage, splits in fins and blown fins are all
indicators of the condition of the fish, the care the fish has
been given and stress exposure. These are all faults
ranging from minor to disqualification.

Combtail effect on anal & dorsal edges

photo by Wray Tsusaki & Jack Lewin


Above illustration shows example of protruded or
extended rays. This type of fin development should not
count against the condition of the fish. Fringed is also
known as combtail. Hyper-extended rays with less
webbing than usual are known as crowntail and have
their own standard.

DEPORTMENT

Good deportment, often thought of as flaring, is an
important trait for Betta splendens because, not only does
it indicate vigor, it also allows other features, such as
color, to be shown off to advantage. Though of a
relatively small value, poor deportment can have
disastrous consequences for the other components of
evaluation. Poor deportment often gives the impression
that the Betta doesnt feel well, or is frightened.
Obviously the fish must be studied as a whole when
considering deportment. Each body/fin part plays a role.
Caution: Wild type Bettas have considerably different
deportment -- see descriptions. Other Betta species than
splendens, particularly mouthbrooders, are frequently
very nervous in bowls and consequently rarely flare.
However, all fish regardless of species should appear
alert with unclamped fins.

* * * * * * * * * * * *

GENERAL FAULTS

DISQUALIFYING FAULTS ALL CLASSES
1. Undersized body (male 1.5" body length, female
1.25" body length).
2. Swimming difficulty (due to excess finnage or swim
bladder disorder).
3. Class error (fish entered in wrong class).
A. Non-splendens type not labeled.
B. Color or form variation not labeled.
C. Wrong sex for class.
D. Wrong species for class.
E. Hybrids in non-splendens class.
4. Egg spot on male, or no egg spot on female.
IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL STANDARDS

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5, effective 07/09/04
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 5 of 6 Revised 7/15/2010

5. Female with excessive (male) finnage.
6. Malformed body (especially in double tails).
7. Missing external anatomical part, such as an eye, gill
cover, or fin.
8. Extreme scale faults: Excessive irregular scale
pattern/multiple misaligned scales.
9. Any sign of disease or illness.
10. Blindness (especially in Opaques and Albinos).
11. Egg bound (severely distended abdomen).
12. Shy or fearful behavior does not rise from bowl
bottom.
13. Any fish that has been artificially enhanced either
by methods to improve color (example dying) or
general appearance through fin trimming, ray
removal, grooming or any other method wil be
disqualified.

HEAD FAULTS ALL CLASSES
1. Disfigurement of the lips (slight fault).
2. Small bump, small groove, or other slight deformity
(minor fault).
3. Large bump, large groove, or other large deformity
(major fault).
4. Head tilted (usually upward) out of alignment with
body (severe fault).

BODY FAULTS ALL CLASSES
1. Body stout or slightly fat (slight fault).
2. Doubletail body too short or stout (slight fault).
3. Body moderately too small for finnage (minor fault).
4. Body does not show ideal shape minor anomaly.
(minor fault).
5. Body has one or two misaligned scales (minor fault).
6. Body has several misaligned scales (major fault).
7. Body is fat or skinny (major fault).
8. Gill covers protrude outward when closed (major
fault).
9. Body shows slight swayback or humpback (major
fault).
10. Doubletail caudal peduncle bump or bend very
noticeable (major fault).
11. Body shows excessive swayback or humpback
(severe fault).

FINNAGE FAULTS ALL CLASSES
General all fins
1. Projected rays on all fins, but some not even (minor
fault).
2. One curled fin ray (minor fault)
3. Projected rays only on some fins (minor fault).
4. Outline of non-paired fins presents an oval rather
than a circular shape. (minor fault)
does NOT apply to Plakats or females.
5. Gaps between the three unpaired fins - no
overlapping (major fault).
6. Fins are too small for body (major fault).
7. Curled fin rays - more than one (major fault).
8. Fins not similar - some broad, some narrow (major
fault).
9. Outline of non-paired fins presents a considerably
non-symmetrical shape, such as a square,
rectangular, or irregular shape. (major fault)

Ventral fins
1. Crossed ventrals (slight fault).
2. Thin ventrals (slight fault).
3. Extra long ventrals - except in Plakats (slight fault).
4. Noticeably short ventrals (minor fault).
5. Curled ventral(s) (minor fault).
6. Stubby ventrals (major fault).

Dorsal fin
1. A few short rays on front of dorsal, not matched on
anal (slight fault).
2. Dorsal somewhat small in relation to anal and caudal
(minor fault).
3. Singletail dorsal slightly narrow (minor fault).
4. Doubletail dorsal slightly more narrow than the anal
(minor fault).
5. Doubletail dorsal has a few short rays at the front
edge, not matched on anal (minor fault).
6. Singletail dorsal noticeably narrow (major fault).
7. Doubletail dorsal much more narrow than the anal
(major fault).
8. Dorsal very small in relation to anal and caudal
(major fault).

Anal fin
1. Long anal fin drops below bottom edge of caudal
(minor fault)
2. A few front rays curled forward (minor fault).
3. Excessive rounding at front and bottom of anal fin
approaching a quarter circle (major fault).
4. Front rays have severe forward curling at front (major
fault).
5. Triangular shaped (severe fault).

Caudal (tail) fin
1. Caudal edges straight but slightly rounded at the
corners (slight fault).
2. Doubletail lobes are full, but separation not quite
complete separation still greater than (slight
fault).
3. Caudal asymmetrical - droops slightly below midline
(minor fault).
4. Doubletail lobes slight mismatch (minor fault).
5. First caudal edge rays short (minor fault).
6. Caudal slightly small - not proportional to dorsal and
anal (minor fault).
7. Caudal edges not straight, slightly curved back away
from head (minor fault).
8. Less than secondary branching (4 tips from primary
ray) in females, or tertiary branching (8 tips from
primary ray) in males (minor fault).
9. Less than 180 degrees between caudal edge rays,
but more than 165 degrees (minor fault).
10. Doubletail caudal lobes separation between 1/2 and
3/4 (minor fault).
11. Caudal asymmetrical - droops 75% or more below
midline (major fault).
12. Caudal very small - not proportional to dorsal and
anal (major fault).
13. Doubletail lobes considerable mismatch in volume or
shape (major fault).
IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL STANDARDS

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5, effective 07/09/04
Copyright 2005-2010 Page 6 of 6 Revised 7/15/2010

14. Doubletail caudal lobes matched, but narrow (major
fault).
15. Less than primary branching (2 tips from primary ray)
in females, or secondary branching (4 tips from
primary ray) in males (major fault).
16. Doubletail caudal lobes separation 1/2 or less (major
fault).
17. Less than 165 degrees between caudal edge rays,
but more than 150 degrees (major fault).
18. Doubletail caudal lobes mismatched and narrow
(severe fault).
19. Non-symmetrical caudal type (severe fault).
20. Less than 150 degrees between caudal edge rays
(severe fault).

CONDITION FAULTS ALL CLASSES
1. Single small defect on any fin - pinhole or bent ray
(slight fault).
2. Single moderate defect on any fin (minor fault).
3. Slightly frayed fin tip (minor fault).
4. Multiple small defects or single extensive defect
(major fault).
5. Multiple moderate defects (severe fault).
6. Broken rays on any fin (severe fault)
7. Body scarred or missing scales (severe fault).

DEPORTMENT FAULTS ALL CLASSES
1. Constant full display (Betta splendens), but exhibits
only aggressive (not violent) response to intruder
(slight fault).
2. Fins erect, but gills only occasionally flared, and
exhibits only motion toward intruder (minor fault).
3. Fins occasionally erect, gills rarely flared, and not
very responsive to intruder (major fault).
4. No display and unresponsive to intruder (severe
fault).






JUDGING AIDS







Outline of non-paired fins shows a nearly circular shape
IBC STANDARDS Section 2 - Judges' Manual
CHAPTER 5 Addendum : CROWNTAIL STANDARD
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5-Addendum Page 1 of 6 Revision Effective 7/15/05
copyright 2005
Category: Crowntail
Malcoms Cross-ray CT - Photo by Philip Ngo
Description:
Crowntails are a type of fringe-finned domestic betta
(Betta splendens, B. imbellis, B. smaragdina and any of
their hybrids) having fin rays that extend significantly
beyond the webbed portion of the fins. The supporting
webbing around the fin rays is reduced and the rays
protrude past the edges of the fin membrane. The result
is a scalloped appearance or the appearance of hyper-
extended rays as seen in Crowntails where the webbing
is substantially reduced.
A Crowntail is not the same as a combtail or just
another fringe-finned betta. It must be emphasized that
fringed-fin bettas can and should be shown in other color
classes where the extended rays ARE NOT counted
against them.
Ray extensions should be thick, straight and prominent.
Slightly outwardly curved extensions in caudals with
double-rays are desirable to give the cross-ray effect.
Definition:
For the purposes of judging and placement in this class,
male Crowntails shall be defined as bettas exhibiting
at least 33% reduction in webbing versus ray length
in EACH of the three primary fins (caudal, anal and
dorsal). For females, the minimum is 25%. This
requirement must be demonstrated in all three primary
fins but does NOT need to be exhibited in ALL rays.
Crowntail Types:
The following illustration shows variations of webbing
reduction commonly exhibited by Crowntails.
Double Ray webbing is reduced at two levels; one
between a pair of rays and the other (more profoundly)
between two branches. 4-ray and 8-ray extensions are
less common and the effect is almost always confined to
the caudal fin.
Single Ray Web margins are, ideally, uniform and
webbing reduction is equal between primary rays and
rays with branches.
Cross Ray In the schematic, this is manifested by pairs
of primary rays which curve over each other.
Examples:
The fish below exceeds the basic requirements by having
at least 50% web reduction in all 3 primary fins.
Photo by Philip Ngo
This fish also shows the cross-ray effect as does the first
picture at the beginning of this standard. In the case of
the dorsal fin and the anal fin, the extended portion of the
ray is longer than portion surrounded by the webbing.
The ventral fins also demonstrate a >50% reduction of
the webbing.
The following picture shows a fish with double ray
extension but the rays branch again to two rays a so-
called double-double ray (DDR). The effect is well-
spread out throughout the caudal fin. The caudal spread
IBC STANDARDS Section 2 - Judges' Manual
CHAPTER 5 Addendum : CROWNTAIL STANDARD
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5-Addendum Page 2 of 6 Revision Effective 7/15/05
copyright 2005
is also exceptional demonstrating the 180 spread
conforming to our general standards.
Photo from Philip Ngo
FINNAGE REQUIREMENTS
CAUDAL
The caudal should display the splendor of a crown. The
caudal rays should display at least double ray extension.
4 rays or more extensions are to be regarded as neutral.
Caudal rays extension can either be straight or curved to
cross for double-rays. Caudal spread requirements as for
other single tails except for straight edge requirements.
Straight caudal rays are acceptable but V rays and
outward curving rays as in cross-rays are the preferred
types.
Random Rays are single protruding rays in a double-ray
or 4-ray Crowntail and are faulted.
ANAL
A slight gradual curling of the rays are acceptable but
parallel and straight rays are preferred.
DORSAL
A slight gradual curling of the rays are acceptable but
kinks and curls faulted per the General Fault guide.
VENTRAL
For Crowntails, the pair of ventral fins has to display a
jagged appearance
Balloon Effect
A finnage characteristic which seems to be unique to the
Crowntails is the balloon effect. This can be described
as additional webbing between the primary or secondary
rays to give a parachute-like effect. Additional webbing
between the double rays of a double ray caudal are
characterized as balok these have a triangular shape.
Photos do not seem to do this effect justice the way the
folds move as the fish swims is what makes the effect so
special. If evenly distributed, it is an acceptable but not
preferred characteristic.
BALLOON CROWNTAIL Photo by Hermanus Haryanto
Special Considerations in Judging Crowntails:
Desirable Traits for Crowntails:
1. 33% reduction in webbing material for each primary
fin is a minimum for males.
2. 25% reduction in webbing material for each primary
fin is a minimum for females.
3. Ray extensions should be uniform in balance, length
and spacing.
4. Dorsal and anal ray extensions should be straight. A
slightly proportionate curve toward the rear is
acceptable.
5. Double ray or 4-ray extensions in the caudal fin only.
6. 50% reduction in webbing material in all three
primary fins is IDEAL
Female CT Overall Good Quality but marginal web
reduction at caudal to meet standard Photo from Philip
Ngo
FAULT GUIDE
IBC STANDARDS Section 2 - Judges' Manual
CHAPTER 5 Addendum : CROWNTAIL STANDARD
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5-Addendum Page 3 of 6 Revision Effective 7/15/05
copyright 2005
The General Standards outlined in this chapter shall
apply for Crowntails. Fin Curl, ideal 180 spread for
caudal fin, minimum size requirement, etc., are covered
in the fault guide. Color traits delineated in the Special
standards apply to Crowntails.
Below are additional considerations for Crowntails:
SLIGHT FAULTS
1. Ray extensions slightly thinning
2. Ray extensions displaying only single ray extension
3. Ray extension splits slightly out of proportion
4. Single balloon or balog folds
5. Balloon/balog effect present but missing between a
few rays.
MINOR FAULTS
1. Ray extensions of different non-uniform length
2. Ray extensions displaying random rays
3. Curled or bent extended rays
4. Thinned out extended rays
5. Ray extension splits out of proportion
6. Ventrals lack jagged appearance
7. 1 Broken ray extension
8. Several random balloon / balog folds
9. Balloon/balog effect present but missing between
~1/3 of rays.
MAJOR FAULTS
1. More than 1 broken ray extension
2. For fish with balloon / balog effect - distributed
randomly over 1/3 to 2/3 of caudal
3. For fish with balloon / balog effect - present on only
one fin
SEVERE FAULTS
1. Ray extensions <33% in one primary fin (<25% for
females)
DISQUALIFICATION
1. Ray extensions <33% in 2 or 3 fins (25% for females)
Singletail and Doubletail Crowntails are to be judged in
the same color classes for Crowntails.
Fish that qualify as Crowntails as defined in this standard
MUST be shown as Crowntails in an IBC sanctioned
International show. The only exceptions are for Form or
Color Variations.
IBC STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 5 Addendum: Plakat Standard
Chapter 5 Addendum Page 1 of 6
Copyright 2007-2010 Revised 7/15/2010




TRADITIONAL PLAKAT STANDARDS

Plakats are the oldest of the domesticated Betta and are derived from animals bred for fighting.
Show plakats bear certain distinctive features reflective of this ancestry. All plakats are short-tailed fish
designed for rapid swimming. Specifically the dorsal and anal fins should not greatly exceed the body width
and the caudal fin should not exceed 1/3 of the body length. Relative to other show Betta, the plakat body
form is more stout and body mass greater. Plakats are expected to be notably more aggressive than other
show Betta, to have the demeanor of a pit bulldog, and be constantly on the alert for intruders.

The plakat classes are defined on differences in body form
and finnage as well as color, as detailed in the standards below. The
two plakat forms are the traditional plakat and the show plakat.
Either of two plakat forms may be entered in the regular and New
Breeder classes. Here they are judged not only relative to one
another, but by the degree to which they are faithful exemplars of
their class.

The traditional plakat may be shown in any color. Show
plakat classes are recognized in all color types.

Judging on color criteria is performed in accord with the
relevant typing system articulated in Chapter 6 and the corresponding
special standards in Chapter 7. In addition to these colors an additional
color - wild type - is available for plakats alone and fish of this color may be shown in either the traditional or
appropriate show plakat class. The wild-type body is dark brown, with several rows of iridescent spots
mostly on upper part of body. Scales edged in black. The head is dark above, lighter beneath, with little or
no iridescence. Eyes are dark with iridescent flecks. The dorsal fin is iridescent green-gold, with black rays,
and black irregular cross bands (flecks). The caudal displays a black trimmed edge and both red and green
iridescent coloration in no distinct pattern. The anal fin is colored similarly, but the posterior fin tip is red. The
pectoral fins are colorless or black-edged and the ventral fins red, black and/or iridescent with white tips.

The scope of these standards applies to male single tail plakats. Double-tail plakat males must go
into form variations; female double-tail plakats should go into regular double tail color classes for females.




FORM CRITERIA

Traditional Plakats
The traditional plakat is a stout, heavy bodied aggressive fish
with distinctive finnage.
Dorsal - The dorsal fin may be either uniformly rounded or
come to point (see figure at left).




photo by Chris Yew











photo by Sarawut Angkunanuwat
Photo by Chris Yew



IBC STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 5 Addendum: Plakat Standard
Chapter 5 Addendum Page 2 of 6
Copyright 2007-2010 Revised 7/15/2010








Anal - The anal fin has a trapezoid shape with the forward
(anterior) edge shorter than the rear (posterior) edge. The posterior tip
should be pointed (see figure at left). When flaring the rear edge of the
anal fin should overlap the lower portion of the caudal fin.





Caudal - The caudal fin may be either spade shaped (see figure) or
rounded. If spade-shaped the point should be at the midpoint of the fin. A
caudal spread of 180is preferred, but differs from the requirements for other show
Betta and for other plakat classes in two respects. First the edges of the caudal fin
are expected to be rounded rather than shaped in the configuration of the letter D
(see figures). Second, the 180caudal should
not be achieved by greater than primary or
secondary branching of the caudal fin rays.
Thus the caudal spread in a traditional plakat
is achieved by an increase in the volume of
tissue between rays rather than by an
increase in fin ray branching.









Ventral fins - Ventral fins can
be either full or thin, but are expected to be
notably longer than in other show Betta, 2/3
the length of the length of the body (as
measured from the base of the ventral fin to the caudal peduncle) or longer -
see Figure.
Pectoral fins - As in other show Betta.

Traditional Plakat Form & Finnage Faults
1. Body excessively stout and heavy (Slight Fault)
2. Dorsal fin narrow (Minor Fault)
3. Ventral fins less than 2/3 body length (Minor Fault)
4. Caudal fin spread > 165, but < 180(Minor Fault)
5. Caudal branching greater than 2(Minor Fault)
6. Anal fin rounded not pointed (Major Fault)
7. Caudal fin less than 165(Major Fault)
8. Ventral fins 1/2 body length or less (Major Fault)
9. Body extremely slender like some other Betta species (Major Fault).

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL FAULTS APPLY.






photo by Chris Yew
photo by Chris Yew

photo by Chris Yew

photo by Chris Yew
IBC STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 5 Addendum: Plakat Standard
Chapter 5 Addendum Page 3 of 6
Copyright 2007-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
Show Plakat Standard

This is the most common of the plakat forms bred today,
combining traits of traditional plakats and show Betta. Like the
traditional, the form is asymmetrical. The show plakat standard is the
same in all respects to that of the traditional plakat with two essential
exceptions:
Dorsal: The dorsal fin should be semi-circular and preferably
snap open as a fan. In the most ideal situation the dorsal overlaps the
upper part of the caudal. The upper front edge can be either sharp or
slightly rounded.The capacity of the fin to open in this fashion is often
achieved not by in increase in volume, but by an increase in fin ray
branching and possibly a slight increase of rays. In the most ideal
situation, the dorsal overlaps the upper part of the caudal.
Overlap of the dorsal with the body is not desirable.
Caudal: Unlike the traditional plakat, the caudal fin is
the same as the standard show Betta-. - -. The caudal spread is 180 degrees, has straight rays, sharp edges
and the shape of a semi-circle (capital D), no longer the 1/3
rd
the length of the body. The ray splitting
should be evenly distributed with a secondary branching (4-ray) or more without becoming too excessive. A
>180 degree spread (overhalfmoon, oHM) is not preferred above a 180 degree spread.
Anal: The anal fin has a trapezoid shape with the front rays (anterior) part shorter than the rear
(posterior) part. From the front to the back the anal show as gradual slope coming to a pointed tip. The
longest ray of the anal ideally should be at least twice as long or longer (preferred) as the length of the outer
rays of the caudal. During flaring, the front should be directed forward and the back should overlap the
lower part of the caudal.
Ventrals: The shaper of the ventrals mimic the blade of a knife with the cutting edge directed
backwards. The ventrals have a full appearance, are equal in length and should not appear to be
permanently crossed. The length of the ventrals should be at least equal to the longest ray of the anal.
Pectoral fins: As in other show betta.



















P


Photo By:

Lucie Tourneur




photo by Charnwit Saelai



IBC STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 5 Addendum: Plakat Standard
Chapter 5 Addendum Page 4 of 6
Copyright 2007-2010 Revised 7/15/2010













Sieg Illig






Show Plakat Form & Finnage Faults

1. Ventral fins slightly less than 2/3 body length (Slight Fault)
2. Ventral fins single tip preferred, double tips (Slight Fault)
3. Dorsal and anal-most caudal fin rays (edge rays) shorter than other caudal fin rays (so-called
rounded edges) (Minor Fault)
4. Dorsal fin without primary branching (Minor Fault)
5. Ventral fins 1/2 body length or slightly less (Minor Fault)
6. Branching in caudal fin <3(Minor Fault)
7. Anal fin fails to slope strongly from anterior to posterior (Major Fault)
8. Tip of anal fin fails to display extended point (Major Fault)
9. Less than 180Caudal spread (Major Fault)

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL FAULTS APPLY.


IBC STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 5 Addendum: Plakat Standard
Chapter 5 Addendum Page 5 of 6
Copyright 2007-2010 Revised 7/15/2010
TRADITIONAL AND SHOW PLAKAT FEMALE BETTAS

Female Traditional and Show Plakat Bettas are of the same general form as their
male counterparts, but with shorter fins and broader bodies.

The IBC encourages in this class the distinctive female Plakat form. Female Plakat Bettas vary
considerably from males in several ways and should always appear "female."

Females are generally expected to be somewhat smaller overall. They are usually more rounded in the
belly area than males. Female fins are not expected to reach the same size or proportion of the male
finnage.

General Characteristics

1. The female Plakat is not expected to have the finnage of their
long-fin female counterparts. The dorsal is expected to be smaller.
2. The dorsal of a female plakat may open like a fan as in the male form.
3. The anal fin will be shorter; with slight rounding at the front of the anal fin and will show an extended
point at the tip of the fin.
4. Females are expected to show an egg spot.
5. Females should be more aggressive in their deportment than their long fin female
counterparts.
TRADITIONAL FEMALE PLAKATS
The traditional female plakats will have the same caudal characteristics of their male counterparts. The
caudal edges are expected to be rounded rather than in the shape of a semicircle (capital D). The dorsal
fin will be smaller. The anal fin has a trapezoid shape with the forward (anterior) edge shorter than the rear
(posterior) edge.

Traditional Form & Finnage Faults
1. Body excessively stout and heavy (Slight Fault)
2. Dorsal fin narrow (Minor Fault)
3. Caudal fin spread > 165, but < 180(Minor Fault)
5. Caudal branching greater than 2(Minor Fault)
6. Anal fin rounded not pointed (Major Fault)
7. Caudal fin less than 165(Major Fault)


Show Female Plakats
The show female plakats will have the same characteristics of the traditional female except that the
caudal spread is 180 degrees, has straight rays, sharp edges and the shape of a semi-circle (capital D).
Show Plakat Form & Finnage Faults

1. Body excessively stout and heavy (Slight Fault)
2. Dorsal fin narrow (Minor Fault)
3. Dorsal and anal-most caudal fin rays (edge rays) shorter than other caudal fin rays (so-called
rounded edges) (Minor Fault)
4. Branching in caudal fin <3(Minor Fault)
5. Anal fin fails to slope strongly from anterior to posterior (Major Fault)
6. Tip of anal fin fails to display extended point (Major Fault)
7. Less than 180Caudal spread (Major Fault)


IBC STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 5 Addendum: Plakat Standard
Chapter 5 Addendum Page 6 of 6
Copyright 2007-2010 Revised 7/15/2010





ALL APPROPRIATE GENERAL AND SPECIAL FAULTS APPLY
Show Plakat Female Traditional Plakat Female








Charles Baille Connie Emery
1. Body excessively stout and heavy (Slight
2. Dorsal fin narrow (Minor Fault)


BC JUDGNG STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
CHAPTER 5 ADDENDUM-SHORT FN HALFMOON STANDARDS

______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5 Addendum
Copyright 2009 Page 1 of 2 Effective 7/15/2009

SHORTFIN HALFMOON

Shortfin HM STM

- The Shortfin HM is a short-finned version of the symmetrical long-finned show fish.
Shortfin Halfmoons can be shown in any color and are judged for color by adherence to the ideals of that
color standard. n all other respects, the Shortfin HM should mirror the standard show in conformation
and color. Specifically:
AnaI fin: The anal fin is expected to be rectangular in outline rather than sloping to a point. The last
ray of the anal fin should be no longer than the rest of the rays. Moreover, the length of the anal fin should
be equivalent to that of the caudal and dorsal so as to insure that a pleasing, continuous oval like shape is
displayed. However a slightly longer (1/16) (2mm) is tolerated matching the dorsal length, with emphasis
on the rectangular outline.
Sieg IIIig



Ventral fins: The ventral fins should be in balance with the length of the rest of the unpaired fins to
preserve the symmetrical look. Ventral fins are not expected to be of a length comparable to that of the
body. The length should be about twice the height of the anal fin.
Dorsal fin: The dorsal fin may be of any shape. A larger, better matching to anal fin is preferred
over a smaller one, provided that the size does not distract from the symmetry of the fish. Like the anal fin, a
slightly longer (1/16) (2mm) fin is tolerated. The desired effect is typically achieved by an increase in the
number of fin rays.
CaudaI fin-: The caudaI spread is 180 degrees, has straight rays, sharp edges and is the
shape of a semi-circIe (capitaI "D"), no Ionger than 1/3 Iength of the body. The rays shouId be evenIy
distributed above and beIow the centerIine of the fish with a secondary branching (4-ray) or more
without becoming too excessive. A >180 degree spread is not preferred above a 180 degree spread.
PectoraI Fins: As in other show bettas.
















BC JUDGNG STANDARDS Section 2 Judges Manual
CHAPTER 5 ADDENDUM-SHORT FN HALFMOON STANDARDS

______________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 5 Addendum
Copyright 2009 Page 2 of 2 Effective 7/15/2009




Shortfin HM - Form & Finnage FauIts

1. AnaI fin sIopes from front to back (SIight FauIt).
2. VentraI fins - SingIe tip preferred, doubIe tips (SIight FauIt).
3. VentraI fins overIy Iong (Minor FauIt).
4. CaudaI Fin - most outer caudaI fin rays shorter than other caudaI fin rays(so-caIIed 'rounded
edges') (MinorFauIt)
5. Lack of primary branching in DorsaI (Minor FauIt).
6. DorsaI fin not fuII and/or Iacking wide base (Minor FauIt)
7. AnaI fin sIope substantiaIIy from front to back and/or posterior edge extends substantiaIIy,
(more than 1/16") beIow base of caudaI (Major FauIt)
8. Less than 180 caudaI spread (Major FauIt).

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL FAULTS APPLY.






revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004
Unlike the General Standards which deal with
the characteristics that the many types of Betta
splendens share in common, the Special
Standards deal with the traits that separate them,
the colors, forms, and species. In these standards,
like the General Standards faults are divided into
Slight, Minor, Major, Severe, and Disqualifying.
The Special Standards are arranged into several
chapters, beginning with this explanation of the
basis for judging color, in the following order:
Chapter 6 Basis for Judging Color; Chapter 7
Show Stock; Chapter 8 Wild Types; and
Chapter 9 Special Exhibits.

The color typing system is hierarchical, with
Bettas categorized into increasingly refined
groupings. Each level in the hierarchy has a
name, given below, which will be referred to
throughout:

Categorization of the genus Betta:
GROUPS
Subgroups
CATEGORIES
Subcategories
TYPES
Subtypes

The diagram above shows the names of the
various units into which Betta colors and
patterns are divided. This division system is
called the COLOR TYPING SYSTEM.
Understanding the Color Typing System will
explain why certain colors are faulted the way
they are. Knowing the Color Typing System will
improve your ability to provide quality judging
at shows.
The Color Typing System does not
distinguish sex (male or female), nor tail type
(single tail or doubletail)) with which the Class
System deals. (see Chapter 10)

GROUPS
Bettas are considered to exist in five distinct
groups:
Single Colored Bettas
Bicolored Bettas
Patterned Bettas
Betta species
Special Exhibit Bettas

If a Betta is judged, and found to be in
violation of the GROUP characteristics
appropriate for the class in which it is entered it
will be disqualified. For example, a Traditional
Cambodian male entered in the RED class must
be disqualified. This violates the GROUP Single
Color characteristics appropriate to the RED
class. Thus, failure of a Betta show entry to
comply with the GROUP requirements is in fact
an error in classification by the entrant, and
unless reclassified, will be disqualified. No
special standard color fault is more serious
than a GROUP fault.

SUBGROUPS, CATEGORIES AND
SUBCATEGORIES
To understand the breakdown of hierarchical
categories below the GROUP level, it is useful to
recognize three COLOR FACTORS that all
Bettas can potentially display. These provide a
logical breakdown below the GROUP level:
Dark under coloration, or lack of it
Iridescence, or lack of it
Opaque, or lack of it
Subgroups are defined by the presence of dark
under coloration or lack thereof, Categories are
based on the presence or absence of iridescence,
and Subcategories delineate opaque fish from
those lacking opaque.
For example, the Single Color Group is
divided into two subgroups based on the
presence or absence of the dark under coloration
Subgroup 1: Dark Single Color
Subgroup 2: Light Single Color

CATEGORIES
By considering the presence or absence of
Iridescence, the Subgroups are broken down into
Categories:
Category 1: Non-iridescent
Category 2: Iridescent
Accordingly, the Subcategory level
introduces a distinction based of the appearance
of opaque. For example, the single color
(GROUP), light (subgroup), iridescent
(CATEGORY) is divided into two
subcategories:
Subcategory 1: Non-Opaque
Subcategory 2: Opaque

The COLOR FACTORS which constitute the
basis for defining Subgroups, Categories, and
Subcategories hold only for two of the five
Groups. Specifically, they apply to Group 1
(Single Color), and Group 2 (Bicolored).
Group 3 (Patterned Bettas) differ in that the
subgroup categorization is based on the type of
pattern present:
Subgroup 1: Butterfly
Subgroup 2: Marble
Subgroup 3: Multicolor
revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004 Page 1 of 5
revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004
Lower levels in the Group 3 hierarchy also
differ are specified in summary tables below.
Group 4 (Betta species) and Group 5 (Special
Exhibit Bettas) also differ as specifically
addressed in Chapters 8 and 9, respectively.

TYPES AND SUBTYPES
The lower levels of the Special Standards are
constructed around the 11 currently recognized
primary colors, 6 secondary colors, and 5
primary patterns.

Primary colors
Red Blue Pastel
Black Steel Opaque
Yellow Turquoise Orange
Clear Green
Secondary colors
Pastel Blue
Pastel Green
Pastel White
Opaque Blue
Opaque Green
Opaque White
Primary Patterns
Single color
Bicolor
Butterfly
Marble
Multicolor
NOTE: The Copper color complex may add some
new colors to the Types and Subtypes.


SUMMARY AND EXAMPLES
With 6 levels in the hierarchy, an enormous
number of combinations are possible. The class
system, however, does not include show classes
for all possible combinations. For example, we
currently have no show class for a single color
(Group), dark (Subgroup), iridescent (Category),
opaque iridescent (sub-category) fish. This is
evident in the following summary table, which is
provided not only to illustrate this point, but also
to summarize the rationale introduced above.
Detailed tables follow for the lower
hierarchical levels included in each of the five
GROUPS.

SUMMARY CHART: GROUP SINGLE COLOR
Non-iridescent Iridescent
Non-Opaque Opaque Non-Opaque Opaque
D Red none Blue none
A Black Steel Blue
R Turquoise
K Green
-----------------------------------------------------------
L Yellow none Pastel Blue Opaque Blue
I Clear Pastel Green Opaque Green
G Pastel White Opaque White
H
T
Using the above chart, find a color type like Red.
You can see that Red must be:
DARK (Subgroup characteristic)
Non-iridescent (Category characteristic)
Non-Opaque (Subcategory characteristic)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 1 SINGLE COLORED

Subgroup DARK -----------------------------------------------------------

Category Non-iridescent ---------------------------------------------- Iridescent

Subcategory Non-Opaque --------- Opaque Non-Opaque ----------------- Opaque

Type Red ----- Black Blue ----- St. Blue ----- Turq. ----- Green

Subtype True ----- Black True ----- Common
Black Lace Green Green
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 2 BICOLORED

Subgroup DARK -----------------------------------------------------------

Category Non-iridescent ---------------------------------------------- Iridescent

Subcategory Non-Opaque --------- Opaque Non-Opaque ----------------- Opaque
revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004 Page 2 of 5
revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004

Type Red ----- Black Blue ----- St. Blue ----- Turq. ----- Green

Subtype Black/Yellow
(Chocolate)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 3 PATTERNED

Subgroup Butterfly ------------------------------------------------- Marble ------------------Multicolor

Category Single color ---------------Bicolor -------------- Marble
Based Based Based
Subcategory 2 Bands --- 3 Bands 2 Bands --- 3 Bands

Type Red/ Clear/ ------ Clear/White- Piebald --- Colored
Red-White Red-White Red-White
(Tutweiler)
Subtype Red
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SINGLE COLORED Group 1

------------------------------ LIGHT Subgroup

Non-iridescent ---------------------------------------------- Iridescent Category

Non-Opaque --------- Opaque Non-Opaque ----------------- Opaque Subcategory

Yellow --------- Clear (PASTELS) (OPAQUES) Type

Cellophane --- Albino Blue -----Green Blue -----Green ----- White Subtype

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BICOLORED Group 2

------------------------------ LIGHT Subgroup

Non-iridescent ---------------------------------------------- Iridescent Category

Non-Opaque --------- Opaque Non-Opaque ----------------- Opaque Subcategory

Yellow --------- Clear (PASTELS) (OPAQUES) Type

Clear/Red Blue -----Green Blue -----Green ----- White Subtype
(Trad. Cambodian)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE COLOR TYPING SYSTEM

GROUPS
1 Single Color
2 Bicolor
3 Patterned

Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color effective 09/03/2004
Page 3 of 5
revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004

Proper judging of Bettas requires an understanding of how to treat improperly classified fish (category
faults) relative to properly categorized fish with color faults. Explicit instructions on color faults are
provided in chapter 7 following next. Nonetheless, a brief survey here as to the system used in faulting is
relevant. It may be useful to re-read this section after one has mastered material in Chapter 7.

JUDGING FOR COLOR
GENERAL COLOR FAULTS:
If a Betta shows a color fault, the degree of seriousness is a function of the level of the characteristic
violated.
Level Degree of Fault
Group (or Subgroup)Disqualifying
Category (or Subcategory)Severe (with exceptions)
Type (or Subtype)Major (with exceptions)

CATEGORY FAULT GUIDES:
It seems there are always exceptions to the rules. To help you with this, there is a Category Fault Guide
provided for each Category/Subcategory, and a Type Guide for each Type/Subtype whenever necessary to
highlight exceptions to the general fault guidance provided by the chart above.
At the left of this page you see a typical Category Fault Guide used to provide specific
fault/ guidance on the various problems associated with each color of Betta. Parts of it should
deduction already be familiar to you. You can see the various fault ratings that were explained
Slight/ earlier, along with their values. In the actual sections of following chapters you will
-3 points normally find abbreviated charts.
When using the guide, the first questions it will answer is, What are the color faults
on the various Betta color types? The answer is listed on the guide. Thus, for whatever
Color this guide is referring to, the presence of an iridescent color (Blue, Steel Blue,
Turquoise, or Green) would be a severe fault, thus deducting 17 points.
Minor/
-5 points A COMPLETE EXAMPLE
We will use an example taken from the section dealing with Black to illustrate the use
of the color guides completely. Assume you are trying to rate the color of a BLACK
Betta that has only one fault the color STEEL BLUE is present on the body.
Major/ The Category Fault Guide: At left and below is the general Category Fault Guide
-9 points taken from the section of the Special Standards dealing with Dark Singlecolor Bettas.
The Dark Singlecolor subcategory is correct for all BLACK Bettas. You should notice
that IRIDECENCE is a severe fault, but not shown on the guide, because BLACK is a
NON-IRIDESCENT color, and iridescence violates the Category general characteristic.
Steel Blue So it is assumed and need not be repeated on each guide. So our example Bettas color
quality will be rated as SEVERELY FAULTED and lose 17 points BECAUSE Steel
Blue, an iridescent color, violates the standard characteristic for the Category in which
the fish belongs.
Severe/ The Type Guide: In the Type Guide (the one for TYPE Black), you will notice
-17 points some difference from the guide we just reviewed. STEEL BLUE, one of the iridescent
colors is specifically listed as a MAJOR (not severe) fault. The other iridescent colors
(Blue, Turquoise, and Green) arent even mentioned. This is because the Type Guide
only lists EXCEPTIONS to higher level guidance. If our Betta had Blue, Turquoise, or
Green iridescence, it would still be severely faulted and lose 17 points. But since the
Type Guide lists STEEL BLUE as an exception to the higher level standard, our Betta
Disqualify will only lose 9 points for a MAJOR FAULT.
Why is Steel Blue iridescence different? The answer is because it is of reasonable LOW
CONTRAST giving it a different impact than the other iridescent colors. Few of the type
guides are accompanied with an explanation of how they were constructed. However, as
you gain familiarity with the Color Typing System, you will be able to determine the
reason yourself.

Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color effective 09/03/2004
Page 4 of 5
revised Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color
effective 09/03/2004

A JUDGE MAY RAISE OR LOWER, BY ONE LEVEL, THE RATING OF EXCEPTIONAL
FAULTS
All three examples below are Black with Steel Blue iridescence in varying amounts. Our Betta is in the
middle. The Judge will probably decide that our Betta is the one to which a rating of MAJOR fault is to
apply. He may raise the rating of the one on the right by one level of the guide to SEVERE. And,
likewise, he may lower the level of the left Betta to one of MINOR. He cannot raise any as either SLIGHT
or DISQUALIFIED because that exceeds the rule of ONE LEVEL change to what the Color Guide
specifies. UNLESSif the iridescence on the body is sufficiently great that the Judge determines that the
fish is a Steel Blue/Black BICOLOR, violating the Group Characteristic SINGLE COLOR. That Betta
may be disqualified if not reclassified.

photo by Wasan Sattayapun photo by Jim Sonnier photo by Surat Bhutipanya

Color Guide: Major Major Major
Judges decision: Minor Major Severe

EMPHASIS OF COLOR JUDGING:
Judging for color is based on the particular unit of the Color Typing System in which a fault belongs,
and that units unique traits. Judges must avoid the, Isnt it the most beautiful Betta youve ever seen,
syndrome. Fabulous Bettas which do not meet the criteria specified for its color unit are faulted, even
though they may indeed be beautiful. As you read, you will gain an appreciation for the principles of color
classification applied throughout the system. The various official Groups, Subgroups, Categories,
Subcategories, Types, and Subtypes are defined in the next chapter (7). Where they do not pertain, or have
no impact on the judging decisions, some of these breakdown units are omitted from the explanations,
though they remain a part of the system as shown on the charts accompanying the text.
Chapter 6: Special Standards Basis for Judging Color effective 09/03/2004
Page 5 of 5
Section 2 Chapter 7 Continued

Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2007

1
GROUP--SINGLE COLORED BETTAS
Single colored Bettas show only one color on all body and fin surfaces, and in only one shade. There are two major subgroups:
Single Dark Color, and Single Light Color. These are further divided into specific Types for each single color. The ideal single
colored Betta shows no color other than the one naming the Type (except for the color observed in the eye pupil and gills). Beyond
general Betta characteristics that always apply, the primary concern of judges in evaluating this type of Betta, is the uniformity,
density, and nature of the color. In some cases a particular shade is more desirable and will be specified. Some of the Guides will
show where to place shades of the primary color, but they cannot cover the subtle variant shades. Judges must subjectively make
determinations about color shading. Low contrast is important in all cases for Single Colored Bettas. The color should be rated by
directly shining a flashlight on it. The flashlight must not contain a color lens, nor should the color be assessed by shining the
flashlight through the fins from the rear. That is okay when looking for an invisible fin wash, but not when judging shade. Make
sure that lighting is good enough to make accurate color judgements.

GROUP CHARACTERISTIC--Single color
Absence of the single color pattern is a disqualifying fault.

SUBGROUP--Single Dark Color
The term dark refers to the undercoating of black pigment that these Bettas have beneath the color that names the individual
Type. The color names can be misleading. As an example, RED is often thought of as being, by definition dark--however, it is not
the RED, but the RED WITH THE DARK UNDERCOATING that makes such a fish dark. A Red Betta without that undercoating of
black would be classified as a Light Single Colored Betta. NOTE: In recent years red strains without a black pigment undercoat
have been established. These Bettas exibit and increase of red pigment that can make it difficult to discern a dark undercoat and
phenotypically represent a dark color. THIS RED TYPE HAS A TEMPORARY EXCEPTION TO THE SUBGROUP SINGLE DARK
COLOR REQUIREMENT OF AN UNDERCOATING OF BLACK PIGMENT, AND MAY BE SHOWN IN THE EXISTING RED CLASS.

General Basis of Faults of the Dark Single Colored Bettas:
Colors not applicable to this Subgroup (dark) are faulted if they appear to any degree on any of the fish of this type. The
principles which determine the arrangement of the fault charts found in this portion of the text are:
---Light colors are faulted on Dark subgroup Bettas.
---Iridescence is faulted on non-iridescent category Bettas.
---If a second color is present--the higher the contrast, the more severe the fault.
---The degree to which a second color intrudes also affects the severity of the fault.

SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC = DARK UNDERCOATING
Absence of the dark undercoating is a disqualifying fault.

CATEGORY--Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE - Red


A brilliant red is desired. Judges should be strict in accessing color quality and uniformity. Red was at one time perhaps
the most fully developed and set of all the dark single colors. Bettas exhibiting the most even shade body to fins of
brilliant red are given preference. Because red is a member of both non-iridescent and non-opaque categories, even a
slight appearance of iridescence (including metallic) or opaque is a serious deficiency. Any touch of color other than red
is a fault to some degree, as determined by the Judge using the IBC color type system.


Section 2 Chapter 7 Continued

Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2007

2

Hermanus Haryanto Sarawut Angkunanawut Peter Goettner


**EXCEPTION TO DARK BODY RULE

SUBGROUP=SINGLE LIGHT COLOR
A temporary exception is given to light body based reds that meet the standards ideal for red color, and are now allowed to
compete in the red class for the time being. The fish that comes closest to the ideal red color standard, all else being
equal, will be given the higher placing in the class. Reds that are obvious light body bicolors should be moved to the
bicolor class.

CATEGORY Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE - RED
Just as red bettas have been developed from dark-bodied lines, red strains have been developed from light-bodied bi-color
(cambodian) lines. These fish lack the dark-bodied undercoating and often have cream or flesh colored parts on the head whereas
reds with dark bodied undercoating would have a dark or olive coloring. Other than this mark of distinction, the light-bodied red can
be difficult to distinguish from the dark-bodied red. As with yellow and orange, judges must beware of substantial contrast between
the body and fin colors - unless reclassified to bicolor, disqualify.


Peter Goettner Sarawut


Color faults of Red Bettas:
1. White ventrals (slight)
2. Color missing from pectorals (slight)
3. Black scales (minor unless extensive in which case it can be major; the judge should consider reclassing to Bicolor if
severe)
4. Lighter shade of red on body vs. fins (minor unless excessive in which case it can be major; the judge should consider
reclassing to Bicolor if severe)
5. Black edges on fins (minor)
6. Cream or flesh color on the head (minor unless extensive in which case it can be major)
7. Clear edges or streaks on fins (minor)
8. Presence of yellow or orange (major)
9. Black spots, streaks or patches (major)
10. Presence of Iridescence (Major if only a few rays or scales)
11. Presence of Iridescence (Severe if extensive, the Judge should
consider reclassing to Multicolor)
Section 2 Chapter 7 Continued

Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2007

3
12. Presence of Metallic iridescence (Severe can be major if relegated to a few scales or fin rays)
13. Presence of Opaque (disqualifying fault; severe if restricted to ventrals)






CATEGORY-NON-IRIDESCENT
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE Black


The ideal color is a very dark, dense, black mollie color. Other than green, black is the least fully set of the dark single colors. This
is largely due to the requirement to breed for black without using the normally infertile black females. Some lines, for example, have
used steel blue females extensively and thus, not surprisingly, have led to blacks with considerable iridescence present. This is
particularly unfortunate since black; by its category definition is a non-iridescent color. As in Red, the presence of iridescence or
opaque is serious. Because the iridescence problem is an offshoot of breeding problems, the presence of steel blue iridescence is
not rated as seriously as in Red.
NOTE: A relatively recently developed (2003) combination of True Black and Black Lace provides melano females that are fertile.
This type is called, Double Black.

Subtype--True Black
A dark, pitch black is preferred - usually referred to as melano. These often have the desired dark black on the fins but
suffer from iridescence on the body. The latter must be faulted according to the extent and type of iridescence.


Suporn Khuhom Kelson Say

Subtype--Black Lace
A black betta with translucent webbing between the fin rays. This type of black is much less desirable.

Subtype--Double Black
As for all blacks, a dark, pitch black is preferred without iridescence on the body and fins.


C. Emery

Color faults of Black Bettas:
Section 2 Chapter 7 Continued

Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2007

4
1. White ventrals (slight)
2. Color missing from pectorals (slight)
3. Red on fins (minor unless extensive in which case it can be major or the judge can move to multicolor or butterfly class)
4. Clear on edges or streaks on fins (minor can be major if extensive)
5. Presence of steel Iridescence (Major if extensively covering body, should be moved to dark-body bi-colors)

6. Presence of green or blue Iridescence (Severe if extensively covering body, should be moved to bi-colors)
consider moving the Betta to the Multicolor class.)
7. Presence of metallic Iridescence (Severe if extensively covering body, should be moved to Bicolor or Multicolor class if
uneven spread). Intrusion of Metallic on the body can manifest itself as spots of yellow against a black background.
8. Presence of Rust (Severe but must be obvious)
9. Presence of Opaque is a Disqualifying fault unless restricted to ventrals)



IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS B


GROUP B-- IRIDESCENT BETTAS


IRIDESCENT means: Blue, Steel Blue, Turquoise, and Green. These fish have a unique problem, that of anal
fin wash. Visible wash follows the fault levels specified for the color of the wash. Invisible wash can only be
seen by shining a flashlight through the fins from the opposite side from the viewer. The Judge ignores this type
of wash.

One of the common concerns with the dark iridescent colors is learning to recognize them from each other. This
chart shows their relative position on the blue-green scale:

Decreasing blueness----------> <----------Decreasing greenness
BLUE-STEEL BLUE-TURQUOISE-COMMONGREEN-TRUE GREEN

Another concern is the pervasiveness of the metallic genes in iridescent lines. Judges must judge phenotype
and not the presumed genetics of show bettas. However, judges must be able to distinguish dark-bodied
metallic bettas with an iridescent base from the Group B iridescent bettas.


CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE - BLUE
A deep Royal Blue is ideal. Blue, like all of the dark single colors (except green) is well established with a wide
concurrence on its purity. Its presence in a non-opaque category makes the absence of all opaque an essential
trait. This color often suffers from the presence of a color wash, particularly in the anal fin. Though common,
the presence of any other color is a fault.


Siegbert Illig Peter Goettner

Color Faults for Blue Bettas
1.
White ventrals (slight fault)
2.
Lack of blue iridescence on head (slight fault)
3.
Lack of color on pectorals ( slight fault)
4.
Yellow wash (minor fault)
5.
Red in ventrals (minor fault)
6.
Barely visible metallic coloration, usually on lips & cheeks (minor fault)
7.
Blue coloration fading in shades to steel (minor fault) or fading to shades of green or turquoise (major fault)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS B

8.
Blue coloration not of uniform hue (major fault)
9.
Red wash (major fault).
10.
Blue coloration not uniformly spread (severe fault).
11.
Small amount(s) of metallic coloration, up to 10% coverage (major fault)
12.
Presence of any red color (severe fault unless relegated to ventrals).
13.
Large amounts of Metallic coloration over 10% coverage requires moving to the dark metallic class
14.
Absence of a dark undercoating (disqualifying fault).
15.
Presence of opaque (disqualifying fault)



CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE STEEL BLUE
Also called gunmetal blue, this color has a silver iridescence when compared to the Blue Betta. Perhaps
slightly grayer in appearance to some observers. A grayer, less bluish color is desired.

Siegbert Illig

Color Faults for Steel Blue Bettas
1.
White ventrals (slight fault)
2.
Lack of steel blue iridescence on head (slight fault)
3.
Lack of color on pectorals (slight fault)
4.
Yellow wash (minor fault)
5.
Red in ventrals (minor fault)
6.
Barely visible metallic coloration, usually on lips & cheeks (minor fault)
7.
Steel Blue coloration fading in shades to blue (minor fault) or fading to shades of green (major fault) or
turquoise (major fault)
8.
Steel Blue coloration not of uniform hue (major fault)
9.
Small amount(s) of metallic coloration, up to 10% coverage (major fault)
10.
Red wash (major fault).
11.
Steel Blue coloration not uniformly spread (severe fault).
12.
Presence of any red color (severe fault unless relegated to ventrals)
13.
Large amounts of Metallic coloration over 10% coverage requires moving to the dark Metallic class
14.
Absence of a dark undercoating (disqualifying fault).
15.
Presence of opaque (disqualifying fault)

_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS B


CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE TURQUOISE
Ideally, a darker shade of the color of the mineral Turquoise. This type of Betta has had a stormy past history
because of its confusion with the Green type. Color preference is toward the lighter aqua, turquoise tones of
the blue rather than the darker green/yellow shades. It should appear to be a single even overall shade, rather
than a mixture of blues and greens.

Dan Young Peter Goettner

Color Faults for Turquoise Bettas
1.
White ventrals (slight fault)
2.
Lack of turquoise iridescence on head (slight fault)
3.
Lack of color on pectorals ( slight fault)
4.
Yellow wash (minor fault)
5.
Red in ventrals (minor fault)
6.
Barely visible metallic coloration, usually on lips & cheeks (minor fault)
7.
Turquoise coloration fading in shades to green (minor fault) or fading to shades of blue (major fault) or steel
blue (major fault)
8.
Turquoise coloration not of uniform hue (major fault)
9.
Red wash (major fault).
10.
Turquoise coloration not uniformly spread (severe fault).
11.
Small amount(s) of metallic coloration, up to 10% coverage (major fault)
12.
Presence of any red color (severe fault unless relegated to the ventrals).
13.
Large amounts of Metallic coloration over 10% coverage requires moving to the dark metallic class
14.
Absence of a dark undercoating (disqualifying fault).
15.
Presence of opaque (disqualifying fault)




CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE GREEN
Ideally, a grass or forest green. Darker rather than brighter shades are desired. Green is the least fixed dark
single color type because it is complicated by a tendency to vary in shade. There are at least two distinct
subtypes. Subtype 1, True Green, has preference though the second subtype is more common. Green is not to
be confused with Turquoise which has a much more distinct blue hue. Teal color is from metallic and should be
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS B

moved to dark-bodied metallic.

Subtype--True Green
This sub-classification contains those Green Bettas that have a true forest green or grass green and
are given intentional preference when judging.

Subtype--Common Green
Most Green Bettas are, in fact, this type, which is less desirable than true green. Common green is a
bluish green fish although it has less blue than a turquoise--an often difficult fine hue distinction.







Lapheng

Color Faults for Green Bettas
1.
White ventrals (slight fault)
2.
Lack of green iridescence on head (slight fault)
3.
Lack of color on pectorals ( slight fault)
4.
Yellow wash (minor fault)
5.
Red in ventrals (minor fault)
6.
Barely visible metallic coloration, usually on lips & cheeks (minor fault)
7.
Green coloration fading in shades to turquoise (minor fault) or fading to shades of blue (major fault) or steel
blue (major fault)
8.
Green coloration not of uniform hue (major fault)
9.
Red wash (major fault).
10.
Green coloration not uniformly spread (severe fault).
11.
Small amount(s) of metallic coloration, up to 10% coverage (major fault)
12.
Presence of any red color (severe fault unless relegated to ventrals).
13.
Large amounts of Metallic coloration, over 10% coverage, including teal and emerald requires moving to the
dark metallic class
14.
Absence of a dark undercoating (disqualifying fault).
15.
Presence of opaque (disqualifying fault)


CATEGORYIridescent
Subcategory Opaque

No Types within this grouping are officially recognized. Blue, Steel Blue, Turquoise, or Green dark bodies
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS B

Bettas with an opaque covering would belong here.



_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS C

SUBGROUP--Single Light Color

General Basis of Faults of the Light Single Colored Bettas:
The light single colors differ from the single dark color Bettas primarily by lacking an undercoat of black coloration. The
Colors not applicable to this Subgroup (light) are faulted if they appear to any degree on one of the fish of this type. The
principles which determine the arrangement of the fault charts found in this portion of the text are:
---Dark colors are faulted on Light subgroup Bettas.
---Iridescence or metallic coloration is faulted on non-iridescent category Bettas.
---If a second color is present, and in high contrast with the main color, the more severe the fault.
---The degree to which a second color intrudes also affects the degree of severity of the fault.

SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Absence of dark undercoating
Presence of the dark undercoating is a disqualifying fault.


CATEGORY Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE - ORANGE


Sarawut

Orange lines have been developed from marble and from light-bodied bi-color lines. The desired color is brilliant orange and
yet translucent as in the flesh of a navel orange (and less like the peel). Red does not contrast as much as in yellow or
clear bettas so it is not faulted as severely. Beware of light body bi-colors with orange fins - unless reclassified, disqualify.

Color faults of Orange Bettas:
1.
Red vein effect (slight fault)
2.
Clear / lack of color in fins (minor fault)
3.
Black specs (minor fault if few in number; major if substantial)
4.
Red streaks on fins (minor fault)
5.
Black spots, streaks or patches (major fault)
6.
Iridescence or metallic coloration (severe fault unless relegated to a few fin rays detectable by flashlight which can be
major fault)
7.
Presence of Opaque (disqualifying fault)
8.
The presence of Black under-coloration (disqualifying fault)


CATEGORY Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE YELLOW

A brilliant yellow is ideal. Colors which tend to be very pale yellow or a brown tinted yellow are not desirable. Yellow results
from a trait which transforms red, therefore the presence of red--except the vein line) is a serious error. WATCHOUT for
Yellow Cambodians in a yellow class--unless reclassified, disqualify.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2008 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS C


Suporn

Color faults of Yellow Bettas:
1.
Red vein effect (slight fault)
2.
Clear / lack of color in fins (minor fault unless substantial which can be major fault)
3.
Black specs (minor fault if few in number; major if substantial)
4.
Red streaks on fins (major fault)
5.
Brown tint on fins (major fault)
6.
Black spots, streaks or patches (major fault)
7.
Iridescence or metallic coloration (severe fault unless relegated to a few fin rays detectable by flashlight which can be
major fault)
8.
Presence of Opaque (disqualifying fault)
9.
The presence of Black under-coloration (disqualifying fault)



CATEGORY Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE CLEAR

Transparent body and fins are ideal. Colors from the body organs, however, cause the body to appear pink--others use the
words flesh-colored or creme to describe this same color. The presence of any other color is a serious error.

SubtypeCellophane
A colorless Betta body--flesh colored--with transparent fins. Eyes are dark, not red. Occasionally the cellophane is
thought to be a bicolor: Pink/Clear. While that view is understandable it is not correct in the standards definition of
cellophane. The cellophane is considered a single color. The name of that color is clear. The pink of the body is
due to the flesh/organs of the fish.

SubtypeAlbino
Like cellophanes, these are colorless Bettas both in body and in fins. The eyes also show no coloration and are
therefore red in appearance.

Color faults of Clear Bettas:
1.
Red vein effect (slight fault)
2.
Yellow or orange (minor fault)
3.
Black specs (minor fault if few in number; major if substantial)
4.
Red streaks on fins (major fault)
5.
Black spots, streaks or patches (major fault)
6.
Iridescence or metallic coloration (severe fault unless relegated to a few fin rays detectable by flashlight which can be
major fault)
7.
Presence of Opaque (disqualifying fault)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2008 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS C

8.
The presence of Black under-coloration (disqualifying fault)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2008 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS C



CATEGORY Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryOpaque

No Types within this grouping are officially recognized. Yellow light bodied Bettas with an opaque
covering would belong here.

CATEGORY Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE - PASTELS

Pastel colors include Pastel Blue, Pastel Green, Pastel White, etc. All of these lack dark under-coloration and heavy
iridescent density. Therefore green for example is considerably different from the definition of green when referring to a
single dark color Betta. Opaque Bettas (described below), and even semi-opaque Bettas are not acceptable as Pastels.

All permitted entries must be non-red or Red-loss and light-bodied. Thus they cannot show red or black under coloration. A
light dusting of iridescence should cover the entire body and fins of the fish. The fins may be transparent, or translucent.
These fish should not show opaque, no matter how slight.


Subtype--Pastel Blue


Jim Sonnier Suporn

A light Sky Blue is ideal. Pale blue coloration that appears to lack the typical dark or black under-coloration. Must
not show opaque, however slight. Its presence in a non-opaque category makes the absence of all opaque an
essential trait. Though common, the presence of green tones is a fault.


Subtype--Pastel Green

A light pale Green is ideal. Pale green coloration that
appears to lack the typical dark or black under-coloration. Must not show opaque, however
slight. Its presence in a non-opaque category makes the absence of all opaque an essential
trait. Though common, the presence of blue tones is a fault.




_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2008 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS C

Subtype--Pastel White

A light, silvery White is ideal. Pale steel blue coloration that appears to
lack the typical dark or black under-coloration. Must not show opaque, however slight. Its
presence in a non-opaque category makes the absence of all opaque an essential trait.
Though common, the presence of blue or green tones is a fault.





Color faults of Pastel Bettas:
1.
Clear / lack of color in fins (minor fault unless >half in which case this is a major fault)
2.
Black specs (minor fault if few in number; major if substantial)
3.
Barely visible metallic coloration, usually on lips & cheeks (minor fault)
4.
Secondary Iridescence color, i.e. blue on a green pastel (major fault)
5.
Small amount(s) of metallic coloration, up to 10% coverage (major fault)
6.
Presence of Opaque (severe fault even if relegated to just the head); if the Opaque is prevalent the Judge
should consider moving the Betta to the appropriate Opaque class.
7.
The presence of Black under-coloration (disqualifying fault)
8.
The presence of Red coloration (disqualifying fault unless they are small light spot or two of random Red color
is to be faulted at the Judges discretion)
9.
Large amounts of Metallic coloration over 10% coverage requires moving to the light metallic class

_____________________________________________________________________________

CATEGORY Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE OPAQUES

The fish under this category/subcategory are, by common practice called opaques. Opaque colors include Opaque Blue,
Opaque green, and Opaque White, etc. All of these also lack dark under coloration.

All permitted entries must be non-red or Red-loss and light-bodied. Thus they cannot show red or black under coloration.
They MUST show opaque which covers the body.

Subtype--Opaque Blue
A light powder Blue is ideal. Basically contains the same colors as the Pastels. However, the fish is covered by a
coat of Opaque pigment. Pale blue coloration which appears to lack the typical dark or black under-coloration is
essential. Must show opaque. Though common, the presence of green tones is a fault.


Subtype--Opaque Green
A light powder Green is ideal. Pale green coloration which appears to lack the typical dark or black
undercoloration. Must be opaque. Though common, the presence of blue tones is a fault.


Subtype--Opaque White
Brilliant dense white coloration which appears to lack the typical dark or black under-coloration. Must be opaque.
Though common, the presence of non-white tones is a fault.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2008 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS C

Sarawat SiamBettap Udom


Opaque White?
Though you will find the term OPAQUE WHITE used throughout this manual, it is more correctly referred to as OPAQUE
STEEL BLUE since that is what the fish actually is genetically. However, judging does not concern itself with genetics, and
therefore, it is accepted practice to refer to the fish by its phenotypic common name.

Color faults of Opaque Bettas:
1.
Clear / lack of color in fins (minor fault unless >half in which case this is a major fault)
2.
Black specs (minor fault if few in number; major if substantial)
3.
Barely visible metallic coloration, usually on lips & cheeks (minor fault)
4.
Secondary Iridescence color, i.e. blue on a white or green opaque (major fault)
5.
Small amount(s) of metallic coloration, up to 10% coverage (major fault)
6.
Opaque covering eyes (disqualifying if the fish cannot see; it will not flare against a fish that it should see in a container
next t it)
7.
The presence of Black under-coloration (disqualifying fault)
8.
The presence of Red coloration (disqualifying fault unless they are small light spot or two of random Red color is to be
faulted at the Judges discretion)
9.
Large amounts of Metallic coloration over 10% coverage requires moving to the light metallic class



_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2008 Page 5 of 5
Copyright 2005-2008 Revised 7/15/2008

IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS D
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 1 of 4
Copyright 2005 Revised 7/15/2006
GROUP D--BICOLORED BETTAS
These are two color bettas. The body of a bicolor must be one single color and the fins must be one single, but different color than
the body. Further categorization is determined by the specific body color. Technically, the Bicolor is one of the Patterned Bettas, but
by common practice it is considered as a separate entry.
Different Colors?
The allowable fin and body colors are the same as listed under the Single Colored Bettas. Therefore, it is not necessary to describe
the colors of each of the Bicolor Types below.
GROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Bicolor
Absence of the bicolor pattern is a disqualifying fault.
Emphasis of Judging Bicolored Bettas:
The primary concern centers on the two colors. Absolutely sharp restriction of one color to the body and the other to the fins is
essential. The body colors are judged using the color descriptions found earlier. Contrast is also an important factor in judging bi-
color bettas all other things being equal a red-bodied fish with orange fins will not compete very well against a blue-bodied fish with
yellow fins, since the latter shows much more contrast between the colors.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBGROUPDark-bodied Bicolor
Those Bettas that have a dark body--colors include Extended Red, Black, Blue, Steel Blue, Turquoise, Green, Teal, Metallic Green,
Copper, Metallic Purpleand any other fin color. Dark-bodied metallic and other colors which do not have a single color description
in these standards, i.e. brown, should be shown in Color Variations class because there is no existing basis (single color standard) for
judging the color of those fish. Masked fish those with body color extending to the head and gill plates should not be faulted but
given the advantage.
General Basis of Faults of the Dark-bodied Bicolor Bettas:
Body colors which are not one of the six dark colors described earlier are not permitted and should be moved to a more appropriate
class. The Fins can be one of the other dark colors or they may be one of the described light colors.
- Contrast is important.
- The body and fin colors should be strictly separated at the body/fin junctions.
- If additional colors are present on the body or fins that is a fault treated as explained by the color fault guides for Single Colored
Bettas. For example, a Red Body--with iridescence on it--is scored in accordance with the Red Color Guide. The fins, if they
are black for example, are scored as in the Black Color Guide.
SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Dark body undercoating
Absence of the dark body undercoating is a disqualifying fault.
IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS D
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 2 of 4
Copyright 2005 Revised 7/15/2006
CATEGORY--Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE (same as for dark single colors)
Based on the color of the body refer to the appropriate Single Color Fault Guide. If there are unique Subtypes--those that have been
given special recognition--they are included here. The Bicolor Subtypes are named in this format Body/Fin, thus Red/White means
a Bicolor Betta that has a Red Body and White Fins.
Category and Type Guides: See the guides for the color of the body found in the Single color section.
Subtype--Black/Yellow (Chocolate)
This is the only recognized subtype in this category.
The black of the body is a reduced color, closer to a brown.
CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPE (same as for dark single colors)
Subcategory--Opaque
No Types within this grouping are officially recognized. Blue, Steel Blue, Turquoise, or Green dark bodied Bicolor Bettas
with an opaque covering would belong here.
Color Fault Guide for Dark Bodied Bi-Color Bettas
1. Lack of body color on head (slight fault)
2. Lack of fin color on pectorals (slight fault)
3. Slight bleeding of body color into fins OR vice versa (slight fault if restricted to one of the unpaired fins; minor if on 2 or all 3
unpaired fins).
4. Third color intrusion (slight to severe depending on amount and particular color see single color guide).
amount can be SLIGHT a few rays, edge of one fin, or scales to SEVERE i.e. nearly all rays in all unpaired fins
color can be SLIGHT green on turquoise to SEVERE opaque on black (see single color guide)
(amount severity + color severity) /2 = fault for 3
rd
color intrusion
5. Contrast between body and fin colors is poor (major fault). Slight bleeding of body color into fins AND fin color bleeds into body
(major fault)
6. Substantial bleeding of body color into fins OR vice versa (major fault)
7. Bleeding of body color into 1/3 or more of one or more non-paired fins (severe fault)
8. Bleeding of fin color into 1/3 or over body color (severe fault)
IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS D
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 3 of 4
Copyright 2005 Revised 7/15/2006
SUBGROUP--Light Bodied Bi-color
A distinctly two-colored Betta with a light colored body, that is, flesh, opaque, pastel, orange, yellow, light red or any of these colors
with metallic. Any color of fin different than the body color is acceptable.
General Basis of Faults of the Light Bicolored Bettas:
Body colors which are not one of the light colors described above are not permitted.. The Fins can be one of the other light colors or
may be one of the described dark colors.
- Contrast is important therefore dark colored fins have preference over light fins.
- The body and fin colors should be strictly separated at the body/fin junctions.
- If additional colors are present on the body or fins that is a fault treated as explained by the color fault guides for Single Colored
Bettas. For example, a Yellow Bodywith iridescence on itis scored in accordance with the Yellow Color Guide. The fins, if
they are black for example, are scored as presented above in the Black Color Guide.
SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Absence of dark body undercoating
Presence of the dark body undercoating is a disqualifying fault.
CATEGORYNon-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPES(Body Colors) Yellow, Orange, Clear
This is the only Type with recognized Subtypes. The body must be flesh color, the fins may be any other color except clear. Any
dark color of fins is considered high contrast. A light color, such as a yellow Cambodian, can be quite difficult to distinguish from a
pale all-yellow Betta. Cambodian is defined as a flesh-colored body with fins of another color except transparent as in Cellophane.
SubtypeClear/Red
(Traditional Cambodian)
Traditional Cambodian is defined as a flesh-
colored body with Red Fins. Fin colors other than
red are commonly referred to as Cambodian AOC
(Any Other Color) collectively.
The judging phenotype term Cambodian defined here should not be confused with the genetic definition of the Cambodian trait
which is absence of black pigment. The latter definition is not used for judging. For classes named Cambodian, only a flesh-
colored bodyCambodian or Cellophaneis permitted. If the class is further described as Traditional Cambodian, the body must
be flesh color and the fin color is restricted to Red.
CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
TYPES(Pastel Body Colors) Blue, Green, and White (Steel)
Example: Pastel Green body/Yellow fins.
IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7: SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS D
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 4
Copyright 2005 Revised 7/15/2006
CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryOpaque
TYPES(Opaque Body Colors) Blue, Green, White
Example: Opaque White body/Red fins.
Color intrusion from either the body to the fins or from the fins to the body is one of the greatest variables in judging Bicolors.
Color Fault Guide for Light-Bodied Bi-Color Bettas
1. Lack of body color on head (slight fault)
2. Lack of fin color on pectorals (slight fault)
3. Slight bleeding of body color into fins OR vice versa ( slight fault if restricted to one of the unpaired fins; minor if on 2 or all 3
unpaired fins )
4. Third color intrusion (slight to severe depending on amount and particular color see single color guide)
amount can be SLIGHT a few rays, edge of one fin, or scales to SEVERE i.e. nearly all rays in all unpaired fins
color can be SLIGHT green on turquoise to SEVERE opaque on black (see single color guide!)
(amount severity + color severity) / 2 = fault points for 3
rd
color intrusion
5. Contrast between body and fin colors is poor (major fault)
6. Slight bleeding of body color into fins AND fin color bleeds into body (major fault)
7. Substantial bleeding of body color into fins OR vice versa (major fault)
8. Bleeding of body color into 1/3 or more of one or more non-paired fins (severe fault)
9. Bleeding of fin color into 1/3 or over of body color (severe fault)
IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 1 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010

GROUP--PATTERNED BETTAS

All Bettas have a pattern. There are actually five patterns but, here again, we have a term that can be deceiving. The fi rst
two patterns are considered under their sections--the Single Color, pattern one and the Bicolor, pattern two, Bettas. So,
normally when one hears the term patterned it refers only to the last three of the five patterns: the BUTTERFLY Bettas,
the MARBLE Bettas, and the MULTICOLOR Bettas.

Emphasis of Judging Patterned Bettas:
Beyond general Betta characteristics that always apply, the primary concern of judges in evaluating this kind of Betta is the
uniformity, density, and nature of the pattern. The fault levels allocated to color are assigned to the pattern and not the
colors within the pattern.

GROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Non-singlecolor or bicolor
Presence of the singlecolor or bicolor pattern is a disqualifying fault.

SUBGROUP-- Butterfly

The Butterfly is a variegated Betta with a very specific fin pattern. The key is in the fins that display a banded pattern.
Emphasis is placed on the contrast and crispness of the band not the coloring of the body and fins. The band should be
crisp not just a lightening of opposing fin color. For example, a yellow Betta with yellow fins that have a lighter yellow outer
band is not a butterfly but a fish with distinct yellow and clear bands on the fins is a butterfly. Bands should scribe an even
oval around the fish. There are two forms the banding may take: A fin pattern with two bands, where the fins are divi ded in
half by two opposing colors, and a multiple, three or more, band pattern, where the fins are divided equally between the
number of bands. The multiple band pattern is sometimes difficult to identify since two of the bands, though distinct, may
be subtle but different shades of the same color. In this case, shining a flashlight from behind the fins may aid in detecting
this trait but the lack of definition between bands is considered a fault. The body color of the Butterfly Betta and the col or in
the first fin band may be either a single color, bicolored, marbled, or multicolor.


Chris Chua Suporn

General Basis of Faults of the Butterfly Bettas
The principles which determine the fault levels found in this portion of the text are:
- For two band fins, the bands should occupy 1/2 the fin on all fins.
- For multiple band fins, each band should occupy 1/[number of bands] of the fin area on all fins.
- The dividing line between fin bands should be straight and scribe an oval around the Betta.
- The degree to which a second color intrudes, lack of crisp definition, also affects the degree of severity of the fault.



SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Butterfly Pattern
Absence of the Butterfly pattern is a disqualifying fault.


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 2 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010

CATEGORY Single Color based
Subcategory Two and Multiple Bands
TYPE Red / Red-White

In this kind of butterfly the body must be one color. The inner band on the
fins must be the same color as the body. The outer fin band should occupy
the appropriate percentage of the fin/fins and maintain a different single color
within the band. Bettas of this Category are named in the following sequence:
Body color/Inner band--Outer band. Though only one subtype is shown here
to represent them, there are actually many: Red/Red-clear, etc. The color
possibilities are same as those shown in the Single Color group.




Hermanus

CATEGORY Bicolor based
Subcategory Two Bands
Bicolor based butterflies are just like the Bicolor group of Bettas except that the fins have a third color in
the outer bands on the fins. Again, the outer band ideally is one color and covers 1/2 the area of each
fin.

TYPE Clear / Red-White
This is a representative of the Types that are available. Rather than list all of them, let it be sufficient to
say that the body and inner band are those colors found among the Bicolor group with an outer band of
any other color. This type is commonly called a Cambodian butterfly.

Subcategory Multiple Bands
For these, the outer bands ideally cover 1/[number of bands] of the area of each fin. If there are 3
bands, for example, each band covers 1/3 of the fin area.

TYPE Clear / White-Red-White
While all multiple banded Bettas might be impressive, it is the unique contrast of the
dark central band that made the Tutweiler Betta famous.


CATEGORY Marble based
Subcategory None
The body must be as described in the Marble Classification. The inner fin band may be any solid color
or it may be marbled though that would probably disrupt the inner bands appearance of uniformity. In
the later case, the outer band must still be distinctly different than the inner band. Sharp division of the
marble pattern is preferable to blending.

CATEGORY Multicolor Based
Subcategory None
The body and inner band must conform to the Multicolor Betta as described in the Multicolor
Classification. The outer band/bands may contain different colors in the same band. Sharp division and
contrast between bands is preferred to blending.

Color faults of Butterfly Bettas:
1. Lack of butterfly pattern in pectoral fins ( slight fault)
2. Lack of butterfly pattern in ventral fins (minor fault)
3. Jagged separation between colors on pattern in one unpaired fin (minor fault)
IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 3 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010

4. Blurred, non-crisp separation between colors on pattern in one unpaired fin (minor fault)
5. Slight third color intrusion (not part of pattern) on fins (minor fault)
6. Less than of fin length but more than occupied by one of the two colors in one fin (minor fault)
7. Bleeding of fin pattern color into body (minor fault)
8. On 3-banded patterns 3
rd
band is less than of length of fin (minor fault)
9. On 3-banded patterns 3
rd
band is missing on dorsal fin (minor fault)
10. Lack of contrast between colors in pattern (minor fault)
11. On 3-banded patterns 3
rd
band is missing on caudal or anal fin (major fault)
12. Jagged separation between colors on pattern in two or more unpaired fin (major fault)
13. Blurred, non-crisp separation between colors on pattern in two or more unpaired fin (major fault)
14. Less than of fin length but more than occupied by one of the two colors in two or more unpaired fins (major fault)
15. Less than 1/4 of fin length occupied by one of the two colors in one unpaired fins (major fault)
16. Lack of butterfly pattern in any unpaired fin (major fault)
17. Less than 1/4 of fin length occupied by one of the two colors in two or more unpaired fins (severe fault)
18. Lack of butterfly pattern in 2 unpaired fins (severe fault)
19. Lack of butterfly pattern (Disqualifying fault)


SUBGROUP--Marble

The Marble Betta, like the Butterfly, is a Patterned Betta. However, it is variegated in a different manner. The key
differences are the lack of fin banding and the presence of other colors on the body in a marbled effect. Two types of
Marbles exist, the Traditional Marble or piebald, which is a dark bodied fish wi th a white head and/or face, and the newer
Colored Marble which may have many colors other than the black/flesh/white combination. Though cellophane is
sometimes considered to be a genetic marble variant, it is not classed as a marble phenotypically. The fins and body must
show at least two colors. These must include a light and dark color mix. Fish exhibiting sharp edges to the marbling
pattern are preferred over those with blended colors.


Sarawut Hermanus

General Basis of Faults of the Marble Bettas:
The principles which determine the arrangement of the fault charts found in this portion of the text are:
- Mixing of the colors is a must -- marbled.
- High Contrast between light and dark colors with good definition
- Symmetrical marbles should be studied closely for reclassification as variations.

SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC--Marble pattern
Absence of the marble pattern is a disqualifying fault.


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 4 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010




CATEGORY None
Subcategory None
TYPE PIEBALD

This is the type of marble also known as Traditional Marble. It distinctly lacks
the colors red, green, blue, and steel blue that appear on colored marbles.
The newer Metallic colors would also not be present on the Traditional
Marble. Fins also do not contain those colors, and the fish is a mixture of
black/flesh/white.


Suporn

TYPE COLORED
The face/chin area retains characteristic marble flesh-color or white, but the body and fins may show a mix of red,
green, blue, and steel blue. The fish should not be faulted if the face/chin is a di fferent color (black or red) as long
as the fish has a definite marble pattern on the body. The body of these colored marbles may include any of the
aforementioned colors, but must also included flesh-color. The color mixes with greater contrast are preferred. A
mix of only green and red, for example, is not sufficient.

TYPE RED MARBLE
This representative subtype shows the same colors of the piebald, but includes red. Other subtypes include the
color of their name.


Kelson


Color faults of Marble Bettas:
1. A 50/50 blend between light and dark colors is ideal. Between 25% - 33% of either dark or light colors (minor fault)
Exception to 1: A good Dalmatian pattern with even spread of spots and good contrast should not be faulted.
2. Pattern has poor contrast in 1 unpaired fin only (minor fault)
3. Less than 25% of either dark or light colors (major fault)
4. Lack of marble pattern in one unpaired fin (major fault)
5. Pattern has poor contrast in body (major fault)
6. Pattern has poor contrast in body and 1 or more unpaired fins (severe fault)
7. Lack of pattern on body (severe fault)
8. Lack of pattern in two unpaired fins (severe fault)
9. Butterfly pattern on 1 or more unpaired fins should not be faulted if the fish has a good marble pattern on the body.
The exhibitor has the option of showing a fish with a butterfly pattern on all three unpaired fins in the butterfly class.

IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 5 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010


SUBGROUP--Multicolor

This designation is for Bettas with two or more colors that do not fit into any of the other
patterned categories. Ideally, the colors are in high contrast to each other. The colors
are those normally seen in Bettas. However, simply having the head alone a different
color or only having a different color on the tip of the ventrals is not sufficient to be
designated as Multicolor. Judges need be particularly cautious of Bettas shown as
Multicolor that show as a second color only a fine wash, such as a Blue with a bad Red
wash, which is not sufficient.



Lapheng 2-Color MultiColor



Perez Perez


SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC-- Non-singlecolor or bicolor
Presence of the singlecolor or bicolor is a disqualifying fault.

Color faults of Multicolor Bettas:
1. Only two colors both present in all unpaired fins and body (minor fault)
2. Only two colors with the body or one or more of the unpaired fins being a single solid color (major fault)
3. Dull coloring or lack of bright colors (major fault)
4. One color is dominant (>80%) over the others (major fault)
5. Poor contrast between the colors (i.e. green blue and turquoise) (major fault)
6. Only two colors and one is only a light red or yellow wash (severe fault)
7. Only two colors and one is clear patches in fins (severe or disqualify and move to single-color if clearing is minimal)
8. Marble pattern on body (disqualify and move, if allowed, to marble class). NOTE: do not disqualify a fish that only has
flesh/yellow color on the face/chin. These may be genotypically marble but can compete in multicolor if they lack any
other marble pattern and, yet, have good blend of colors.
9. Butterfly pattern on 2-3 unpaired fins (disqualify and move, if allowed, to butterfly class). Note: a multicolor should not
be faulted for having butterfly-type pattern on a single unpaired fin

Contrast?
When the standards refer to contrast it means the relationship of the categorized colors.

High Contrast = Dark vs. Light / Iridescent vs. Non-Iridescent / Opaque vs. Non-Opaque.
Low Contrast = Colors within the same Subgroup, Category, Subcategory, or Type.

IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 6 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010


SUBGROUPGrizzled


photo by Siegbert Illig photo by Jim Sonnier


The Grizzle Betta is a patterned Betta. The grizzling shows a random flecking, spotting, or peppering of any
iridescent color over a pastel or opaque body. Each of the fins should demonstrate some grizzled pattern
exhibiting a swirled or paint brush stroke effect of color on all of the unpaired fins. Fins and body should show
distinctly two shades of iridescent color (any one of the iridescent colors combined with the lighter pastel or
opaque base color). Fish exhibiting an even spread, close to 50% iridescence and 50% lighter base color are
preferred. No one grizzle color is preferred over another.

Color faults of Grizzled Bettas:
1. The presence of Black (minor fault). If the Black is extensive the Judge should consider moving the Betta to
the Marble class.
2. The presence of Red (major fault). If the Red is extensive the Judge should consider moving the Betta to the
Multicolor class
3. Fish with a Butterfly pattern ( major fault). If the Butterfly pattern is extensive the Judge should consider
moving the Betta to the Butterfly class
4. Fish with 80% or more pastel or opaque base color (Disqualifying Fault) These should be moved to either
the Pastel or Opaque class.

























IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 7 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010

AREA 6 CLASS ONLY - BLACK ORCHID

The following Black Patterned Betta for Area 6 only is included in Division E Classes.

A Black Orchid patterned Betta should be a black fish with any one of the dark iridescent colors as a color streak
between each ray of all the unpaired fins. The iridescent color streaks between the rays can be steel blue, blue, or
green/turquoise but steel blue is preferred over the other iridescent colors.

The body of a Black Orchid should be a solid dark black throughout and not show the presence of marbling or red
wash. A uniform color depth from the tip of the mouth to the end of all fin rays is ideal, and there should not be any
bleeding of the iridescent coloration from the fins onto the body.












In general, the faults of a Black Orchid are similar to Black.

Fault Guide for the Black Orchid

1) Clear pectoral fins (should be black) Slight
2) White ventrals - Slight
3) Iridescent color missing on the ventral fins Slight
4) Iridescent color missing between 2 rays of the unpaired fins Slight
5) Iridescent color missing between rays of more than 1 unpaired fin minor
6) Red on fins minor
(unless extensive judge may upgrade to major; or move to multicolor or butterfly as required)
7) Clear fin edges minor
(unless extensive upgrade to major)
8) Iridescent color on the body Severe
9) Presence of metallic on body Severe
(if extensive should be moved to bicolor; or multicolor if unevenly spread. Intrusion of metallic onto the
body may manifest itself as yellow spots against a black background)
10) Presence of red wash (rust) Severe
11) Presence of marbling Severe
(should be moved to marble)
12) Presence of opaque is a disqualifying fault unless restricted to the ventral fins.


Ronald Kusama/Walet, F.C.


Ronald Kusama/Walet, F.C.


IBC STANDARDS SECTION 2 JUDGES MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SPECIAL STANDARDS, SHOW STOCK SHOW CLASS E

_________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 7, Effective 7/15/2006 Page 8 of 8
Copyright 2005-2010 Revised 7/15/2010



COLOR FAULT SUMMARY FOR ALL COLORS

Slight(-3) Minor(-5) Major(-9) Severe(-17) Disqualify
DARK
1-Red White ventrals Black(1) Iridescence(1) Wrong Class
2-Black Red(2) Steel(2) Rust(2) Opaque

Yellow wash Red wash
3-Blue Steel(3) Steel(4,6)
4-Steel Blue White ventrals Blue(4) Blue(5,6) Red Wrong Class
5-Turquoise Green(5) Green(3,4) Opaque
6-Green
7-Dk Metallics
Turquoise(6)
Black
Red Ventrals
Turq.(3,4)
Purple wash (7)
Metallic(3,4,5,6)


Slight(-3) Minor(-5) Major(-9) Severe(-17) Disqualify
LIGHT
8-Yellow
9 - Orange
Red vein
(8,9,10)
Clear(8,9,11)
Red (9)
Red (8,10) Iridescence Wrong Class
10 Clear
11 - Red
White ventrals Yellow(10)
Orange
(8,10,11)

Black Opaque
Dark- Undercoat
(9,11)


12-Pastel Clear Iridescence Opaque(12) Wrong Class
13-Opaque
14 Lt Metallics
(of another
type)
Metallic (12,13)



VIOLATION LEVEL --------- Type/ Category/ Group/
subtype subcategory subgroup

Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2006 24
Section 2 Judges Manual
CHAPTER 7- SPECIAL STANDARDS SHOW STOCK

GROUP K - METALLIC BETTAS

The metallic effect is generated by the spread of yellow-reflecting chromatophores over the body
and fins of a fish. Against a dark background, this effect interacts with normal green and blue
iridescence to generate dark-bodied iridescent fish of striking and unconventional hues. When
combined with blue iridescence, the resulting fish is blue-green to teal-colored; when combined
with steel, the fish adopt that unique coloration often marketed under the name copper.

SUBGROUP --Dark-bodied Single Color Metallic

CATEGORYIridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque

Dark-bodied metallic fish are judged by the same criterion, as are dark-bodied iridescent
fish. Specifically faults regarding to the spread of iridescence and absence of red or yellow
pertain. Dark-body iridescent standards call for the iridescent color to extend as far forward on the
fish as possible. The same standard applies to dark-bodied metallic fish, that is, iridescence
covering the gill plates, head, and lips are favored in dark-bodied metallic fish and their absence
faulted.
The dark-bodied metallic fish are often unusually variable in hue, ranging from a purplish
copper, to a shiny steel, to blue-greens, to a teal blue. Uniformity of color over the body of the
fish is ideal, so that a uniform teal blue color or uniform copper color would be preferred over a
fish with patches that are green alternating with patches that are blue.
All general standards and special standards for dark-iridescent fish apply. Additional
faults listed specific to the dark-bodied metallic Type are included.

TYPE METALLIC COPPER (STEEL BLUE)

A deep shiny metallic copper color is desirable. Absence of all opaque is essential. Colors will
vary in shade and hue from a new shiny copper penny to a darker color copper. Just like a true
copper metal the spectrum of colors radiating back from a flashlight shined onto the fish will give
you variations of purple, turquoise, blue and a pinkish purple. Given the fact that the known
genetic background of this fish is derived from the steel blue color it will be referred to as
Copper for clarification of its color type.




Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2006 25
TYPE METALLIC TEAL (BLUE)

A deep shiny metallic teal green is desirable. Absence of all opaque is essential.
All general color faults for the iridescent green will apply to the metallic teal. The degree to which
blue displays itself should be minimal. A greener teal shade is more desirable than a teal blue.



TYPE METALLIC GREEN

A deep shiny emerald green is desirable. Unlike the grass green or common green, the
metallic green should shine like an emerald. Absence of all opaque is essential. All general color
faults for the iridescent greens will apply to the metallic green.











Color Faults for DARK SINGLE COLOR METALLIC

1. Gill plates and head display metallic sheen, but covering is incomplete (slight fault)
2. Metallic coloration uniform, but fading toward edges of unpaired fins (minor fault)
3. Head black, lacking metallic sheen (major fault)
4. Metallic coloration not of uniform hue (major fault)
5. Red wash (major fault)
6. Steel Metallic with presence of green color (major fault)
7. Steel Metallic with presence of blue color (minor fault)
8. Teal Metallic with presence of blue color (major fault
9. Green metallic with presence of blue color (major fault)
10. Green Metallic with presence of black (major fault)
11. Metallic coloration not spread over entire fish (severe fault)
12. Absence of metallic coloration (disqualifying fault)

The degree to which any other colors display should be minimal and preferably not
noticeable without the use of a flashlight. Judges should consider the amount of the color
intrusion and may rate such from minor to severe based on the relativity to which it degrades the
desirable color.

ALL OTHER DARK BODIED METALLIC COLORS SUCH AS BLACK OR PURPLE
SHOULD BE SHOWN IN THE COLOR VARIATION CLASS.

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL AND SPECIAL FAULTS APPLY

Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2006 26
SUBGROUP -- Light-bodied Single Color Metallic

CATEGORY Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
The light-bodied metallic bettas include any solid light-bodied single color (i.e. yellow,
clear, orange, pastel, and opaque) fish that exhibit a metallic sheen, over the entire fish- Ideal is
spread of metallic sheen over the entire fish including the head (mask effect). Some slang names
of these fish may include: platinum, silver, gold, and yellow gold. Metallic patterned fish (i.e.,
bicolors, butterflies, marbles) are to be shown in the regular patterned classes or in color form
variations if the exhibitor believes the color of sufficient novelty.
All general, as well as special standards pertaining to the color, apply for the light-bodied
metallics. In particular, a yellow fish is judged by the yellow color standard, an opaque by the
opaque standard, and so on. Fish are judged by the adherence to the ideal of their type and
judged relative to one another by their respective departure from those ideals, as well as their
adherence to the light bodied metallic standard.
One notable exception to the special standards pertains. In the non-iridescent solid
colors, i.e., clear, yellow and orange, the presence of iridescence is faulted. The metallic effect is
also iridescent, so in light bodied metallic classes the standards regarding absence of iridescence
is taken to mean absence of blue or green iridescence.

SUBGROUP CHARACTERISTIC = Absence of dark undercoating:
Metallic Sheen

CATEGORY Non-Iridescent
SubcategoryNon-Opaque
Subcategory --Opaque
TYPE -- YELLOW or GOLD METALLIC

The regular color standards for yellow will apply. A brilliant
lemon yellow with a metallic sheen spread over the entire body is ideal.
Pay special attention to the metallic sheen and make certain it is evenly
spread over the fish. This type could easily be mistaken for Cambodian
yellows as they also tend to show iridescence, which could be
misconstrued for the metallic sheen.


Dennis Tan

TYPE CLEAR METALLIC

The regular color standard for clear will apply. Transparent Body and Fins are ideal. The
presence of any other color is a serious error. A clear metallic body will not appear pink as in the
normal clear fish. The metallic sheen will shield the coloration from the body organs. They will
appear very clear however their eyes will be dark as in the normal clear color.

TYPE ORANGE METALLIC

A Bright true orange is the ideal color. The metallic orange would display a metallic
sheen, which would make the orange appear richer in color. Imagine the wax effect on an orange
color crayon and this would be very close to the ideal color desired.

Color Faults of Yellow/Clear/Orange Metallic
Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2006 27
1. Metallic sheen uniform over fish, but not extended over head (slight fault)
2. Metallic sheen uniform over fish, but fading or darkening toward the unpaired fins
(slight fault)
3. Yellow metallic with blue or green iridescence (major fault)
4. Yellow metallic with the yellow color not uniformly spread over entire fish (major fault)
5. Variation of yellow metallic color bright to dull (major fault)
6. Clear metallic with presence of yellow fin rays (minor fault)
7. Clear metallic with occasional dark spotting on body or fins (minor fault)
8. Clear metallic with blue or green iridescence (major fault)
9. Clear metallic with presence of any red color (major fault)
10. Orange metallic with variations in shade of orange color (minor fault)
11. Orange metallic with blue of green iridescence (major fault)
12. Orange metallic with presence of red color (major fault)
13. Orange metallic with the orange color not uniformly spread over entire fish (major
fault)
14. Metallic sheen present but not uniformly distributed over fish (major fault)
15. Presence of a dark undercoating (disqualifying fault)
16. Absence of metallic sheen (disqualifying fault)





TYPE PASTEL METALLIC
The color standards for the regular pastel colors will
apply. Colors include Pastel Blue, Green, White, Lavender, etc.
All of these lack dark undercoloration. All of the permitted entries
must be non-red and light bodied and must not show red or black
undercoloration. Metallic pastels will show as shiny colors or as
regular pastels. Presence of any dark body color is a
disqualifying fault.


SUBTYPE PASTEL BLUE METALLIC

A light shiny sky Blue is ideal. Pale blue coloration, lacking a dark or black
undercoloration.


SUBTYPE PASTEL GREEN METALLIC

A light shiny pale Green is ideal. Pale green coloration, lacking a dark or black
undercoloration.


SUBTYPE PASTEL WHITE METALLIC

A light shiny White is ideal. White coloration may vary in shade from Platinum White to
Silver. Metallic white must not be confused with Opaque. This subtype should show as a clear
fish with a metallic shine, which gives it the appearance of Metallic White.

Color Faults of Pastel Blue/Green/White Metallic
1. Metallic sheen uniform over fish, but not extended over head (slight fault)
Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2006 28
2. Metallic sheen uniform over fish, but fading or darkening toward edges of the
unpaired fins (slight fault)
3. Pastel Blue Metallic with variations in the shade of blue color (minor fault)
4. Pastel Blue Metallic with presence of green tones (major fault)
5. Pastel Green Metallic with variations in the shade of green color (minor fault)
6. Pastel Green Metallic with presence of blue tones (major fault)
7. Pastel White Metallic with the presence of blue or green tones (minor fault)
8. Pastel White Metallic with variations in the shade of the white color (minor fault)
9. Metallic sheen producing yellow fin rays (minor fault)
10. Metallic sheen present but not uniformly distributed over fish (major fault)
11. Absence of metallic sheen (disqualifying fault)

TYPE METALLIC OPAQUE

The fish under this Category/subcategory are Opaques with a metallic sheen. All lack
dark undercoloration, must be non-red and light bodied. They cannot show red or black
undercoloration must show opaque which covers the body. Colors include Blue, Green, and
White. All general Opaque standards will also apply to the metallic opaques.
Typically Opaque refers to the build up of pigment over the body of the fish, which
displays itself as a white or chalky coating. Uneven spread of the metallic iridescence will cause
an opaque illusion on metallic fish. Particular attention should be paid to the extent of which the
opaque presents itself on the entire body of the fish. An even spread is desirable.

SUBTYPE METALLIC OPAQUE BLUE

A light shiny powder blue is ideal. Basically contains the same colors as the metallic
pastels. However, a coat of Opaque pigment covers the fish. Pale Blue coloration, which
appears to lack the typical dark or black undercoloration, is essential.

SUBTYPE METALLIC OPAQUE GREEN

A light shiny powder green is ideal. Pale green coloration, lacking the typical dark or
black undercoloration.

SUBTYPE METALLIC OPAQUE WHITE

A brilliant shiny dense white color is ideal. White
coloration, lacking the typical dark or black undercoloration.








Color Faults of Metallic Opaque
1. Metallic sheen uniform over fish, but not extended over head (slight fault)
2. Metallic sheen uniform over fish, but fading toward edges of the unpaired fins (slight
fault)
3. Variation in the shade of the color (minor fault)
4. Metallic sheen producing yellow fin rays (minor fault)
Chapter 7 Effective 7/15/2006 29
5. Presence of green tones on the metallic opaque blue (major fault)
6. Presence of blue tones on the metallic opaque green (major fault)
7. Presence of non-white tones on metallic opaque white (major fault)
8. Metallic sheen present but not uniformly distributed over fish (major fault)
9. Absence of metallic sheen (disqualifying fault)

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL AND SPECIAL FAULTS APPLY



BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 1 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
GROUP - WILD TYPES

There are many short-finned, or "wild types of Bettas. At the beginning of Chapter 6 we defined "wild types or stock as
including Betta splendens Fighting Stock (also called plakat); Betta splendens varieties, Feral Stock (from the wild), and
finally the non-splendens species of which there are many.

Emphasis of Judging: The degree to which the entries represent a top condition adult fish of the 'species' to which they
belong.

Descriptions of some of the species are provided in an BC Species Maintenance Committee publication that you may order.
t is quite difficult to establish uniform standards of judging for such a diverse group, and therefore considerable subjectivity
can be expected from the judge. The individual official class names (see Chapter 10) will indicate whether 'splendens' is
permitted in the class, or whether that class contains fish from several species. Unlike show stock, they are usually stressed
in bowls; expect difficulty in viewing.

SpeciaI Requirements

AII entries must be shown as pairs. There wiII be two cIasses: BubbIenesters and Mouthbrooders.
Refer to the species descriptions found in the Species Maintenance Committee booklet if unsure of the species of any
entry.
Hybrids are prohibited from any class falling under this group.
All entry show bowls must be labeled, noting the presumed 'species' or variety of the entry, taken from the exhibition
entry form. See Type listings for acceptable alternate labels.
All entries will be given covered show bowls since many are prone to jump. Host clubs should provide larger (1 gallon)
bowls for the larger type fish. This is for the protection of the fish, but is not a disqualification item if the bowls are not
provided.

GuideIines for Judges

n general, the vigorous, robust, healthy adult fish is preferred.
Disqualify entries not properly labeled, after confirming that the fault is with the exhibitor and not the show committee.
f the class contains only one 'species' or variety of 'wild types', preference is given to the entry that displays itself best,
with due consideration to the behavior traits pertinent.
f the class contains more than one 'species' or variety, size is to be considered in reference to the adult size of the
individual species shown, not in comparison to the actual size of the other species being shown.
Wild Bettas can be particularly prone to velvet. Check carefully to make sure that all specimens are healthy.

The CoIor Typing System

n the last chapter we used the Color Typing System and the various Color Fault Guides extensively. The Color Typing
System does not apply in this or later chapters, but for continuity of style and form, we will continue using the categorizations
and headings


Scientific CIassification of Bettas

(The list is provided to BC by the SMP).

Class: Teleostomi
Order: Perciformes
Suborder: Anabantoidei
Family: Belontiidae
Subfamily: Macropodinae
Genus: Betta
Species: (reported as species)


BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 2 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
Species Taxonomist Complex/Class Synonyms
akarensis Regan 1910 akarensis/F3 Climacura
albimarginata Kottelat & Ng 1994 albimarginata/F2
anabantoides Bleeker 1851 other/F3
aurigans akarensis/F3
balunga Herre 1940 akarensis/F3
bellica Sauvage 1884 bellica/F3 fasciata, bleekeri
breviobesus Tan & Kottelat 1998 pugnax/F3
brownorum Witte & Schmidt 1992 coccina/F1
burdigala Kottelet & Ng 1994 coccina/F1
channoides Kottelet & Ng 1994 albimarginata/F2
chini Ng 1993 akarensis/F3
chloropharynx Kottelet & Ng 1994 waseri/F3
coccina Vierke 1979 coccina/F1
cracens pugnax/F3
dimidiata Roberts 1989 other/F3
edithae Vierke 1984 other/F3
enisae Kottelat 1995 pugnax/F3
falx Tan & Kottelat 1998 picta/F2
foerschi Vierke 1979 foerschi/F3 sp. Mandor
fusca Regan 1910 pugnax/F3
gladiator unimaculata/F3
hipposideros Kottelet & Ng 1994 waseri/F3
ibanorum akarensis/F3
Ladiges 1975 splendens/F1 Phuket
lehi pugnax/F3
livida Kottelet & Ng 1992 coccina/F1
macrostoma Regan 1910 unimaculata/F3
miniopinna Tan & Tan 1994 coccina/F1
obscura akarensis/F3
ocellata De Beaufort 1933 unimaculata/F3
pallifina unimaculata/F3
pallida pugnax/F3 sp. Southern Thailand
patoti Weber & de Beaufort 1922 unimaculata/F3
persephone Schaller 1986 coccina/F1
pi Tan 1998 waseri/F3
picta (Valenciennes 1846) picta/F2 Panchax pictum, trifasciata
pinguis Tan & Kottelet 1998 akarensis/F3
prima Kottelat 1994 pugnax/F3
pugnax (Cantor 1849) pugnax/F3 *
pulchra Tan & Tan 1996 pugnax/F3
raja pugnax/F3
renata Tan 1998 waseri/F3
rubra Perugia 1893 foerschi/F3
rutilans Witte & Kottelat 1991 coccina/F1
schalleri Kottelet & Ng 1994 other/F3
simorum Tan & Ng 1996 bellica/F3
simplex Kottelet 1994 picta/F2 sp. Krabi
smaragdina Ladiges 1972 splendens/F1
spilotogena Kottelet & Ng 1994 waseri/F3
splendens Regan 1910 splendens/F1 Micracanthus marchei
stigmosa pugnax/F3
stiktos splendens/F1
strohi Schaller & Kottelat 1989 foerschi/F3
taeniata Regan 1910 picta/F2
tomi Kottelet & Ng 1994 waseri/F3
tussyae Schaller 1985 coccina/F1
unimaculata (Popta 1905) unimaculata/F3 Parophiocephalus unimaculatus,
ocellata
waseri Krummenacher 1986 waseri/F3 Macropthalma
BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 3 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
SpIendens CompIex:

The Splendens complex is divided into splendens, smaragdina, imbellis, stiktos, sp Mahachai, sp Banpeaw.

SpIendens:
Currently listed as the senior species, this might change as more work is done on the complex. An original citation is found
back in 1878 so splendens could become Betta marchei.

Form and Deportment: Splendens should be alert and will flare at each other like domestic splendens. The easiest way to
identify splendens from the other species is the bars on the operculum or gill cover. On splendens the gill covers will be
mainly red, some local variants have yellow or gold, none have green or blue. To dentify splendens from hybrid splendens
one should compare the body forms. Hybrids have a stockier body. Hybrids may have "wild coloration but the body shape
and size can give them away.

Disqualifications: Green or Blue gill plates, non standard wild color, disproportionate size. Elongated fins.


Male "wild splendens Male "wild splendens

Sexing: Males typically have longer fins and more intense color. Females should show the typical egg tube and be rounder
in the abdomen and midsection.



BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 4 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
ImbeIIis:
The most common complex species in South East Asia. mbellis was first described in 1975. mbellis translates to peaceful
(not warlike) however imbellis can be just as aggressive as splendens and is used to fight like all other members of the
complex. Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: mbellis should be alert and may at times flare. Typical imbellis will have the red anal slash and a red crescent
in the tail. The iridescence should be green to blue and the gill plates should be green or blue. mbellis should be more
slender then splendens, the base coloration should be the similar.

Disqualification: Stocky Body, Any other color then blue or green on the gill plates. Any body color other then the standard
wild coloration.


Male Betta imbellis "Naratiwat Male Betta imbellis "Ko Samui


Typical female imbellis

Sexing: Males typically have longer fins and more intense color. Females should show the typical egg tube and be rounder
in the abdomen and midsection.

BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 5 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
Smaragdina:
Found in the North Eastern parts of Thailand, it can be the largest member of the complex. Smaragdina are peaceful,
however smaragdina can be just as aggressive as splendens and is used to fight like all other members of the complex.
Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: Smaragdina should be alert and may at times flare. Typical smaragdina will have a base red color with green
iridescence. The gill plates are normally covered by the iridescence and smaragdina will normally have the "wild black
spots on their fins.

Disqualification: Stocky Body, Any other color then blue or green on the gill plates. Any body color other then the standard
wild coloration.


Male smaragdina Female smaragdina

Sexing: Males typically have longer fins and more intense color. Females should show the typical egg tube and be rounder
in the abdomen and midsection.

Species Mahachai and Banpeaw:
Found in the salt marshes around Bankok. These species are peaceful however can be just as aggressive as splendens
and is used to fight like all other members of the complex. Mahacahai adults will be 2 inches. Banpeaw adults will be 2
to 2 inches.

Deportment: Species should appear alert and should flare. Typically these species will have a base red color with green
iridescence and can have "wild spots. The gill plates are green in color. Both can have the "spade tail in the males.

Disqualification: Stocky Body, Any color other then blue or green on the gill plates. Any body color other then the standard
wild coloration.


Betta sp. Mahachai Betta sp. Banpeaw

Sexing: Males typically have longer fins and more intense color. Females should show the typical egg tube and be rounder
in the abdomen and midsection.
BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 6 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
Hybrids: Spotting hybrids can be a difficult task if you do not know what you are looking for.



n this example notice the coloration is too intense. The head resembles splendens, the body is too stocky and the spots in
the tail is a smaragdina trait and the opercular bars are green another smaragdina trait. This fish is a wild caught
smaragdina x splendens hybrid.


B. splendens B. imbellis B. smaragdina
Gill Plate 2 red vertical bars 2 blue vertical bars almost entirely covered
with green scales
Body standard standard longer compared to the
first 2 species
Pelvic fin (First ray) black w/white tip black w/white tip black w/ white tip
Caudal fin color blue and red, with blue and red, with blue and red
red border the tip red border the tip no red border the tip
no dark dot marking no dark dot marking some population with dots
Size of un-paired larger than the first 2
fins standard standard species

Chart Prepared by Nonn Panitvong

BeIIica CompIex:

The Bellica Complex is divided into bellica and simorum.

BeIIica:

Bellica is found in ndonesia, Malaysia, and Thailand and was introduced in the Dominican Republic. Bellica size will be 4
to 5 inches in length and is not demanding as to their water conditions. Can be combative with other of its complex; however
they are typically a shy fish.

Deportment: Sometimes aggressive. Can be quite sluggish. May be very quick. An intelligent, curious Betta. May flare at
image but too large to display well in a bowl.

Disqualification: Broad head (ndicating a Mouthbrooder). Any color other then the yellowish tanish body with green
iridescence.
BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 7 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008



Sexing: Males have a spike in the caudal fin and will have extensions in their anal fin. Females will have a rounded caudal
tail and may have a plumper belly.




Simorum:
Simorum is found in peat swamps of ndonesia. Simorum size will be 4 to 5 inches in length and is not demanding as to
their water conditions. Can be combative with other of its complex; however, they are typically a shy fish.



Deportment: Sometimes aggressive. Can be quite sluggish. May be very quick. An intelligent, curious Betta. May flare at
image but too large to display well in a bowl.

Disqualification: Broad head (ndicating a Mouthbrooder). Any color other then the yellowish tanish body with green
iridescence.

Sexing: Males have a spike in the caudal fin and will have extensions in their anal fin. Females will have a rounded caudal
tail and may have a plumper belly.





BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 8 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008

Coccina CompIex:

The Coccina complex is divided into the species brownorum, burdigala, coccina, livida, miniopinna, persephone, rutilans,
tussyae, uberis, and sp. Sukadana. Most of these species inhabit blackwater peat swamps that are very low in pH from 3.7
to 5.0. dentification of individual species requires taxonomical keys and sometimes their exact location of capture must be
known. Some species are also highly variable in appearance and this makes identification even more difficult.

Species Dorsal Fin Side Markings Pelvic Fins
Coccina Small Green Blotch* Red, Black tip
Livida Small Small Green Blotch* Red, White tip
Brownorum Small Large Green Blotch Red, White tip
Burdigala Large Green Side Red, White tip
Miniopinna Small None Red, White tip
Persephone Small None Black, rarely red, White tip
Rutilans Small None Red, Long, White tip
Tussyae Small None Red, Short, White tip
Uberis Large Green Side Red, White tip
sp. Sukandana Large None Red, White tip

* Some populations do not have side blotches.


Coccina:
nfo: Coccina comes from the blackwater swamps of ndonesia and can be found in Malaysia. Coccina can be highly
variable in its appearance. Typically the male has a green blotch or spot on his side but some populations lack the spots
and others have the green sides instead of the spot. Adult size is 2 inches.


Coccina Female Coccina Male

Deportment: Typically a shy and sulking fish preferring to hide. Males can flare against other males or females.

Sexing: Males have longer fins that are pointed and typically edged in white. Females will have a plumper abdomen and
may display an egg tube.


BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 9 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
Livida:
nfo: Found in Blackwater streams of Malaysia where the pH is between 3.5 and 3.7 where the temperature does not
exceed 75 F. Livida is noted for green eyes opposed to the typically blue eyes of coccina however coccina can have green
eyes and livida will have a smaller green side blotch. Adult size is 2 inches.



Deportment: A shy retreating fish that can flare at rival males and females.

Disqualification: Blue eyes (indicating coccina), large side blotch (indicating another species)

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.


Brownorum
nfo: Brownorum comes from ndonesia, Malaysia, central and eastern Thailand, Kampuchea and southern Vietnam. This
species is another peat swamp fish coming from low pH water. Brownorum have been known to mouthbrood and
bubblenest. Adult size is 1 inches.



Deportment: Brownorum can be active and will actively flare at other similar species. Brownorum should appear alert and
active.

Disqualification: Small side blotch (indicating another species)

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.




BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 10 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
BurdigaIa
nfo: Burdigala is found on Bangka island in ndonesia. When the male is not colored up he may have a black spot about
two thirds of the way down his body. Adult size is 2 inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Non black side blotch (indicating another species), Small dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.

Miniopinna
nfo: Miniopinna comes from the swamp forest at Tanjong Bintan on Riau sland in ndonesia.
Adult size is 1 inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Black pelvic fins (indicating persephone). Large dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.







BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 11 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
Persephone
nfo: Found north of Ayer Hitam in Malaysia. Listed as critically endangered. Persephone is dark and when excited males
turn solid black with green iridescence. Adult size is inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Large dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.
Females should show ovipositor or egg tube.



RutiIans
nfo: Found in Kalimantan Barat Borneo. Rutilans is red without any green markings. t is a smaller species. Rutilans does
not have the green iridescence as most of the other members of the coccina complex however sp. cf. rutilans has the green
like burdigala. Adult size is 2 inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Large dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.
Females should show ovipositor or egg tube.
BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 12 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008

Tussyae
nfo: Tussyae comes from the Pahang State of Malaysia in blackwater swamps. t lacks the star or blotch on the sides that
many other members of the complex. Adult size is 2 inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Green or Blue side blotch (indicating another species), Large dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.
Females should show ovipositor or egg tube.


Uberis
nfo: Recently described species formerly sp. Pangkalanbun. Adult size is 2 inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Side blotch (indicating another species), Small dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.
Females should show ovipositor or egg tube.




BC STANDARDS SECTON 2 JUDGE'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8: SPECAL STANDARDS, WLD TYPES PART 1


Chapter 8, Part 1 Effective 7/15/2007 Page 13 of 13
Copyright 2007-2008 Revised 7/15/2008
sp. Sukadana
nfo: sp. Sukadana comes from Kalimantan Barat area. Looks very much like uberis with the exception that uberis has
iridescent sides where as sp. Sukadana does not. Adult size is 2 inches.



Deportment: Can be a showy fish when flaring. Should be alert and not sulking.

Disqualification: Side blotch (indicating another species), Small dorsal fin indicating another species.

Sexing: Males always have longer fins with pointing on the anal and dorsal fins. Males may have white edging in the fins.
Females should show ovipositor or egg tube.

Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 14 of 25




Section 2 Judges Manual
Chapter 8: SPECIAL STANDARDS-WILD TYPES Part II
Effective 7/15/2007






Picta Complex
The Picta Complex contains the species picta, falx, simplex and taeniata.

Picta




Originally thought to have a wide range in Southeast Asia but as taxonomists examine the populations more
closely they are classifying them as new species. These species are increasingly common and ease of
breeding and keeping are increasing their popularity. Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert but many mouthbrooders tend to sulk in bowls. A sprig of plants generally
helps with this.

Disqualification: Any fish showing any signs of disease. Two fish showing the same anal stripes.

Sexing: Both sexes can display an anal stripe but the Male is very pronounced. Males may have a much
deeper color almost to a brick red color. Males also have a wider head and if the female is subjected to
enough light her ovaries may be seen.









Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 15 of 25


Falx





A recently named species and a subset of the former picta population. Falx is virtually identical to picta in
almost every respect and is virtually indistinguishable from them in the aquarium. Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert but many mouthbrooders tend to sulk in bowls. A sprig of plants generally
helps with this.

Disqualification: Any fish showing any signs of disease. Two fish showing the same anal stripes.

Sexing: Both sexes can display an anal stripe but the Male is very pronounced. Males may have a much
deeper color almost to a brick red color. Males also have a wider head and if the female is subjected to
enough light her ovaries may be seen.

Simplex



Simplex is also one of the newer species from Thailand. They can be much more quarrelsome then other
members of the picta complex. Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert but many mouthbrooders tend to sulk in bowls. A sprig of plants generally
helps with this.

Disqualification: Any fish showing any signs of disease. Two fish showing the same anal stripes.

Sexing: Both sexes can display an anal stripe but the Male is very pronounced. Males may have a much
deeper color almost to a brick red color. Males also have a wider head and if the female is subjected to
enough light her ovaries may be seen.
Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 16 of 25


Taeniata





Taeniata is a seldom seen largest member of the picta complex. They can be quite alert and quite active.
Adult size is 3 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert but many mouthbrooders tend to sulk in bowls. A sprig of plants generally
helps with this.

Disqualification: Any fish showing any signs of disease. Two fish showing the same anal stripes.

Sexing: Both sexes can display an anal stripe but the Male is very pronounced. Males may have a much
deeper color almost to a brick red color. Males also have a wider head and if the female is subjected to
enough light her ovaries may be seen.


Unimaculata Complex
The Unimaculata Complex contains the species unimaculata, macrostoma, patoti, ocellata, pallifina, and
gladiator. Morphologically they are unlike any other wild Bettas and some have maintained they should be
their own genus.

Unimaculata





Unimaculata is a very inquisitive species but is also very jumpy capable of leaps of over 2 feet in the air.
Although not very colorful they are flashy in their own right. Adult size is 5 inches.

Deportment: They should look alert and with fins erect and not clamped. They may flare or use a yawning
display for dominance.

Disqualification: Any signs of disease and clamped fins.

Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 17 of 25


Sexing: Can be difficult with this species but males tend to have cheek iridescence that females tend not to
have and older mature males will have labial flaps on their lips.

Macrostoma



Macrostoma is considered to be the prize gem in the Betta world because of its rarity and difficulty of
keeping. Their prices have steadily dropped as more and more people are breeding them successfully.
There are two forms of macrostoma and they may eventually be classified as two separate species. The
form we recognize is the Brunei Form and not the Malaysian Form. Adult size is 5 inches.

Deportment: Should be active and alert but this species will probably sulk unless it has been acclimated to
showing.

Disqualification: Any sign of disease. Female showing male coloration.

Sexing: When the male is mature sexing is easy as the male becomes an orange brown with a spot in the
dorsal fin as well as banding in the tail. Look for pattern in the unpaired fins of Macrostoma to determine if
the female is actually a female. The body color can look female but the fins will frequently give a
subdominant male away.

Patoti



Patoti is a relatively hard to find member of the unimaculata complex. Females are aggressive to rival males
and may actually kill them. Adult size is 5 inches.

Deportment: Should be active and alert and not showing any signs of disease.

Disqualification: Both specimens having vertical stripes. The male may not display the stripes all the time.

Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 18 of 25


Sexing: In mature fish the male should show vertical striping but the female will not. The female should not
show any or very little cheek iridescence however males can but may not either depending on mood and
population.

Ocellata



Another rarely encountered fish of the unimaculata complex for all intents are virtually identical to
Unimaculata. Adult size is 5 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert but may sulk.

Disqualification: Any signs of disease, female with male iridescence.
Sexing: Males have larger lips and more intense iridescence (see pictures above).

Pugnax Complex
The Pugnax Complex contains the species pugnax, cracens, enisae, fusca, lehi, pallida, prima, pulchra,
schalleri, stigmosa, and raja.

Pugnax



Pugnax is one of the larger mouthbrooders and is readily available but because of the lack of color is seldom
kept. Mature males have long extensions on the pelvic and anal fins and will have a pointed tail, females do
not. Adult size is 5 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert and pugnax is easily bowl trained.

Disqualification: Any fish showing any signs of disease. Both fish showing long fin extensions.

Sexing: Males have long fin extensions on the pelvic and anal fins as well as a pointed caudal fin. Males
may also show green iridescence on their cheek.

Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 19 of 25




Enisae



Enisae is one of the newer species from the Kapuas region and sports a brilliant blue band on the anal fin
and tail like a majority of the species from that region. Can be aggressive but in all other respects very
similar to pugnax. Adult size is 3 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert and active however might sulk.

Disqualification: Both fish showing a brilliant blue band.

Sexing: Males will have a more pointed caudal than the female, males will show a blue or green cheek
coloring. Males will also have longer pelvic fins and should have a point in the anal fin.


Fusca



Fusca is an early described species but the specimens that were available were dubious at best. Fusca has
recently been imported in large numbers from reliable sources and is now readily available. Adult size is 5
inches.

Deportment: Should be Alert but might sulk.

Disqualification: Any sign of illness or disease, female with male finnage.

Sexing: Males have a golden iridescence in the cheek; females will mainly show stripes or no color at all.
Males have much longer pelvic fins and have an extension of the anal fin and a caudal spike.

Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 20 of 25




Pallida



Pallida is a recently described species from Thailand that is rather drab but the species is becoming more
available. Adult size is 4 to 5 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert and fins erect.

Disqualification: Any sign of disease, female showing a distinctive caudal spike.

Sexing: Males have longer pelvic fins and a pronounced caudal spike. Males are also more iridescent.





Prima


Prima is also a recently described species which is becoming more available. Adult size is 3 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert with fins erect.

Disqualification: Any sign of disease. Female showing male finnage.

Sexing: Males have a caudal spike as well as longer pelvic fins and an extension of the anal fin.


Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 21 of 25




Raja



Another recently described species that is readily imported. Adult size is 5 inches.

Deportment: Should be Alert with fins erect.

Disqualification: Any sign of disease, females sporting male finnage.

Sexing: Males have longer pelvic fins and a large anal extension. Males also have green golden iridescent
cheeks.



Albimarginata Complex
The Albimarginata Complex currently contains only two species, albimarginata and channoides however
there is the possibility of two more species being described from these species.

Albimarginata




Albimarginata is clearly one of most beautiful of the wild bettas available however it is still rare but is
becoming more common. It is a small but very flashy species. Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert however will probably sulk as it is a shy species.

Disqualification: Any sign of disease, females showing male coloration.

Sexing: Can be difficult to sex unless the male is colored up. The male tends to have a larger white band
and an orange cheek flash.

Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 22 of 25





Channoides



Another rare Mouthbrooder that is becoming increasingly available. Also like albimarginata these are small
fish and may not be colored up in a show setting. Adult size is 2 inches.

Deportment: Should be alert but may sulk due to stress.

Disqualification: Any signs of disease. Both fish showing male coloration.

Sexing: Can be rather difficult, males normally have bigger heads and when colored up are easy to
distinguish.



Foerschi Complex
Currently four species listed, foerschi, strohi, mandor, rubra. Betta rubra has not been seen since the 1890s
however some collectors claim to have recently found some and they may become available soon.

Foerschi



Foerschi is relatively easy to keep but shows its best conditions in acidic water. Males can be quite flashy
while females remain relatively plain. Males can go from brown (colored like the female on right) to jet black
with blue and green iridescent overlay making a quite beautiful fish. Adult size is 3 inches.

Deportment: Should be active and alert with fins erect.
Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 23 of 25



Disqualification: Males with gold opercular bars (strohi), females showing male coloration.

Sexing: Males have red opercular bars and have a slight caudal spike and a more pointed anal

Mandor



A newly described species very similar to foerschi. Adult size is 3 inches.

Deportment: Should be active and alert with fins erect.

Disqualification: Males with gold opercular bars (strohi), females showing male coloration.

Sexing: Males have red opercular bars and have a slight caudal spike and a more pointed anal fish.


Strohi



A newer species that is quite similar to foerschi or mandor except for the gold opercular bars instead of the
red. Note on all species the females retain the gold opercular bars. Adult size is 3 inches.

Deportment: Should be active and alert with fins erect.

Disqualification: Males with red opercular bars (foerschi and mandor), females showing male coloration.

Sexing: Males have gold opercular bars and have a slight caudal spike and a more pointed anal fish.


Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 24 of 25




Akarensis Complex

Deportment: larger species that will probably skulk in a bowl

Betta akarensis Light brown to gold species with golden iridescence on the scales. Gold to light green
iridescent patch on cheeks on both males and females. Extended fins or fin extensions on both sexes but
males will be longer. Grows to 5.



Betta antoni brown toned body distinguished by its black lower lip, black chin bar and slim body profile.
Will reach 5 inches in length.


Betta chini big, brown species that reaches 5.5 in length. May have a slight green iridescence to the
cheek. The body has a slight green iridescence that is more pronounced on males. This species frequently
displays two horizontal black bars. Males have longer finnage.



Betta ibanorum Dark brown species reaching 5 in length. Finnage very reminiscent of pugnax complex
species, with which it can easily be confused.



Anabatoides Complex
Betta anabatoides - Large, unspotted mouthbrooder. Pale yellow to tan in color with some iridescence and
slightly elongated fins or fin extensions on males. Grows to 5 in length.



Waseri Complex

Large species that will probably skulk in a bowl.

Betta waseri Light brown species with dark brown to black horizontal bars. Reaches 5.5 in length. Gill
cover can show some green iridescence; otherwise, little if any iridescence on the body. Males have spade
shaped caudals and longer dorsal and anal fins than females.

Betta chloropharynx Large, brown species with very little iridescence. Can show horizontal barring.
Most colorful feature is a green throat. Males with slightly longer fins. Grows to 5.

Betta pi Large, brown species with little iridescence. Wild specimens can grow to 7 but captive bred
individuals rarely exceed 5.5. This species is easily identified by the marking in the shape of the
mathematical symbol for pi on its lower lip and chin. Males have longer finnage.

Betta tomi Large, brown species with more iridescence than many of the other members of this complex.
Cheek and chin area can be green to greenish blue. The same color may continue through the lower half of
the fish. Males have longer finnage. Grows to 5.5.


Copyright IBC INC 2007 Effective 7/15/07 Page 25 of 25












IBC STANDARDS CHAPTER 9-SPECIAL STANDARDS
CHAPTER 9 of 4
COPYRIGHT 2006 REVISED 7/15/06
1
EXHIBITS:
Bettas in this group are quite a mix of types. Simply put,
it contains those other than the Single Color, Bicolor,
Patterned and Wild Types that have been previously
described. Also, there is a subgroup for optional exhibits,
such as photography.
GROUPED
PAIRS
EMPHASIS OF JUDGING:
The Bettas are judged as a unit, not as individuals.
Ideally the pair is compatible in size with the female being
slightly smaller than the male. The pair must exhibit the
ability to be a genuinely compatible pair for breeding.
Entries in this classification are comprised of a male and
a female with the emphasis on breed ability to
perpetuate that type of Betta. Pair entries desirably will
exhibit the best traits and characteristics for their type.
The intent of this class is to exhibit the best breedable
pair.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
The pair must match in form, color and finnage while
taking into account the differences in male and
female form and finnage. Thus, while a red male
and a blue female may in fact be breedable, they
cannot be shown as a breeder pair. Should a pair
member die before the judging starts, the remaining
member will be automatically entered in the
appropriate single fish class.
Any type of Betta may be shown in pairs including
the variations (assuming both show the variation).
Entries must be siblings from the same spawn. Pairs
will be shown as two groups- Splendens and Wild
type.
There are two exceptions to the breedability
requirement
1. Blue pairs may be shown although a cross
would not produce blue fry.
2. Black males may be exhibited with either fertile
or infertile black females.
Examples of pairs not permitted are:
1. Black male/Steel Blue Female (or any other
color mismatch).
2. Betta imbellis male/Betta splendens female (or
any other species/variation mix).
3. Bubblenest builder male/Mouthbrooder female.
4. Singletail male/Doubletail female.
5. Pairs exhibiting the same faults. (Emphasis is
placed on refraining from entering pairs that would
not be entered singularly in a regular show class
therefore pairs displaying the same color fault such
as red wash, irregular color patterns, etc., are not
recognized as displaying exceptional qualities)
GUIDELIINE: Judge for all standard Betta
characteristics, applying appropriate guidelines for
the color/classification represented by the fish. All
form standards for each breed will apply as outlined
by that particular standard.
ALL GENERAL FORM AND FINNAGE AND COLOR
FAULTS APPLY. MATCHING FAULTS THAT ARE
MAJOR TO SEVERE AS EXPLAINED IN PREVIOUS
PARAGRAPHS ARE SUBJECT TO
DISQUALIFICATION.
FAULTS :
1. Variations in color shades between the pair
(major fault)
2. Patterned pairs not exhibiting the exact same
color or pattern distribution (severe fault)
3. Size mismatch that would impede breeding
(severe fault)
4. Mismatched dorsal fins such as St to DT
(disqualifying fault)
5. Improperly matched pairs, as outlined in
examples of pairs not permitted (disqualifying
fault)
Ignore Black Female Infertility. This is essential since
you are to judge on phenotype, and cannot be expected
to know for certain that the female exhibited is infertile.
IBC STANDARDS CHAPTER 9-SPECIAL STANDARDS
CHAPTER 9 of 4
COPYRIGHT 2006 REVISED 7/15/06
2
VARIATIONS
New Trait
Bettas authorized here do not conform to the standard
colors and/or form requirements of the previous Show
Stock descriptions. They are the unusual and rare, or
new colors and/or forms. Here, the judges are looking for
the unusual color or the unusual form that may well
become a standard of tomorrow. A high degree of
subjectivity can be expected from the judging of these
classes.
COLOR:
This category is for color or pattern variations; a
showcase for the Betta colors of tomorrow. Breeders
who discover a mutation or create a new color or color
pattern variation may display their find, and its
progressive development through this classification. As
the trait becomes available in larger quantities, the
breeder should also exhibit them as matched trios to
demonstrate stability of the color. Eventually it may
become significantly popular and receive a Type
designation of its own. Exhibitors may also use this
Category for color oddities that are not being developed
further.
Special Requirements
Bettas that fit other color classifications are not
permitted in this one, and if not reclassified before
the judging begins, are to be disqualified.
Exhibitors are required to label their entries, and
to be specific. In particular, the label will be used by
the judge to establish criterion for assessing the fish.
A fish labeled half black, therefore will be judged on
the extent to which the fish is truly half-black, how
clean the line separating the black and non-black
region is, the depth and purity of the black, etc. For
this reason it is essential that the exhibitor provides a
descriptive label which will allow judges to assess
the fish relative to an imagined ideal of that
coloration. Names used to market Bettas, if not
descriptive, are inappropriate. The exhibitor notes
the label information on the entry form, and the show
committee insures that the label is properly prepared
and affixed to the show bowl.
Some example labels are:
Inadequate Label Sufficient Label
(Name or description)
Color Purple
Mixed Colors Alternating color stripes
Johnson Betta Tangerine pastel
Symmetrical Marble Half Black
Guidelines for Judges
No Label? Disqualify!
Judges should be reluctant to disqualify fish on the
basis of the label and should do so only if the label
and their inspection of the fish leaves them with no
idea of the variation they are being asked to judge. If
the judge can detect the variation but finds the label
inadequate, s/he should judge the class in accord
with his or her criteria and place a note on the entry
form as suggested label. If it is necessary to
disqualify any entry that is not sufficiently labeled, the
judge should insure that the fault lies with the
exhibitor, not the show committee.
Apply all standard judging criteria, except for the
particular color or color pattern.
Use the label name or description as criteria. For
example, if the name is purple treat the variation of
color as if it were in a class called purple. When
judging single-color fish, judge for uniform color
shade, intensity of color and degree of and contrast
of second and third color intrusion.
When comparing dissimilar variations to each other:
- Give preference to those colors or color patterns
that are most clearly developed.
- Because variations is the first step to the
development of a new strain, if several entries
exhibit the color variation, that variation should
have an edge over other different color
variations shown on single entries.
- Some highly sought after color and color pattern
variations are: Orange, Purple, Gold, striped
Bettas, etc. See All About Bettas, page 49.
FORM:
This category is for variations of structure, a showcase for
the fish form of tomorrow. Breeders who discover a
mutation or create a new form variation may display their
find, and its progressive development through this
classification. As the trait becomes available in larger
quantities, the breeder should also exhibit them as
matched trios to demonstrate stability of the trait.
Eventually, the variation may become significantly
popular and receive a Type classification of its own.
Exhibitors may also use this category for structural
oddities that are not being developed further. IBC does
not condone the use of hormones, radiation treatment, or
other techniques that may artificially alter a Bettas
genetic inheritance. Judges who have reason to suspect
that an entry has been so treated will judge the fish
anyway, but file a written report, identifying the owner and
the reason for suspicion, with the Judging Board.
IBC STANDARDS CHAPTER 9-SPECIAL STANDARDS
CHAPTER 9 of 4
COPYRIGHT 2006 REVISED 7/15/06
3
Special Requirements
Exhibitors are required to label their entries and to be
specific. The exhibitor notes the label information on the
entry form and the show committee insures that the label
is properly prepared and affixed to the show bowl.
Some example labels are:
Inadequate Label Sufficient Label
Form Hearttail
Form of Fish Fusetail
Form of Tail Tripletail
Scales Doubletail Plakat
Guidelines for Judges
Disqualify an entry that is not sufficiently labeled, after
insuring that the fault lies with the exhibitor, not the show
committee. If the label is improper, judges should
disqualify the entry even if the variation is obvious.
Apply all standard judging criteria, except for the
particular item of variation.
Use the label name or description as a criteria (for
example), if the name/label is tripletail, judge the
equality of the lobes, depth of split, etc., as if the
class existed.
When comparing dissimilar variations to each other:
- Give preference to those form variations that are
most clearly developed.
- Give preference to those forms that appear to
the judge to have potential for development into
an actual variant strain. Thus if several entries
exhibit the variation, that variation should have
an edge over other form variations shown on
single entries.
Some undesirable traits are:
- Reduction in the number of fins;
- Reduction in the relative size of the fin;
- Traits reducing vision, deportment, symmetry or
health;
- Transfer of male form or finnage to females, or the
reverse.
Some highly sought after form variations are:
- Tripletail;
- Sailfin Dorsal;
- Hearttail;
- Fusetail;
- Fusefin (dorsal, caudal and anal actually become
one fin)
- Giant Bettas
- Double-tail crowntail
Trait Development
FORM AND FINNAGE:
Ignoring the color of a fish in not easy but it is often just
as important to consider another trait. In this case it is
the development of the body and fins. Bettas considered
appropriate for this class should have extensive
development of the body and/or fins.
Special Notes:
1. Bettas entered in this class will not be moved or
disqualified for misclassification.
OPTIONAL
Novelty classes are included during convention shows.
They may also be included in any other sanctioned show
as desired by the host club.
None of the Optional classes compete for Best of Show
Awards, IBC points or the end-of-year awards. Judging is
uniquely difficult since IBC provides no training and only
sketchy standards for these classes. The judge is free to
make his decisions entirely on his own personal
preference. Whenever possible it would be ideal to select
an art oriented Judge to evaluate the first three of these
classifications.
Unlike the fish classes, the exhibitor in an optional class
(except the last two categories) must also be the
creator/artist. Entries by a second party will be
disqualified, unless entered in the name of the creator or
artist.
ART
PHOTOGRAPHY:
This classification is open to film entries, including still
photography, digital or video taping or motion picture
exhibits. However, the entries are judged on their artistic
representation of the Betta, not on educational content.
The photographic setting must not reveal the exhibitors
identity or the work will be disqualified. Placing a small
piece of paper over any signature or initials can conceal
the identity. Do not use tape if it can damage the item.
Special Requirements
Betta theme is required. The exhibitor is responsible for
all display arrangements including any needed stands,
lighting, projection devices and so forth.
Guidelines for Judges
Consider the physical condition of the entry.
Is it framed appropriately?
Is the entry damaged?
Consider the subject.
Is it uniquely interesting?
Is it an appropriate presentation of setting?
Consider the print quality
IBC STANDARDS CHAPTER 9-SPECIAL STANDARDS
CHAPTER 9 of 4
COPYRIGHT 2006 REVISED 7/15/06
4
Is it in sharp focus?
Is it free from enlargement or film defects?
ILLUSTRATION:
This category is specifically for oil, acrylic or watercolor
paintings; pen and ink; pencil or chalk drawings, and
other such illustrations.
Special Requirements
Betta theme is required. The exhibitor is responsible for
any special display requirements such as stands or lights.
If the artist has signed or initialed the exhibit on the
display side, the show committee must conceal the
signature/initials or the work will be disqualified.
Guidelines for Judges
Consider the physical condition of the entry.
Is it framed appropriately?
Is the entry damaged?
Consider the subject.
Is it uniquely interesting?
Is it an appropriate presentation of setting?
CRAFT: This unique classification serves for the
exhibition of all other types of work not permitted in the
previous two classifications. Some typical inclusions
might be: figurines of clay, glass, metal or wood;
leatherwork items; needlework items, manuscripts, etc.
An entry may be disqualified only if it should be in the
previous two classifications, the identify of the exhibitor is
revealed, or the exhibitor is not also the creator or artist.
Special Requirements
Betta theme is required. As in the other two classes, the
exhibitor is responsible for any display requirements.
Guidelines for Judges
Does the object carry a Betta theme?
Artistic items have preference over novelty items.
IBC STANDARDS
CHAPTER 10: SHOW CLASS SYSTEM


Chapter 10
Copyright 2005-2009 Page 1 of 1 Revised 7/15/2009
The Show System also groups Bettas together, but for
economy purposes uses only two breakdowns. The
usual relationship (there are exceptions) between the two
organizational systems follows:











GENERAL:

As explained earlier, the Show Class System follows the
Color Typing System closely. n fact, if there were no
other considerations, each Type and possibly the
Subtype of the Color Typing System would each have a
show class of its own. Unfortunately that would mean an
enormous size show that would take days to judge and
would cost the host club thousands of dollars to hold.
Based on a variety of factors, many of the Typing System
units are combined together in the Show Class System.
Every attempt is made to combine only like types into
classes that have approximately the same amount of
interest on the part of the exhibitors.

Every two years the Judging Board reconsiders the Show
Class System to see if it is time to condense the classes
even more, or to expand it by creating new classes. t is
impossible to keep everyone happy. People hate to see
their personal favorite class suddenly absorbed by
another. Others find it frustrating to develop a new line of
Bettas but not be able to get it turned into a class of its
own. This is the give-and-take that the Betta hobby
thrives on.

Changing the Show Class System: An Example

So you want a class of its own for Red Marbles. Start
your effort by writing an article for FLARE! outlining your
reasons. t would be helpful if you also looked at the
question from the viewpoint of a Show Chairman.

1. Fill out an BC Form 14 to get the Judging Board
(Committee on Shows) to officially consider your
proposal.

2. f at all possible, attend the Convention meetings of
the Judging Board so that you may present your
proposal in person and answer the inevitable
questions.

TRIAL CLASSES
These are established by the Judging Board to test the
viability of a proposed new class. Only after the
mandatory review (following a one-year trial period), will
the Judging Board decide to either delete the trial class or
establish it as a regular class. Such classes appear on
the class listing with the word beside it.

Don't Get Confused!

These standards can be in error if you compare the list of
classes on the next page with the Categories/Types and
so forth in the earlier chapters. f a class is deleted, the
Category/Type description is not removed. This is done
so that if the hobby ever reestablishes such a class, the
standard is already written. Likewise, some things may
be combined into the same class on the next page while
they have distinct standards in an earlier part. Again, this
is intentional; the Typing System and the Show Class
System serve two different, but related purposes.


THE BASIS FOR DIVISIONS WILL BE BY VARIETY i.e.
HaIfmoon-SingIe TaiI
HaIfmoon-DoubIe TaiI
CrowntaiI
Short Fin-SingIe TaiI (PIakat aII types, Short fin
HaIfmoon)

THE GENERAL BASIS FOR CLASS SEQUENCING

1. Males before Females
2. Single before Doubletails
3. Single before Multiple Colors
4. Dark before Light Colors
5. Dark Colors in this Order:
Red
Black
Blue
Steel Blue
Turquoise
Green
Metallic
6. Light Colors in this Order:
Clear
Yellow
Orange
Pastel
Opaque
Metallic
7. Patterned in the Order:
Butterfly
Multicolor
Marble
Grizzle

TYPNG SYSTEM SHOW SYSTEM
Divisions-Variety
GROUPS
Subgroups ------------------------------------ Divisions
CATEGORES-----------------------Sub-divisions
Subcategories
TYPES ---------------------------- CLASSES
Subtypes
IBC STANDARDS
GROUP B 1 of 1 NEW BREEDERS DIVISION
Effective 7/15/2006
THE IBC NEW BREEDER CLASSES
GROUP B
Effective 7/15/06
The New Breeder group shall consist of members who are just beginning to show fish they
have bred.
This program is open to new IBC members and Non-IBC members. This program is open to
anyone who has never placed 1
st
, 2
nd
, or 3
rd
as an individual in any regular IBC show class in an
International/Convention Show.
Entrants may show in the New Breeder group for two show seasons. A Non-IBC member
may show for the first show season, however, after that first season the entrant must become an IBC
member to continue to show in IBC shows. At the end of the second season all entrants must show
in Regular classes.
Any New Breeder winning at least three (3) annual class championships in the same show
year shall become permanently ineligible to enter in the New Breeder classes and at that point must
enter in the Regular classes from then on. A New Breeder may elect to enter regular classes in and
International/Convention Show, but permanently loses eligibility to enter as New Breeder, including
the International/Convention Show in which the first regular class entry is made. NOTE: Exception
to this rule is:
A NEW IBC MEMBER SHOWING FOR THE FIRST TIME MAY ENTER FISH NOT BRED BY
THEM AS TEAM ENTRIES IN THE REGULAR CLASS ONLY. AS THEY DEVELOP THEIR OWN
BREEDING PROGRAM THEY MAY ALSO SHOW IN THE NEW BREEDER CLASS WITHIN THE SAME
YEAR. TEAM ENTRIES SHOULD BE MARKED PER THE STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR THESE
ENTRIES.
A NEW BREEDER MAY ALSO SHOW IN DIVISION F: WILD TYPE BETTAS AND MAINTAIN
THEIR NEW BREEDER STATUS.
Judging will follow current IBC rules and standards. Apprentice Judges can conduct
judging under the supervision of an IBC Certified Judge, or by Certified Judges. As in all shows, the
judges decisions are final. Judges are encouraged at their own discretion to notify New Breeders
whose entries won 1
st
place in a class as to how such entry might have done in a regular class.
NEW BREEDER CLASSES:
NB1 -- Singletail Male
NB2 -- Doubletail Male
NB3 -- Crowntail Male
NB4 -- Plakat Male
NB5 -- Singletail Female
NB6 -- Doubletail Female
IBC STANDARDS
IBC JUDGING BOARD TRIAL CLASS DOUBLETAIL SHORTFIN


IBC TRIAL CLASS Effective 7/15/2010
COPYRIGHT 2010
Doubletail Short fin Trial Class

Doubletail Short fin Bettas are the short fin counterparts of long-fin Doubletail Bettas. They can be shown in any
color and General Color Standards apply.


There are two types of Doubletail Short fin Bettas:

Type A) Resembling the Show Plakat with extended Anal and Dorsal fin tips.




Lucie Tourneur Joachim Menz




Lucie Tourneur Joachim Menz

Doubletail Show Plakats differ from the Single tail Show plakat as follows:

- extended dorsal, round or pointed tip, ideally mirror image of anal fin
- pointed anal and extended ventral fins, 2/3 body length
- two equal caudal lobes with separation to the base of the caudal peduncle
- caudal spread 180 degrees
- body not shorter than other plakat types to avoid stubby appearance





IBC STANDARDS
IBC JUDGING BOARD TRIAL CLASS DOUBLETAIL SHORTFIN


IBC TRIAL CLASS Effective 7/15/2010
COPYRIGHT 2010
TYPE A: DT Show Plakat Form & Finnage Faults

1. Ventral fins slightly less than 2/3 body length (Slight Fault)
2. Ventral fins single tip preferred, double tips (Slight Fault)
3. Dorsal fin without primary branching (Minor Fault)
4. Ventral fins 1/2 body length or slightly less (Minor Fault)
5. Anal fin fails to slope strongly from anterior to posterior (Major Fault)
6. Dorsal fin fails to slope strongly from anterior to posterior (Minor Fault)
7. Dorsal fin not Full and or lacking wide Base (Minor Fault)


NOTE: Females of this type are shown in the regular DT female classes



ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL FAULTS INCLUDING DT FAULTS APPLY





Type B) Resembling the Half-moon Short fin without extended Anal and Dorsal fin tips.




Doubletail Short fin Half-moon show fish differ from the Single tail Short fin Half-moon show fish as follows:

- Short fin version of the symmetrical long finned double tail show fish
- Anal fin is rectangular in outline rather than sloping to a point; last ray of the anal fin should be no longer
than the rest of the rays
- Length of anal fin equivalent to the caudal and dorsal
- A slightly longer (1/16) (2mm) is tolerated matching the dorsal length with emphasis on the rectangular
shape






IBC STANDARDS
IBC JUDGING BOARD TRIAL CLASS DOUBLETAIL SHORTFIN


IBC TRIAL CLASS Effective 7/15/2010
COPYRIGHT 2010

Type B: Short fin DT Half-moon Form & Finnage Faults

1. Anal fin slopes slightly from front to back (Slight fault)
2. Ventral fins overly long (Minor fault)
3. Lack of primary branching in Dorsal (Minor fault)
4. Dorsal fin not full and or lacking wide base (Minor fault)
5. Anal and or Dorsal fin slope substantially from front to back and/or posterior edge extends
substantially, (more than 1/16) below base of caudal (Major fault)
6. Height and length of the three unpaired fins over 1/2 body length DQ and move to Long Fin
Doubletail


NOTE: Females of this type are show in the regular DT female classes

ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE GENERAL FAULTS INCLUDING DT FAULTS APPLY

S-ar putea să vă placă și